Roseville City Council
February 21, 2024

F. Seismic Attachments:

1. Attachments to be bolted, welded, or otherwise positively fastened without consideration of frictional resistance produced by the effects of gravity.

2. Post-Installed Concrete and Masonry Anchors: Evaluated and recognized by ICC Evaluation Service, LLC (ICC-ES) or qualified evaluation service acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for compliance with applicable building code, and Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 8
qualified for seismic applications; concrete anchors to be qualified for installation in both cracked and uncracked concrete.

3. Do not use power-actuated fasteners.

4. Do not use friction clips (devices that rely on mechanically applied friction to resist loads). Beam clamps may be used for supporting sustained loads where provided with restraining straps.

5. Comply with anchor minimum embedment, minimum spacing, minimum member thickness, and minimum edge distance requirements.

6. Concrete Housekeeping Pads:
a. Increase size of pad as required to comply with anchor requirements. b. Provide pad reinforcement and doweling to ensure integrity of pad and connection and to provide adequate load path from pad to supporting structure.

G. Seismic Interactions:

1. Include provisions to prevent seismic impact between electrical components and other structural or nonstructural components.

2. Include provisions such that failure of a component, either essential or nonessential, does not cause the failure of an essential component.

3. Comply with minimum clearance requirements between electrical equipment, distribution systems, and associated supports and fire protection sprinkler system drops and sprigs.

H. Seismic Relative Displacement Provisions:

1. Use suitable fittings or flexible connections to accommodate:
a. Relative displacements at connections between components, including distributed systems (e.g., conduit, cable tray); do not exceed load limits for equipment utility connections.
b. Relative displacements between component supports attached to dissimilar parts of structure that may move differently during an earthquake. c. Design displacements at seismic separations.
d. Anticipated drifts between floors.

2. Include provisions to prevent interruption of utility service due to seismic displacements.

2.3 VIBRATION-ISOLATED EQUIPMENT SUPPORT BASES
A. Manufacturers:

1. Vibration-Isolated Equipment Support Bases:
a. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com/#sle. b. Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com/#sle.
c. Vibration Eliminator Company, Inc: www.veco-nyc.com/#sle. d. Korfund Dynamics Corp.
e. Amber-Booth Co.
f. Consolidated Kinetics.

2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

3. Source Limitations: Furnish vibration-isolated equipment support bases and associated components and accessories produced by the same manufacturer as the vibration isolators and obtained from a single supplier.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 9
B. Vibration-Isolated Structural Steel Bases:

1. Description: Engineered structural steel frames with integral mounting provisions for vibration isolators, sized and configured for mounting of equipment.

C. Vibration-Isolated Concrete Inertia Bases:

1. Description: Concrete-filled engineered steel forms with integral mounting provisions for vibration isolators, sized and configured for mounting of equipment.

2. Minimum Base Depth: 6 inches.

3. Minimum Base Mass (Including Concrete): 1.5 times weight of supported equipment.

4. Concrete Reinforcement: Welded or tied reinforcing bars running both ways in a single layer.

5. Concrete: Filled on site with minimum 3000 psi concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 00.

2.4 VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A. Manufacturers:

1. Vibration Isolators:
a. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com/#sle. b. Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com/#sle.
c. Vibration Eliminator Company, Inc: www.veco-nyc.com/#sle. d. Korfund Dynamics Corp.
e. Amber-Booth Co.
f. Consolidated Kinetics.
g. Or approved equal.

2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

3. Source Limitations: Furnish vibration-isolators and associated accessories produced by a single manufacturer and obtained from a single supplier.

B. General Requirements:

1. Resilient Materials for Vibration Isolators: Oil, ozone, and oxidant resistant.

2. Spring Elements for Spring Isolators:
a. Color code or otherwise identify springs to indicate load capacity. b. Lateral Stability: Minimum lateral stiffness to vertical stiffness ratio of 0.8. c. Designed to operate in the linear portion of their load versus deflection curve over deflection range of not less than 50 percent above specified deflection. d. Designed to provide additional travel to solid of not less than 50 percent of rated deflection at rated load.
e. Selected to provide designed deflection of not less than 75 percent of specified deflection.
f. Selected to function without undue stress or overloading.

3. Seismic Snubbing Elements for Seismic Isolators:
a. Air Gap: Between 0.125 inches and 0.25 inches unless otherwise indicated. b. Points of Contact: Cushioned with resilient material, minimum 0.25 inch thick; capable of being visually inspected for damage and replaced.

C. Vibration Isolators for Nonseismic Applications:

1. Resilient Material Isolator Pads:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 10
a. Description: Single or multiple layer pads utilizing elastomeric (e.g., neoprene, rubber) or fiberglass isolator material.
b. Pad Thickness: As required for specified minimum static deflection; minimum 0.25 inch thickness.
c. Multiple Layer Pads: Provide bonded, galvanized sheet metal separation plate between each layer.

2. Resilient Material Isolator Mounts, Nonseismic:
a. Description: Mounting assemblies for bolting equipment to supporting structure utilizing elastomeric (e.g., neoprene, rubber) or fiberglass isolator material; fail-safe type.

3. Open (Unhoused) Spring Isolators:
a. Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing, laterally stable steel spring(s) without a housing.
b. Bottom Load Plate: Nonskid, molded, elastomeric isolator material or steel with nonskid elastomeric isolator pad with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required.
c. Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment.

4. Housed Spring Isolators:
a. Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing, laterally stable steel spring(s) within a metal housing. b. Furnished with integral elastomeric snubbing elements, nonadjustable type, for limiting equipment movement and preventing metal-to-metal contact between housing elements.
c. Bottom Load Plate: Steel with nonskid, elastomeric isolator pad with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required. d. Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment.

5. Restrained Spring Isolators, Nonseismic:
a. Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing, laterally stable steel spring(s) within a metal housing designed to prevent movement of supported equipment above an adjustable vertical limit stop. b. Bottom Load Plate: Steel with nonskid, elastomeric isolator pad with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required. c. Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment.
d. Provides constant free and operating height.

6. Resilient Material Isolator Hangers, Nonseismic:
a. Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing elastomeric (e.g., neoprene, rubber) or fiberglass isolator material for the lower hanger rod connection.

7. Spring Isolator Hangers, Nonseismic:
a. Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing single or multiple free-standing, laterally stable steel spring(s) in series with an elastomeric element for the lower hanger rod connection.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 11
b. Designed to accommodate misalignment of bottom hanger rod up to 30 degrees (plus/minus 15 degrees) without short-circuiting of isolation.

8. Combination Resilient Material/Spring Isolator Hangers, Nonseismic:
a. Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing single or multiple free-standing, laterally stable steel spring(s) for the lower hanger rod connection and elastomeric (e.g., neoprene, rubber) or fiberglass isolator material for the upper hanger rod connection.
b. Designed to accommodate misalignment of bottom hanger rod up to 30 degrees (plus/minus 15 degrees) without short-circuiting of isolation.

D. Vibration Isolators for Seismic Applications:

1. Resilient Material Isolator Mounts, Seismic:
a. Description: Mounting assemblies for bolting equipment to supporting structure utilizing elastomeric (e.g., neoprene, rubber) isolator material; specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with integral snubbing in all directions.

2. Restrained Spring Isolators, Seismic:
a. Description: Isolator assembly consisting of single or multiple free-standing, laterally stable steel spring(s) in series with elastomeric (e.g., neoprene, rubber) isolator material within a metal housing designed to prevent movement of supported equipment above an adjustable vertical limit stop; specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with integral snubbing in all directions.
b. Bottom Load Plate: Steel with provisions for bolting to supporting structure as required.
c. Furnished with integral leveling device for positioning and securing supported equipment.
d. Provides constant free and operating height.

3. Resilient Material Isolator Hangers, Seismic:
a. Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing elastomeric (e.g., neoprene, rubber) isolator material for the lower hanger rod connection; specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with vertical limit stop to prevent upward travel of hanger rod and cushion impact.

4. Spring Isolator Hangers, Seismic:
a. Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing single or multiple free-standing, laterally stable steel spring(s) in series with an elastomeric element for the lower hanger rod connection; specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with vertical limit stop to prevent upward travel of hanger rod and cushion impact. b. Designed to accommodate misalignment of bottom hanger rod up to 30 degrees (plus/minus 15 degrees) without short-circuiting of isolation.

5. Combination Resilient Material/Spring Isolator Hangers, Seismic:
a. Description: Isolator assembly designed for installation in hanger rod suspension system utilizing single or multiple free-standing, laterally stable steel spring(s) for the lower hanger rod connection and elastomeric (e.g., neoprene, rubber) isolator material for the upper hanger rod connection; Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 12
specifically designed and rated for seismic applications with vertical limit stop to prevent upward travel of hanger rod and cushion impact. b. Designed to accommodate misalignment of bottom hanger rod up to 30 degrees (plus/minus 15 degrees) without short-circuiting of isolation.

2.5 EXTERNAL SEISMIC SNUBBER ASSEMBLIES
A. Manufacturers:

1. External Seismic Snubber Assemblies:
a. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com/#sle. b. Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com/#sle.
c. Vibration Eliminator Company, Inc: www.veco-nyc.com/#sle. d. Korfund Dynamics Corp.
e. Amber-Booth Co.
f. Consolidated Kinetics.
g. Or approved equal.

2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

3. Source Limitations: Furnish external seismic snubber assemblies and associated accessories produced by the same manufacturer as the vibration isolators and obtained from a single supplier.

B. Description: Steel snubbing assemblies designed for external attachment to both equipment and supporting structure that, as part of a complete system, restrain equipment motion in all directions during a seismic event while maintaining vibration isolation during normal operation.

C. Seismic Snubbing Elements:

1. Air Gap: Between 0.125 inches and 0.25 inches unless otherwise indicated.

2. Points of Contact: Cushioned with resilient material, minimum 0.25 inch thick; capable of being visually inspected for damage and replaced.

2.6 SEISMIC RESTRAINT SYSTEMS
A. Manufacturers:

1. Seismic Restraint Systems:
a. AFCON, a brand of Anvil International: www.anvilintl.com/#sle. b. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle.
c. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc: www.kineticsnoise.com/#sle. d. Mason Industries: www.mason-ind.com/#sle.
e. Or approved equal.

2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

3. Source Limitations: Furnish seismic restraint system components and accessories produced by a single manufacturer and obtained from a single supplier.

B. Description: System components and accessories specifically designed for field assembly and attachment of seismic restraints.

C. Cable Restraints:

1. Comply with ASCE 19.

2. Cables: Pre-stretched, galvanized steel wire rope with certified break strength.

3. Cable Connections: Use only swaged end fittings. Cable clips and wedge type end fittings are not permitted in accordance with ASCE 19.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 13

4. Use protective thimbles for cable loops where potential for cable damage exists.

D. Rigid Restraints: Use MFMA-4 steel channel (strut), steel angle, or steel pipe for structural element; suitable for both compressive and tensile design loads.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on the drawings.

B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive vibration isolation and/or seismic control components and associated attachments.

C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.

3.2 CODE-REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
A. Arrange work to accommodate tests and/or inspections performed by Special Inspection Agency employed by Owner or LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. in accordance with Section 01 45 33 and statement of special inspections as required by applicable building code.

B. Frequency of Special Inspections: Where special inspections are designated as continuous or periodic, arrange work accordingly.

1. Continuous Special Inspections: Special Inspection Agency to be present in the area where the work is being performed and observe the work at all times the work is in progress.

2. Periodic Special Inspections: Special Inspection Agency to be present in the area where work is being performed and observe the work part-time or intermittently and at the completion of the work.

C. Seismic special inspections include, but are not limited to:

1. Seismically Qualified Equipment: Verification that label, anchorage, and mounting comply with certificate of compliance.

2. Anchorage of electric equipment for emergency and standby power systems for Seismic Design Categories C, D, E, and F; periodic inspection.

3. Anchorage of electrical equipment other than for emergency and standby power systems for Seismic Design Categories E and F; periodic inspection.

4. Installation and anchorage of vibration isolation systems for Seismic Design Categories C, D, E, and F where Contract Documents require a nominal clearance of 1/4 inch or less between equipment support frame and seismic restraint; periodic inspection.

5. Verification of required clearances between electrical equipment, distribution systems, and associated supports and fire protection sprinkler system drops and sprigs for Seismic Design Categories C, D, E, and F; periodic inspection.

D. Seismic special inspections include, but are not limited to:

1. Seismically Qualified Equipment: Verification that label, anchorage, and mounting comply with certificate of compliance.

2. Anchorage of electric equipment for emergency and standby power systems for Seismic Design Categories C, D, E, and F; periodic inspection.

3. Anchorage of electrical equipment other than for emergency and standby power systems for Seismic Design Categories E and F; periodic inspection.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 14

4. Installation and anchorage of vibration isolation systems for Seismic Design Categories C, D, E, and F where Contract Documents require a nominal clearance of 1/4 inch or less between equipment support frame and seismic restraint; periodic inspection.

E. Prior to starting work, to submit written statement of responsibility to authorities having jurisdiction and to Owner acknowledging awareness of special requirements contained in the statement of special inspections.

F. Special Inspection Agency services do not relieve from performing inspections and testing specified elsewhere.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Install products in accordance with applicable requirements of NECA 1 (general workmanship).

C. Install anchors and fasteners in accordance with ICC Evaluation Services, LLC (ICCES) evaluation report conditions of use where applicable.

D. Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.

E. Field-Welding: Comply with Section 05 50 00.

F. Install flexible conduit and cable connections to provide sufficient slack for vibration isolation and/or seismic relative displacements as indicated or as required.

G. Vibration Isolation Systems:

1. Vibration-Isolated Equipment Support Bases:
a. Provide specified minimum clearance beneath base.

2. Spring Isolators:
a. Position equipment at operating height; provide temporary blocking as required.
b. Lift equipment free of isolators prior to lateral repositioning to avoid damage to isolators.
c. Level equipment by adjusting isolators gradually in sequence to raise equipment uniformly such that excessive weight or stress is not placed on any single isolator.

3. Isolator Hangers:
a. Use precompressed isolator hangers where required to facilitate installation and prevent damage to equipment utility connection provisions. b. Locate isolator hangers at top of hanger rods in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

4. Clean debris from beneath vibration-isolated equipment that could cause shortcircuiting of isolation.

5. Use elastomeric grommets for attachments where required to prevent shortcircuiting of isolation.

6. Adjust isolators to be free of isolation short circuits during normal operation.

7. Do not overtighten fasteners such that resilient material isolator pads are compressed beyond manufacturer's maximum recommended deflection.

H. Seismic Controls:

1. Provide specified snubbing element air gap; remove any factory-installed spacers, debris or other obstructions.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 15

2. Use only specified components, anchorage, and hardware evaluated by seismic design. Comply with conditions of seismic certification where applicable.

3. Where mounting hole diameter exceeds bolt diameter by more than 0.125 inch, use epoxy grout, elastomeric grommet, or welded washer to reduce clearance to

0.125 inch or less.

4. Equipment with Sheet Metal Housings:
a. Use Belleville washers to distribute stress over a larger surface area of the sheet metal connection interface as approved by manufacturer. b. Attach additional steel as approved by manufacturer where required to transfer loads to structure.
c. Where mounting surface is irregular, do not shim housing; reinforce housing with additional steel as approved by manufacturer.

5. Concrete Housekeeping Pads:
a. Size in accordance with seismic design to meet anchor requirements. b. Install pad reinforcement and doweling in accordance with seismic design to ensure integrity of pad and associated connection to slab.

6. Seismic Restraint Systems:
a. Do not attach seismic restraints and gravity supports to dissimilar parts of structure that may move differently during an earthquake. b. Install restraints within permissible angles in accordance with seismic design. c. Install cable restraints straight between component/run and structural attachment; do not bend around other nonstructural components or structural elements.
d. Install cable restraints for vibration-isolated components slightly slack to prevent short-circuiting of isolation.
e. Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated using only specified clamps; do not weld stiffeners to hanger rod.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.

B. Inspect vibration isolation and/or seismic control components for damage and defects.

C. Provide services of a manufacturer's authorized representative for vibration isolation systems and seismic controls to observe installation and assist in inspection and testing.

Include manufacturer's detailed testing and inspection procedures and field reports with submittals.

D. Vibration Isolation Systems:

1. Verify isolator static deflections.

2. Verify required clearance beneath vibration-isolated equipment support bases.

3. Verify vibration isolation performance during normal operation; investigate sources of isolation short circuits.

E. Seismic Controls:

1. Verify snubbing element air gaps.

F. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective vibration isolation and/or seismic control components.

G. Submit detailed reports indicating inspection and testing results and corrective actions taken.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 26 05 48 - 16

3.5 ATTACHMENTS
A. Statement of special inspections.

END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 1
SECTION 26 05 53

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electrical identification requirements.

B. Identification nameplates and labels.

C. Wire and cable markers.

D. Voltage markers.

E. Underground warning tape.

F. Floor marking tape.

G. Warning signs and labels.

H. Field-painted identification of conduit.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 09 91 13 - Exterior Painting.

B. Section 09 91 23 - Interior Painting.

C. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical.

D. Section 26 05 19 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Color coding for power conductors and cables 600 V and less; vinyl color coding electrical tape.

E. Section 26 05 73 - Power System Studies: Arc flash hazard warning labels.

F. Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices: Device and wallplate finishes; factory pre-marked wallplates.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI Z535.2 - American National Standard for Environmental and Facility Safety Signs 2011 (Reaffirmed 2017).

B. ANSI Z535.4 - American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels 2011 (Reaffirmed 2017).

C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

D. NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace 2024.

E. UL 969 - Marking and Labeling Systems Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:

1. Verify final designations for equipment, systems, and components to be identified prior to fabrication of identification products.

B. Sequencing:

1. Do not conceal items to be identified, in locations such as above suspended ceilings, until identification products have been installed.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 2

2. Do not install identification products until final surface finishes and painting are complete.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures.

B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for each product.

C. Shop Drawings: Provide schedule of items to be identified indicating proposed designations, materials, legends, and formats.

D. Samples:

1. Identification Nameplates: One of each type and color specified.

2. Warning Signs and Labels: One of each type and legend specified.

E. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation and installation of product.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of CEC.

B. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.

C. Furnish products listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and shown.

1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install adhesive products when ambient temperature is lower than recommended by manufacturer.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Existing Work: Unless specifically excluded, identify existing elements to remain that are not already identified in accordance with specified requirements.

B. Identification for Equipment:

1. Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control equipment and associated sections, compartments, and components. a. Panelboards:
1) Identify ampere rating.
2) Identify voltage and phase.
3) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment.
4) Identify main overcurrent protective device. Use identification label for panelboards with a door. For power distribution panelboards without a door, use identification nameplate.
5) Use typewritten circuit directory to identify load(s) served for panelboards with a door. Identify spares and spaces using pencil.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 3
6) For power panelboards without a door, use identification nameplate to identify load(s) served for each branch device. Do not identify spares and spaces.
b. Enclosed switches, circuit breakers, and motor controllers:
1) Identify voltage and phase.
2) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment.
3) Identify load(s) served. Include location when not within sight of equipment.
c. Time Switches:
1) Identify load(s) served and associated circuits controlled. Include location.
d. Enclosed Contactors:
1) Identify ampere rating.
2) Identify voltage and phase.
3) Identify configuration, e.g., E.O.E.H. (electrically operated, electrically held) or E.O.M.H. (electrically operated, mechanically held). 4) Identify coil voltage.
5) Identify load(s) and associated circuits controlled. Include location.

2. Use voltage marker to identify highest voltage present for each piece of electrical equipment.

3. Use identification nameplate to identify equipment utilizing series ratings, where permitted, in accordance with NFPA 70.

4. Use identification nameplate to identify switchboards and panelboards utilizing a high leg delta system in accordance with NFPA 70.

5. Use identification nameplate to identify disconnect location for equipment with remote disconnecting means.

6. Use identification label or handwritten text using indelible marker on inside of door at each fused switch to identify required NEMA fuse class and size.

7. Use identification label or handwritten text using indelible marker on inside of door at each motor controller to identify nameplate horsepower, full load amperes, code letter, service factor, voltage, and phase of motor(s) controlled.

8. Use identification label to identify overcurrent protective devices for branch circuits serving fire alarm circuits. Identify with text "FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT".

9. Use field-painted floor markings, floor marking tape, or warning labels to identify required equipment working clearances where indicated or where required by the authority having jurisdiction.
a. Field-Painted Floor Markings: Alternating black and white stripes, 3 inches wide, painted in accordance with Section 09 91 23 and 09 91 13.

10. Available Fault Current Documentation: Comply with Section 26 05 73. Use identification label to identify the available fault current and date calculations were performed at locations requiring documentation by NFPA 70 including but not limited to the following.
a. Service equipment.
b. Industrial control panels.
c. Motor control centers.
d. Elevator control panels.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 4
e. Industrial machinery.

11. Arc Flash Hazard Warning Labels: Comply with Section 26 05 73.

12. Use warning signs to identify electrical hazards for entrances to all rooms and other guarded locations that contain exposed live parts operating at 600 V nominal or less with the word message "DANGER; Electrical hazard; Authorized personnel only" or approved equivalent.

13. Use warning signs to identify electrical hazards for entrances to all buildings, vaults, rooms, or enclosures containing exposed live parts or exposed conductors operating at over 600 V nominal with the word message "DANGER; HIGH VOLTAGE; KEEP OUT".

14. Use warning labels to identify electrical hazards for equipment, compartments, and enclosures containing exposed live parts or exposed conductors operating at over 600 V nominal with the word message "DANGER; HIGH VOLTAGE; KEEP OUT".

15. Use warning labels, identification nameplates, or identification labels to identify electrical hazards for equipment where multiple power sources are present with the word message "DANGER; Hazardous voltage; Multiple power sources may be present; Disconnect all electric power including remote disconnects before servicing" or approved equivalent.

C. Identification for Conductors and Cables:

1. Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 26 05

19. 2. Identification for Communications Conductors and Cables: Comply with Section 27 10 00.

3. Use identification nameplate or identification label to identify color code for ungrounded and grounded power conductors inside door or enclosure at each piece of feeder or branch-circuit distribution equipment when premises has feeders or branch circuits served by more than one nominal voltage system.

4. Use wire and cable markers to identify circuit number or other designation indicated for power, control, and instrumentation conductors and cables at the following locations:
a. At each source and load connection.
b. Within boxes when more than one circuit is present.
c. Within equipment enclosures when conductors and cables enter or leave the enclosure.

5. Use wire and cable markers to identify connected grounding electrode system components for grounding electrode conductors.

6. Use underground warning tape to identify direct buried cables.

D. Identification for Raceways:

1. Use voltage markers to identify highest voltage present for accessible conduits at maximum intervals of 20 feet.

2. Use voltage markers, color-coded bands, or factory-painted conduits to identify systems other than normal power system for accessible conduits. a. Maximum Intervals: 20 feet.
b. Color-Coded Bands: Use field-painting or vinyl color coding electrical tape to mark bands 3 inches wide.
1) Field-Painting: Comply with Section 09 91 23 and 09 91 13.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 5
2) Vinyl Color Coding Electrical Tape: Comply with Section 26 05 19. 3) Other Owner required color coding systems.

3. Use identification labels, handwritten text using indelible marker, or plastic marker tags to identify circuits enclosed for accessible conduits at wall penetrations, at floor penetrations, at roof penetrations, and at equipment terminations when source is not within sight.

4. Use identification labels, handwritten text using indelible marker, or plastic marker tags to identify spare conduits at each end. Identify purpose and termination location.

5. Use underground warning tape to identify underground raceways.

6. Use voltage markers to identify highest voltage present for wireways at maximum intervals of 20 feet.

E. Identification for Boxes:

1. Use voltage markers to identify highest voltage present.

2. Use voltage markers or color coded boxes to identify systems other than normal power system.

3. Use identification labels or handwritten text using indelible marker to identify circuits enclosed.. Install on back side of box cover.
a. For exposed boxes in public areas, use only identification labels.

4. Use warning labels to identify electrical hazards for boxes containing exposed live parts or exposed conductors operating at over 600 V nominal with the word message "DANGER; HIGH VOLTAGE; KEEP OUT".

F. Identification for Devices:

1. Wiring Device and Wallplate Finishes: Comply with Section 26 27 26.

2. Factory Pre-Marked Wallplates: Comply with Section 26 27 26.

3. Use identification label to identify fire alarm system devices. a. For devices concealed above suspended ceilings, provide additional identification on ceiling tile below device location.

4. Use identification label or engraved wallplate to identify serving branch circuit for all receptacles.
a. For receptacles in public areas or in areas as directed by Architect, provide identification on inside surface of wallplate.

5. Use identification label or engraved wallplate to identify load controlled for wallmounted control devices controlling loads that are not visible from the control location and for multiple wall-mounted control devices installed at one location.

6. Use identification label to identify receptacles protected by upstream GFI protection, where permitted.

G. Identification for Luminaires:

1. Use permanent red dot on luminaire frame to identify luminaires connected to emergency power system.

H. Buried Electrical Lines: Underground warning tapes.

I. Communication Cabinets: Nameplates.

J. Conduit: Conduit markers.

K. Control Device Station: Labels.

L. Electrical Distribution and Control Equipment Enclosures: Nameplates.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 6
A. Brady Corporation: www.bradycorp.com.

B. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/aec.

C. HellermannTyton: www.hellermanntyton.com.

D. E-Z Code by T&B.

E. Pan-Code by Panduit.

F. Or approved equal.

G. Substitutions: See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements.

2.3 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS
A. Identification Nameplates:

1. Manufacturers:
a. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.brimar.com/#sle.
b. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co: www.kolbipipemarkers.com/#sle. c. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Materials:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Use plastic nameplates. b. Outdoor Locations: Use plastic, stainless steel, or aluminum nameplates suitable for exterior use.

3. Plastic Nameplates: Two-layer or three-layer laminated acrylic or electrically non-conductive phenolic with beveled edges; minimum thickness of 1/16 inch; engraved text.
a. Exception: Provide minimum thickness of 1/8 inch when any dimension is greater than 4 inches.

4. Stainless Steel Nameplates: Minimum thickness of 1/32 inch; engraved or laseretched text.

5. Aluminum Nameplates: Anodized; minimum thickness of 1/32 inch; engraved or laser-etched text.

6. Mounting Holes for Mechanical Fasteners: Two, centered on sides for sizes up to 1 inch high; Four, located at corners for larger sizes.

B. Identification Labels:

1. Manufacturers:
a. Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com/#sle.
b. Brother International Corporation: www.brother-usa.com/#sle. c. Panduit Corp: www.panduit.com/#sle.
d. Or approved equal.
e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant.
a. Use only for indoor locations.

3. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text. Do not use handwritten text unless otherwise indicated.

C. Format for Equipment Identification:

1. Minimum Size: 1 inch by 2.5 inches.

2. Legend:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 7
a. System designation where applicable:
1) Emergency Power System: Identify with text "EMERGENCY". b. Equipment designation or other approved description. c. Other information as indicated.

3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.

4. Minimum Text Height:
a. System Designation: 1/2 inch.
b. Equipment Designation: 1/4 inch.
c. Other Information: 1/8 inch.
d. Exception: Provide minimum text height of 1 inch for equipment located more than 10 feet above floor or working platform.

5. Color:
a. Normal Power System: White text on black background. 1) 480Y/277 V, 3 Phase Equipment: White text on orange background. 2) 208Y/120 V, 3 Phase Equipment: White text on black background. b. Emergency Power System: White text on red background.

D. Format for General Information and Operating Instructions:

1. Minimum Size: 1 inch by 2.5 inches.

2. Legend: Include information or instructions indicated or as required for proper and safe operation and maintenance.

3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.

4. Minimum Text Height: 1/4 inch.

5. Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated. a. Exceptions:
1) Provide white text on red background for general information or operational instructions for emergency systems.
2) Provide white text on red background for general information or operational instructions for fire alarm systems.
3) Provide white text on black background for all other systems, unless noted otherwise.

E. Format for Caution and Warning Messages:

1. Minimum Size: 2 inches by 4 inches.

2. Legend: Include information or instructions indicated or as required for proper and safe operation and maintenance.

3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.

4. Minimum Text Height: 1/2 inch.

5. Color: Black text on yellow background unless otherwise indicated.

F. Format for Receptacle Identification:

1. Minimum Size: 3/8 inch by 1.5 inches.

2. Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated. a. Include voltage and phase for other than 120 V, single phase circuits.

3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.

4. Minimum Text Height: 3/16 inch.

5. Color: Black text on clear background.

G. Format for Control Device Identification:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 8

1. Minimum Size: 3/8 inch by 1.5 inches.

2. Legend: Load controlled or other designation indicated.

3. Text: All capitalized unless otherwise indicated.

4. Minimum Text Height: 3/16 inch.

5. Color: Black text on clear background.

H. Manufacturers:

1. Kolbi Pipe Marker Co.; Model: www.kolbipipemarkers.com.

2. Seton Identification Product; Model:: www.seton.com.

3. Or approved equal.

I. Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, white letters on black background, unless noted otherwiseon drawings or specifications.

J. Locations:

1. Each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure.

2. Communication cabinets.

K. Letter Size:

1. Use 1/8 inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads.

2. Use 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads.

L. Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16 inch white letters on black background. Use only for identification of individual wall switches and receptacles, control device stations.

2.4 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com/#sle.

2. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com.

3. HellermannTyton: www.hellermanntyton.com/#sle.

4. Panduit Corp: www.panduit.com/#sle.

5. Or approved equal.

6. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Markers for Conductors and Cables: Use wrap-around self-adhesive vinyl cloth, wraparound self-adhesive vinyl self-laminating, heat-shrink sleeve, or plastic sleeve type markers suitable for the conductor or cable to be identified.

C. Markers for Conductor and Cable Bundles: Use plastic marker tags secured by nylon cable ties.

D. Legend: Power source and circuit number or other designation indicated.

E. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text, all capitalized unless otherwise indicated.

1. Do not use handwritten text.

F. Minimum Text Height: 1/8 inch.

G. Color: Black text on white background unless otherwise indicated.

H. Description: Vinyl cloth type self-adhesive wire markers.

I. Description: Cloth type wire markers.

J. Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet boxes, and junction boxes each load connection.

K. Legend:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 9

1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated on drawings.

2. Control Circuits: Control wire number indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams on drawings.

2.5 VOLTAGE MARKERS
A. Manufacturers:

1. Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com/#sle.

2. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.brimar.com/#sle.

3. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/#sle.

4. HellermannTyton: www.hellermanntyton.com.

5. Or approved equal.

6. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Markers for Conduits: Use factory pre-printed self-adhesive vinyl, self-adhesive vinyl cloth, or vinyl snap-around type markers.

C. Markers for Boxes and Equipment Enclosures: Use factory pre-printed self-adhesive vinyl or self-adhesive vinyl cloth type markers.

D. Minimum Size:

1. Markers for Equipment: 1 1/8 by 4 1/2 inches.

2. Markers for Conduits: As recommended by manufacturer for conduit size to be identified.

3. Markers for Pull Boxes: 1 1/8 by 4 1/2 inches.

4. Markers for Junction Boxes: 1/2 by 2 1/4 inches.

E. Legend:

1. Markers for Voltage Identification: Highest voltage present.

2. Markers for System Identification:
a. Emergency Power System: Text "EMERGENCY".
b. Other Systems: Type of service.

F. Color: Black text on orange background unless otherwise indicated.

G. Location: Furnish markers for each conduit longer than 6 feet.

H. Spacing: 20 feet on center.

I. Color:

1. Fire Alarm System: Red.

2.6 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE
A. Manufacturers:

1. Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com/#sle.

2. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.brimar.com/#sle.

3. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/#sle.

4. HellermannTyton: www.hellermanntyton.com.

5. Or approve equal.

6. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Materials: Use foil-backed detectable type polyethylene tape suitable for direct burial, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Non-detectable Type Tape: 6 inches wide, with minimum thickness of 4 mil.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 10
D. Foil-backed Detectable Type Tape: 3 inches wide, with minimum thickness of 5 mil, unless otherwise required for proper detection.

E. Legend: Type of service, continuously repeated over full length of tape.

F. Color:

1. Tape for Buried Power Lines: Black text on red background.

2. Tape for Buried Communication, Alarm, and Signal Lines: Black text on orange background.

2.7 FLOOR MARKING TAPE
A. Manufacturers:

1. Brady Corporation: www.bradyid.com/#sle.

2. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.brimar.com/#sle.

3. Insite Solutions, LLC: www.stop-painting.com/#sle.

4. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/#sle.

5. Or approved equal..

6. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Floor Marking Tape for Equipment Working Clearance Identification: Self-adhesive vinyl or polyester tape with overlaminate, 3 inches wide, with alternating black and white stripes.

2.8 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS
A. Manufacturers:

1. Brimar Industries, Inc: www.brimar.com/#sle.

2. Clarion Safety Systems, LLC: www.clarionsafety.com/#sle.

3. Insite Solutions, LLC: www.stop-painting.com/#sle.

4. Seton Identification Products: www.seton.com/#sle.

5. Or approved equal.

6. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable.

C. Warning Signs:

1. Materials:
a. Indoor Dry, Clean Locations: Use factory pre-printed rigid plastic or selfadhesive vinyl signs. b. Outdoor Locations: Use factory pre-printed rigid aluminum signs.

2. Rigid Signs: Provide four mounting holes at corners for mechanical fasteners.

3. Minimum Size: 7 by 10 inches unless otherwise indicated.

D. Warning Labels:

1. Materials: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed self-adhesive polyester or self-adhesive vinyl labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant; produced using materials recognized to UL 969.
a. Do not use labels designed to be completed using handwritten text.

2. Machine-Printed Labels: Use thermal transfer process printing machines and accessories recommended by label manufacturer.

3. Minimum Size: 2 by 4 inches unless otherwise indicated.

E. Floor Signs:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 11

1. Materials: Use factory preprinted, self-adhesive vinyl, polyester, or rubber labels with protective overlaminate; removable.

2. Minimum Size: 17-inch diameter unless otherwise indicated.

F. Description: 3 inch wide polyethylene tape, detectable type colored red with suitable warning legend describing buried electrical lines.

G. Description: 4 inch wide plastic tape, detectable type colored red with suitable warning legend describing buried electrical lines.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces to receive adhesive products according to manufacturer's instructions.

B. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Install identification products to be plainly visible for examination, adjustment, servicing, and maintenance. Unless otherwise indicated, locate products as follows:

1. Surface-Mounted Equipment: Enclosure front.

2. Flush-Mounted Equipment: Enclosure front.

3. Free-Standing Equipment: Enclosure front; also enclosure rear for equipment with rear access.

4. Elevated Equipment: Legible from the floor or working platform.

5. Branch Devices: Adjacent to device.

6. Interior Components: Legible from the point of access.

7. Conduits: Legible from the floor.

8. Boxes: Outside face of cover.

9. Conductors and Cables: Legible from the point of access.

10. Devices: Outside face of cover.

C. Install identification products centered, level, and parallel with lines of item being identified.

D. Secure nameplates to exterior surfaces of enclosures using stainless steel screws and to interior surfaces using self-adhesive backing or epoxy cement.

1. Do not use adhesives on exterior surfaces except where substrate cannot be penetrated.

E. Install self-adhesive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion, with no bubbles or wrinkles and edges properly sealed.

F. Install underground warning tape above buried lines with one tape per trench at 3 inches below finished grade.

G. Secure rigid signs using stainless steel screws.

H. Mark all handwritten text, where permitted, to be neat and legible.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.

B. Replace self-adhesive labels and markers that exhibit bubbles, wrinkles, curling or other signs of improper adhesion.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53 - 12
END OF SECTION 260553
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 26 05 73 - 1
SECTION 26 05 73

POWER SYSTEM STUDIES
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Requirements for Short-circuit study.

B. Requirements for Protective device coordination study.

C. Requirements for Arc flash and shock risk assessment.

1. Includes arc flash hazard warning labels.

D. Criteria for the selection and adjustment of equipment and associated protective devices not specified in this section, as determined by studies to be performed.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Additional requirements for arc flash hazard warning labels.

B. Section 26 24 16 - Panelboards.

C. Section 26 28 13 - Fuses.

D. Section 26 28 16.16 - Enclosed Switches.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI Z535.4 - American National Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels 2011 (Reaffirmed 2017).

B. IEEE 141 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants 1993 (Reaffirmed 1999).

C. IEEE 242 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems 2001, with Errata (2003).

D. IEEE 399 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power Systems Analysis 1997.

E. IEEE 551 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Calculating Short-Circuit Currents in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems 2006.

F. IEEE 1584 - IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations 2018, with Errata (2019).

G. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators 2021.

H. NETA ATS - Standard For Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Equipment And Systems 2021.

I. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

J. NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace 2024.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:

1. Electrical Drawings: The electrical drawings indicate short circuit bracing and with stand values for electrical equipment and protective devices based on design Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 26 05 73 - 2
information available during the design process. The available short circuit current from the serving electrical utility may or may not have been available to the engineer. The contractor shall perform their own short circuit and arc flash studies based on the information given to the contractor from the serving power utility company. If the values for equipment bracing resulting from the contractors studies are lower than what is shown on the drawings, the equipment ratings shall be lowered to the appropriate values and a credit shall be provided to the Owner.

2. Existing Installations: Coordinate with equipment manufacturer(s) to obtain data necessary for completion of studies.

3. Coordinate the work to provide equipment and associated protective devices complying with criteria for selection and adjustment, as determined by studies to be performed.

4. Notify LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.

B. Pre-Study Meeting: Conduct meeting with Owner to discuss system operating modes and conditions to be considered in studies.

C. Sequencing:

1. Submit study reports prior to or concurrent with product submittals.

2. Do not order equipment until matching study reports and product submittals have both been evaluated by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc..

3. Verify naming convention for equipment identification prior to creation of final drawings, reports, and arc flash hazard warning labels (where applicable).

D. Scheduling:

1. Arrange access to existing facility for data collection with Owner.

2. Where work of this section involves interruption of existing electrical service, arrange service interruption with Owner and receive approval prior to proceeding.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Study preparer's qualifications.

C. Field testing agency's qualifications.

D. Study reports, stamped or sealed and signed by study preparer.

E. Product Data: In addition to submittal requirements specified in other sections, include manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for equipment and protective devices indicating information relevant to studies.

1. Include characteristic time-current trip curves for protective devices.

2. Include impedance data for busway.

3. Include impedance data for engine generators.

4. Clearly indicate whether proposed short circuit current ratings are fully rated or, where acceptable, series rated systems.

5. Include documentation of listed series ratings upon request.

6. Identify modifications made in accordance with studies that:
a. Can be made at no additional cost to Owner.
b. As submitted will involve a change to the contract sum.

F. Arc Flash Hazard Warning Label Samples: One of each type and legend specified.

G. Site-specific arc flash hazard warning labels.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 26 05 73 - 3
H. Field quality control reports.

I. Certification that field adjustable protective devices have been set in accordance with requirements of studies.

J. Project Record Documents: Revise studies as required to reflect as-built conditions.

1. Include hard copies with operation and maintenance data submittals.

2. Include computer software files used to prepare studies with file name(s) crossreferenced to specific pieces of equipment and systems.

1.6 POWER SYSTEM STUDIES
A. Scope of Studies to be provided by the Contractor:

1. Perform analysis of new electrical distribution system as indicated on drawings and as required by these specifications.

2. Except where study descriptions below indicate exclusions, analyze system at each bus from primary protective devices of utility source down to each piece of equipment involved, including parts of system affecting calculations being performed (e.g. fault current contribution from motors).

3. Include in analysis alternate sources and operating modes (including known future configurations) to determine worst case conditions.
a. Known Operating Modes:
1) Utility as source.

B. General Study Requirements:

1. Comply with NFPA 70.

2. Perform studies utilizing computer software complying with specified requirements; manual calculations are not permitted.

C. Data Collection:

1. The Contractor shall compile information on project-specific characteristics of actual installed equipment, protective devices, feeders, etc. as necessary to develop single-line diagram of electrical distribution system and associated input data for use in system modeling.
a. Utility Source Data: Include primary voltage, maximum and minimum threephase and line-to-ground fault currents, impedance, X/R ratio, and primary protective device information.
1) Obtain up-to-date information from Utility Company.
2) Utility Company: As indicated on drawings.
b. Transformers: Include primary and secondary voltage ratings, kVA rating, winding configuration, percent impedance, and X/R ratio. c. Protective Devices:
1) Circuit Breakers: Include manufacturer/model, type (e.g. thermal magnetic, electronic trip), frame size, trip rating, voltage rating, interrupting rating, available field-adjustable trip response settings, and features (e.g. zone selective interlocking).
2) Fuses: Include manufacturer/model, type/class (e.g. Class J), size/rating, and speed (e.g. time delay, fast acting).
d. Protective Relays: Include manufacturer/model, type, settings, current/potential transformer ratio, and associated protective device. e. Conductors: Include feeder size, material (e.g. copper, aluminum), insulation type, voltage rating, number per phase, raceway type, and actual length.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 26 05 73 - 4

2. Existing Installations:
a. Provide the services of field testing agency or equipment manufacturer's representative to perform field data collection.
b. Collect data on existing electrical distribution system necessary for completion of studies, including field verification of available existing data (e.g. construction documents, previous studies). Include actual settings for field-adjustable devices.
c. Available Existing Data:
1) Short circuit ratings of all existing electrical distribution equipment. 2) Previous short circuit studies for existing electrical distribution system if available.
3) One line diagram for existing electrical distribution system. 4) Available short circuit current at point of connection for all existing electric utility services.

D. Short-Circuit Study:

1. Comply with IEEE 551 and applicable portions of IEEE 141, IEEE 242, and IEEE 399.

2. For purposes of determining equipment short circuit current ratings, consider conditions that may result in maximum available fault current, including but not limited to:
a. Maximum utility fault currents.
b. Maximum motor contribution.
c. Known operating modes (e.g. utility as source, generator as source, utility/generator in parallel, bus tie breaker open/close positions).

3. For each bus location, calculate the maximum available three-phase bolted symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents. For grounded systems, also calculate the maximum available line-to-ground bolted fault currents.

E. Protective Device Coordination Study:

1. Comply with applicable portions of IEEE 242 and IEEE 399.

2. Analyze alternate scenarios considering known operating modes (e.g. utility as source, generator as source, utility/generator in parallel, bus tie breaker open/close positions).

3. Analyze protective devices and associated settings for suitable margins between time-current curves to provide adequate protection for equipment and conductors while achieving full selective coordination.

F. Arc Flash and Shock Risk Assessment:

1. Comply with NFPA 70E.

2. Perform incident energy and arc flash boundary calculations in accordance with IEEE 1584 (as referenced in NFPA 70E Annex D), where applicable. a. Where reasonable, study preparer may assume a maximum clearing time of two seconds in accordance with IEEE 1584, provided that the conditions are such that a worker's egress from an arc flash event would not be inhibited. b. For single-phase systems, study preparer to perform calculations assuming three-phase system in accordance with IEEE 1584 using single phase bolted fault current, yielding conservative results.

3. For equipment with main devices mounted in separate compartmentalized sections, perform calculations on both the line and load side of the main device.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 26 05 73 - 5

4. Analyze alternate scenarios considering conditions that may result in maximum incident energy, including but not limited to:
a. Maximum and minimum utility fault currents.
b. Maximum and minimum motor contribution.
c. Known operating modes (e.g. utility as source, generator as source, utility/generator in parallel, bus tie breaker open/close positions).

G. Study Reports:

1. General Requirements:
a. Identify date of study and study preparer.
b. Identify study methodology and software product(s) used. c. Identify scope of studies, assumptions made, implications of possible alternate scenarios, and any exclusions from studies.
d. Identify base used for per unit values.
e. Include single-line diagram and associated input data used for studies; identify buses on single-line diagram as referenced in reports, and indicate bus voltage.
f. Include conclusions and recommendations.

2. Short-Circuit Study:
a. For each scenario, identify at each bus location:
1) Calculated maximum available symmetrical and asymmetrical fault currents (both three-phase and line-to-ground where applicable). 2) Fault point X/R ratio.
3) Associated equipment short circuit current ratings.
b. Identify locations where the available fault current exceeds the equipment short circuit current rating, along with recommendations.

3. Protective Device Coordination Study:
a. For each scenario, include time-current coordination curves plotted on loglog scale graphs. b. For each graph include (where applicable):
1) Partial single-line diagram identifying the portion of the system illustrated.
2) Protective Devices: Time-current curves with applicable tolerance bands for each protective device in series back to the source, plotted up to the maximum available fault current at the associated bus. 3) Conductors: Damage curves.
4) Transformers: Inrush points and damage curves.
5) Generators: Full load current, overload curves, decrement curves, and short circuit withstand points.
6) Motors: Full load current, starting curves, and damage curves. 7) Capacitors: Full load current and damage curves.
c. For each protective device, identify fixed and adjustable characteristics with available ranges and recommended settings.
1) Circuit Breakers: Include long time pickup and delay, short time pickup and delay, and instantaneous pickup.
2) Include ground fault pickup and delay.
3) Include fuse ratings.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 26 05 73 - 6
4) Protective Relays: Include current/potential transformer ratios, tap, time dial, and instantaneous pickup.
d. Identify cases where either full selective coordination or adequate protection is not achieved, along with recommendations.

4. Arc Flash and Shock Risk Assessment:
a. For the worst case for each scenario, identify at each bus location:
1) Calculated incident energy and associated working distance. 2) Calculated arc flash boundary.
3) Bolted fault current.
4) Arcing fault current.
5) Clearing time.
6) Arc gap distance.
b. For purposes of producing arc flash hazard warning labels, summarize the maximum incident energy and associated data reflecting the worst case condition of all scenarios at each bus location.
c. Include recommendations for reducing the incident energy at locations where the calculated maximum incident energy exceeds 8 calories per sq cm.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Study Preparer Qualifications: Professional electrical engineer licensed in California and with minimum five years experience in the preparation of studies of similar type and complexity using specified computer software.

1. Study preparer may be employed by manufacturer of electrical distribution equipment.

2. Study preparer may be employed by field testing agency.

3. Acceptable Study Preparers:
a. Equipment manufacturers.
b. Contractor staff licensed electrical engineer.
c. Contractor hired consulting licensed electrical engineer. d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Field Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent testing organization specializing in testing, analysis, and maintenance of electrical systems with minimum five years experience; NETA Accredited Company.

1. Field Supervisor: Certified electrical testing technician; NETA ETT Level III.

2. Acceptable Testing Agencies:
a. Equipment manufacturer.
b. Qualified Contractor employed certified testing technician. c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Computer Software for Study Preparation: Use the latest edition of commercially available software utilizing specified methodologies.

1. Products:
a. SKM Systems Analysis, Inc: www.skm.com/#sle.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

D. Responsibility: Provide all project-related data needed by study preparer, including equipment, wire sizes, insulation types, conduit types, and actual circuit lengths.

PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 26 05 73 - 7

2.1 ARC FLASH HAZARD WARNING LABELS
A. Provide warning labels complying with ANSI Z535.4 to identify arc flash hazards for each work location analyzed by the arc flash and shock risk assessment.

1. Materials: Comply with Section 26 05 53.

2. Minimum Size: 4 by 6 inches.

3. Legend: Provide custom legend in accordance with NFPA 70E based on equipment-specific data as determined by arc flash and shock risk assessment. a. Include orange header that reads "WARNING" unless otherwise indicated. b. Include the text "Arc Flash and Shock Hazard; Appropriate PPE Required" or approved equivalent.
c. Include the following information:
1) Arc flash boundary.
2) Available incident energy and corresponding working distance. 3) Site-specific PPE (personnel protective equipment) requirements. 4) Nominal system voltage.
5) Limited approach boundary.
6) Restricted approach boundary.
7) Equipment identification.
8) Study preparer, report reference, and date calculations were performed.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install arc flash warning labels in accordance with Section 26 05 53.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.

B. Provide the services of field testing agency or equipment manufacturer's representative to perform inspection, testing, and adjusting.

C. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.

D. Adjust equipment and protective devices for compliance with studies and recommended settings.

E. Notify LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. of any conflicts with or deviations from studies.

Obtain direction before proceeding.

F. Submit detailed reports indicating inspection and testing results, and final adjusted settings.

3.3 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals.

B. See Section 01 79 00 - Demonstration and Training, for additional requirements.

C. Training: Include as part of the base bid training for Owner's personnel on electrical safety pertaining to arc flash and shock hazards.

1. Use site-specific arc flash and shock risk assessment report as training reference, supplemented with additional training materials as required.

2. Provide minimum of eight hours of training.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
POWER SYSTEM STUDIES 26 05 73 - 8

3. Instructor: Representative of entity performing study.

4. Location: At project site.

END OF SECTION 260573
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 05 83 - 1
SECTION 26 05 83

WIRING CONNECTIONS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electrical connections to equipment.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical.

B. Section 26 05 19 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables.

C. Section 26 05 33.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems.

D. Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems.

E. Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices.

F. Section 26 28 16.16 - Enclosed Switches.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices 1999 (Reaffirmed 2020).

B. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices - Dimensional Specifications 2021.

C. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:

1. Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and manufacturer's instructions for equipment furnished under other sections.

2. Determine connection locations and requirements.

B. Sequencing:

1. Install rough-in of electrical connections before installation of equipment is required.

2. Make electrical connections before required start-up of equipment.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Provide wiring device manufacturer’s catalog information showing dimensions, configurations, and construction.

C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.

B. Products: Listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 05 83 - 2
C. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cords and Caps: NEMA WD 6; match receptacle configuration at outlet provided for equipment.

1. Colors: Comply with NEMA WD 1.

2. Cord Construction: NFPA 70, Type SO, multiconductor flexible cord with identified equipment grounding conductor, suitable for use in damp locations.

3. Size: Suitable for connected load of equipment, length of cord, and rating of branch circuit overcurrent protection.

4. Product: As noted on drawings or as required for the application.

5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Disconnect Switches: As described and in individual equipment sections.

C. Wiring Devices: As specified in Section 26 27 26.

D. Flexible Conduit: As specified in Section 26 05 33.13.

E. Wire and Cable: As specified in Section 26 05 19.

F. Boxes: As specified in Section 26 05 33.16.

2.2 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Connection Types and Ratings::

1. Electrical Connection: Flexible conduit, metallic or liquid tight flexible conduit as required by the application.

2. Electrical Connection: Cord and plug (Verify NEMA configuration and rating with equipment installer at jobsite).

3. Provide field-installed disconnect switch.

4. Voltage: Verify with equipment nameplate.

5. Load rating: Verify with equipment nameplate.

6. FLA: Verify with equipment nameplate.

7. WSA: Verify with equipment nameplate.

8. Branch Circuit: Verify with equipment nameplate.

9. Location: As indicated on drawings. Verify with equipment installer at jobsite.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that equipment is ready for electrical connection, wiring, and energization.

3.2 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
A. Make electrical connections in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions.

B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use liquidtight flexible conduit with watertight connectors in damp or wet locations.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING CONNECTIONS 26 05 83 - 3
C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation suitable for temperatures encountered.

D. Provide receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment plug.

E. Provide cord and cap where field-supplied attachment plug is required.

F. Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes.

G. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and control devices to complete equipment wiring requirements.

H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring requirements.

I. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements.

J. Coolers and Freezers: Cut and seal conduit openings in freezer and cooler walls, floor, and ceilings.

END OF SECTION 262717
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 1
SECTION 26 09 23

LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Occupancy sensors.

B. Outdoor motion sensors.

C. Time switches.

D. In-wall time switches.

E. In-wall interval timers.

F. Outdoor photo controls.

G. Lighting contactors.

H. Accessories.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.

B. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems C. Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems.

D. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements.

E. Section 26 05 73 - Power System Studies.

F. Section 26 2716 - Electrical Cabinets and Enclosures.

G. Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices: Devices for manual control of lighting, including wall switches, wall dimmers, and fan speed controllers.

1. Includes finish requirements for wall controls specified in this section.

2. Includes accessory receptacles, switches, dimmers and wall plates, to match lighting controls specified in this section.

H. Section 26 28 13 - Fuses.

I. Section 26 51 00 - Interior Lighting.

J. Section 26 56 00 - Exterior Lighting.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 47 CFR 15 - Radio Frequency Devices current edition.

B. ANSI C136.10 - American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment - Locking-Type Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacles - Physical and Electrical Interchangeability and Testing 2017.

C. ANSI C136.24 - American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment - Nonlocking (Button) Type Photocontrols 2020.

D. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.

E. NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices 2016.

F. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) 2020.

G. NEMA 410 - Performance Testing for Lighting Controls and Switching Devices with Electronic Drivers and Discharge Ballasts 2020.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 2
H. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control and Systems Controllers, Contactors and Overload Relays Rated 600 Volts 2008 (Reaffirmed 2020).

I. NEMA ICS 5 - Industrial Control and Systems: Control Circuit and Pilot Devices 2017.

J. NEMA ICS 6 - Industrial Control and Systems: Enclosures 1993 (Reaffirmed 2016).

K. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

L. UL 773 - Plug-in, Locking Type Photocontrols for Use with Area Lighting Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

M. UL 773A - Nonindustrial Photoelectric Switches for Lighting Control Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

N. UL 916 - Energy Management Equipment Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

O. UL 917 - Clock-Operated Switches Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

P. UL 1472 - Solid-State Dimming Controls Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

Q. UL 60947-1 - Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear - Part 1: General Rules Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

R. UL 60947-4-1 - Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear - Part 4-1: Contactors and Motor-starters - Electromechanical Contactors and Motor-starters Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:

1. Coordinate the placement of lighting control devices with millwork, furniture, equipment, etc. installed under other sections or by others.

2. Coordinate the placement of wall switch occupancy sensors with actual installed door swings.

3. Coordinate the placement of occupancy sensors with millwork, furniture, equipment or other potential obstructions to motion detection coverage installed under other sections or by others.

4. Notify the Architect and/or the Electrical Engineer of Record of any conflicts or deviations from the contract documents to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work.

B. Sequencing:

1. Do not install lighting control devices until final surface finishes and painting are complete.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Include ratings, configurations, standard wiring diagrams, dimensions, colors, service condition requirements, and installed features.

1. Occupancy Sensors: Include detailed motion detection coverage range diagrams.

C. Shop Drawings:

1. Occupancy Sensors: Provide lighting plan indicating location, model number, and orientation of each occupancy sensor and associated system component.

D. Field Quality Control Reports.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 3
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Include application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.

F. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include detailed information on device programming and setup.

G. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.

1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.

2. Extra Locking Receptacle-Mounted Outdoor Photo Controls: Five percent of total quantity installed for each type, but not less than two of each type.

3. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers: Provide one portable test set.

4. Indicating Lights: Two of each different type.

H. Project Record Documents: Record actual installed locations and settings for lighting control devices.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of CEC 2007.

B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.

C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.

D. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Store products in a clean, dry space in original manufacturer's packaging in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions until ready for installation.

1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after installation.

1.9 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.

B. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for all occupancy sensors.

C. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for utility grade locking receptacle-mounted outdoor photo controls.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. General Requirements

1. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 4

2. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, wiring, connectors, hardware, components, accessories, etc. as required for a complete operating system.

3. Products for Switching of Electronic Ballasts/Drivers: Tested and rated to be suitable for peak inrush currents specified in NEMA 410.

2.2 OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A. Manufacturers:

1. Lutron Electronics Company, Inc: www.lutron.com/#sle.

2. Or approved equal..

3. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

4. Source Limitations: Furnish products produced by a single manufacturer and obtained from a single supplier.

B. All Occupancy Sensors:

1. Description: Factory-assembled commercial specification grade devices for indoor use capable of sensing both major motion, such as walking, and minor motion, such as small desktop level movements, according to published coverage areas, for automatic control of load indicated.

2. Sensor Technology:
a. Passive Infrared (PIR) Occupancy Sensors: Designed to detect occupancy by sensing movement of thermal energy between zones.
b. Ultrasonic Occupancy Sensors: Designed to detect occupancy by sensing frequency shifts in emitted and reflected inaudible sound waves. c. Passive Infrared/Ultrasonic Dual Technology Occupancy Sensors: Designed to detect occupancy using a combination of both passive infrared and ultrasonic technologies.
d. Passive Infrared/Acoustic Dual Technology Occupancy Sensors: Designed to detect occupancy using a combination of both passive infrared and audible sound sensing technologies.

3. Provide LED to visually indicate motion detection with separate color LEDs for each sensor type in dual technology units.

4. Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, occupancy sensor to turn load on when occupant presence is detected and to turn load off when no occupant presence is detected during an adjustable turn-off delay time interval.

5. Dual Technology Occupancy Sensors: Field configurable turn-on and hold-on activation with settings for activation by either or both sensing technologies.

6. Passive Infrared Lens Field of View: Field customizable by addition of factory masking material, adjustment of integral blinders, or similar means to block motion detection in selected areas.

7. Turn-Off Delay: Field adjustable, with time delay settings up to 30 minutes.

8. Sensitivity: Field adjustable.

9. Adaptive Technology: Field selectable; capable of self-adjusting sensitivity and time delay according to conditions.

10. Integral Photocell: For field selectable and adjustable inhibition of automatic turn-on of load when ambient lighting is above the selected level.

11. Compatibility (Non-Dimming Sensors): Suitable for controlling incandescent lighting, low-voltage lighting with electronic and magnetic transformers, Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 5
fluorescent lighting with electronic and magnetic ballasts, and fractional motor loads, with no minimum load requirements.

12. Load Rating for Line Voltage Occupancy Sensors: As required to control the load indicated on drawings.

13. Isolated Relay for Low Voltage Occupancy Sensors: SPDT dry contacts, ratings as required for interface with system indicated.

14. Where wired sensors are indicated, wireless sensors are acceptable provided that all components and wiring modifications necessary for proper operation are included.

15. Wireless Sensors:
a. RF Range: 30 feet through typical construction materials. b. Electromagnetic Interference/Radio Frequency Interference (EMI/RFI) Limits: Comply with FCC requirements of 47 CFR 15, for Class B application.
c. Power: Battery-operated with minimum ten-year battery life.

C. Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors:

1. All Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors:
a. Description: Occupancy sensors designed for installation in standard wall box at standard wall switch mounting height with a field of view of 180 degrees, integrated manual control capability, and no leakage current to load in off mode.
b. Unless otherwise indicated or required to control the load indicated on drawings, provide line voltage units with self-contained relay. c. Where indicated, provide two-circuit units for control of two separate lighting loads, with separate manual controls and separately programmable operation for each load.
d. Operation: Field selectable to operate either as occupancy sensor (automatic on/off) or as vacancy sensor (manual-on/automatic off). e. Manual-Off Override Control: When used to turn off load while in automatic-on mode, unit to revert back to automatic mode after no occupant presence is detected during the delayed-off time interval. f. Provide selectable audible alert to notify occupant of impending load turnoff. g. Finish: Match finishes specified for wiring devices in Section 26 27 26, unless otherwise indicated.
h. Provide vandal resistant lenses for passive infrared (PIR) and dual technology wall switch occupancy sensors where indicated.

2. Passive Infrared (PIR) Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 900 square feet.
a. Products:
1) Lutron Maestro Series; www.lutron.com/#sle.
2) As indicated on drawings.
3) Or approved equal.
4) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

3. Ultrasonic Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 400 square feet.
a. Products:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 6
1) As indicated on drawings..
2) Or approved equal..
3) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

4. Passive Infrared/Ultrasonic Dual Technology Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 900 square feet. a. Products:
1) Lutron Maestro Series; www.lutron.com/#sle.
2) As indicated on drawings.
3) Or approved equal.
4) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

D. Wall Dimmer Occupancy Sensors:

1. General Requirements:
a. Description: Occupancy sensors designed for installation in standard wall box at standard wall switch mounting height with a field of view of 180 degrees, integrated dimming control capability , and no leakage current to load in off mode.
b. Operation: Field selectable to operate either as occupancy sensor (automatic on/off) or as vacancy sensor (manual-on/automatic off). c. Manual-Off Override Control Capability: When used to turn off load while in automatic-on mode, unit to revert back to automatic mode after no occupant presence is detected during the delayed-off time interval. d. Dimmer: Solid-state with continuous full-range even control following square law dimming curve, integral radio frequency interference filtering, power failure preset memory, air gap switch accessible without removing wall plate, and listed as complying with UL 1472; type and rating suitable for load controlled.
e. Provide field adjustable dimming preset for occupied state. f. Provide fade-to-off operation to notify occupant of impending load turn-off. g. Finish: Match finishes specified for wiring devices in Section 26 27 26, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Passive Infrared (PIR) Wall Dimmer Occupancy Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 900 square feet.
a. Products:
1) Lutron Maestro C.L Sensor Dimmer Series; www.lutron.com/#sle. 2) Lutron Maestro Occupancy Sensor Dimmer Series;
www.lutron.com/#sle.
3) Lutron Maestro 0-10V Dimmer Sensor Series; www.lutron.com/#sle. 4) Or approved equal.
5) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

E. Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors:

1. All Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors:
a. Description: Low profile occupancy sensors designed for ceiling installation. b. Unless otherwise indicated or required to control the load indicated on drawings, provide low voltage units, for use with separate compatible accessory power packs.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 7
c. Provide field selectable setting for disabling LED motion detector visual indicator.
d. Occupancy sensor to be field selectable as either manual-on/automatic-off or automatic on/off.
e. Finish: White unless otherwise indicated.

2. Passive Infrared (PIR) Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors:
a. Standard Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 450 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet, with a field of view of 360 degrees. 1) Products:
(a) Lutron LOS-CIR Series; www.lutron.com/#sle.
(b) Lutron Radio Powr Savr Wireless Sensors; www.lutron.com/#sle. (c) Or approved equal.
(d) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. b. Extended Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 1,200 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet, with a field of view of 360 degrees.
1) Products:
(a) Lutron LOS-CIR Series; www.lutron.com/#sle.
(b)
(c) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

3. Ultrasonic Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors:
a. Standard Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 500 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet, with a field of view of 360 degrees. 1) Products:
(a) Lutron LOS-CUS Series; www.lutron.com/#sle.
(b) Or approved equal.
(c) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. b. Medium Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 1,000 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet, with a field of view of 360 degrees. 1) Products:
(a) Lutron LOS-CUS Series; www.lutron.com/#sle.
(b) Or approved equal.
(c) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. c. Extended Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 2,000 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet.
1) Products:
(a) Lutron LOS-CUS Series; www.lutron.com/#sle.
(b) Or approved equal.
(c) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

4. Passive Infrared/Ultrasonic Dual Technology Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors:
a. Standard Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 450 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet, with a field of view of 360 degrees. 1) Products:
(a) Lutron LOS-CDT Series; www.lutron.com/#sle.
(b) Or approved equal.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 8
(c) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. b. Extended Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 1,200 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet, with a field of view of 360 degrees.
1) Products:
(a) Lutron LOS-CDT Series; www.lutron.com/#sle.
(b) Or approved equal.
(c) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

5. Passive Infrared/Acoustic Dual Technology Ceiling Mounted Occupancy Sensors:
a. Standard Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 450 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet, with a field of view of 360 degrees. 1) Products:
(a) As indicated on drawings.
(b) Or approved equal.
(c) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. b. Extended Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 1,200 square feet at a mounting height of 9 feet.
1) Products:
(a) As indicated on drawings.
(b) Or approved equal.
(c) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

F. Directional Occupancy Sensors:

1. All Directional Occupancy Sensors: Designed for wall or ceiling mounting, with integral swivel for field adjustment of motion detection coverage. a. Unless otherwise indicated or required to control the load indicated on drawings, provide low voltage units, for use with separate compatible accessory power packs.
b. Provide field selectable setting for disabling LED motion detector visual indicator.
c. Finish: White unless otherwise indicated.

2. Passive Infrared (PIR) Directional Occupancy Sensors:
a. Standard Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within a distance of 40 feet at a mounting height of 10 feet.
1) Products:
(a) Lutron LOS-WIR Series; www.lutron.com/#sle.
(b) Lutron Radio Powr Savr Wireless Sensors; www.lutron.com/#sle. (c) Or approved equal.
(d) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. b. Long Range Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within a distance of 80 feet at a mounting height of 10 feet.
1) Products:
(a) Lutron Radio Powr Savr Wireless Sensors; www.lutron.com/#sle. (b) Or approved equal.
(c) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. c. High Bay Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within a distance of 50 feet at a mounting height of 30 feet.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 9
1) Products:
(a) As indicated on drawings.
(b) Or approved equal.
(c) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

3. Passive Infrared/Ultrasonic Dual Technology Directional Occupancy Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within a distance of 40 feet at a mounting height of 10 feet.
a. Products:
1) Lutron LOS-WDT Series; www.lutron.com/#sle.
2) Or approved equal.
3) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

G. Luminaire Mounted Occupancy Sensors: Designed for direct luminaire installation and control, suitable for use with specified luminaires.

1. Fluorescent High Bay Luminaire Mounted Occupancy Sensors: Passive infrared (PIR) type with a field of view of 360 degrees unless otherwise indicated. a. Unless otherwise indicated or required to control the load indicated on drawings, provide line voltage units with self-contained relay. b. Finish: White unless otherwise indicated.
c. Circular Coverage Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within a distance of 40 feet at a mounting height of 20 feet.
1) Products:
(a) As indicated on drawings.
(b) Or approved equal.
(c) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. d. Linear Aisle Coverage Sensors: Capable of detecting motion within an area of 20 feet wide by 60 feet long at a mounting height of 40 feet. 1) Products:
(a) As indicated on drawings.
(b) Or approved equal.
(c) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. e. Accessories:
1) Provide mounting bracket for lowering occupancy sensor such that luminaire does not block sensor field of view where required.

H. Power Packs for Low Voltage Occupancy Sensors:

1. Description: Plenum rated, self-contained low voltage class 2 transformer and relay compatible with specified low voltage occupancy sensors for switching of line voltage loads.

2. Provide quantity and configuration of power and slave packs with all associated wiring and accessories as required to control the load indicated on drawings.

3. Input Supply Voltage: Dual rated for 120/277 V ac.

4. Load Rating: As required to control the load indicated on drawings. (a) __________.

I. Power Packs for Wireless Occupancy Sensors:

1. Description: Plenum rated, self-contained relay compatible with specified wireless occupancy sensors for switching of line voltage loads.

2. Input Supply Voltage: Dual rated for 120/277 V ac.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 10

3. Load Rating: As required to control the load indicated on drawings.

4. Provide auxiliary contact closure output where indicated.

5. Rated Life of Relay: One million cycles.

6. Products:
a. Lutron PowPak Relay Module; www.lutron.com/#sle.
b. Or approved equal.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

J. Accessories:

1. Provide heavy duty coated steel wire protective guards compatible with specified occupancy sensors where indicated on plans.

K. OUTDOOR MOTION SENSORS

1. Description: Factory-assembled wet location listed device suitable for wall or ceiling/eave mounting, with integral swivel for field adjustment of coverage, capable of detecting motion for automatic control of load indicated.

2. Sensor Technology: Passive Infrared (PIR) designed to detect occupancy by sensing movement of thermal energy between zones.

3. Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, motion sensor to turn load on when motion is detected and to turn load off when no motion is detected during an adjustable turn-off delay time interval.

4. Turn-Off Delay: Field adjustable, with time delay settings available up to 15 minutes.

5. Integral Photocell: For dusk to dawn operation.

6. Manual Override: Activated by switching power off to unit and then back on.

7. Load Rating: 1,000 W incandescent and fluorescent load at 120 V ac.

8. Coverage: Capable of detecting motion within a distance of 50 feet at a mounting height of 8 feet, with a field of view of 270 degrees.

9. Finish: Color to be selected by architect.

10. Provide integral lamp holders suitable for two 150 watt PAR 38 lamps.

L. TIME SWITCHES

1. Digital Electronic Time Switches:
a. Description: Factory-assembled solid state programmable controller with LCD display, listed and labeled as complying with UL 916 or UL 917. b. Program Capability:
1) 24-Hour Time Switches: Single channel, with same schedule for each day of the week and skip-a-day feature to omit selected days. 2) 7-Day Time Switches: Single channel, capable of different schedule for each day of the week with additional holiday schedule available to override normal schedule for selected days.
3) Astronomic Time Switches: Single channel, capable of different schedule for each day of the week with additional holiday schedule available to override normal schedule for selected days and fieldconfigurable astronomic feature to automatically adjust for seasonal changes in sunrise and sunset times.
c. Schedule Capacity: Not less than 16 programmable on/off operations. d. Provide automatic daylight savings time and leap year compensation. e. Provide power outage backup to retain programming and maintain clock.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 11
f. Manual override: Capable of overriding current schedule both permanently and temporarily until next scheduled event.
g. Provide remote photocell input with light level adjustment. h. Input Supply Voltage: As indicated on the drawings.
i. Output Switch Configuration: As required to control the load indicated on drawings.
j. Output Switch Contact Ratings: As required to control the load indicated on drawings.
k. Provide lockable enclosure; environmental type per NEMA 250 as specified for the following installation locations:
1) Indoor clean, dry locations: Type 1.
2) Outdoor locations: Type 3R.
l. Provide flush-mounted unit where indicated, where mounted in public areas, or where mounted adjacent to flush-mounted equipment.

M. IN-WALL TIME SWITCHES

1. Digital Electronic In-Wall Time Switches:
a. Description: Factory-assembled solid state programmable controller with LCD display, suitable for mounting in standard wall box, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 916 or UL 917.
b. Program Capability:
1) 7-Day Time Switches: Capable of different schedule for each day of the week.
2) Astronomic Time Switches: Capable of different schedule for each day of the week and field-configurable astronomic feature to automatically adjust for seasonal changes in sunrise and sunset times. c. Schedule Capacity: Not less than 40 programmable on/off operations. d. Provide automatic daylight savings time compensation. e. Provide power outage backup to retain programming and maintain clock. f. Manual override: Capable of overriding current schedule both permanently and temporarily until next scheduled event.
g. Switch Configuration: Suitable for use in either SPST or 3-way application. h. Contact Ratings: As required to control the load indicated on drawings.

2. Electromechanical In-Wall Time Switches:
a. Description: Factory-assembled controller with motor-operated timing dial mechanism and adjustable trippers for setting on/off operations, suitable for mounting in standard wall box, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 917.
b. Program Capability: 24-hour time switch with same schedule for each day of the week.
c. Schedule Capacity: Accommodating not less than 24 selected on/off operations per day.
d. Manual override: Capable of permanently overriding current schedule. e. Switch Configuration: SPST.
f. Contact Ratings: As required to control the load indicated on drawings.

N. IN-WALL INTERVAL TIMERS

1. Digital Electronic In-Wall Interval Timers:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 12
a. Description: Factory-assembled solid state programmable controller with LCD display, suitable for mounting in standard wall box, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 916 or UL 917.
b. Program Capability: Designed to turn load off at end of preset time interval. c. Time Interval: Field selectable range of presets available up to 12 hours. d. Provide field selectable audible and visual indication to warn that end of interval operation is about to turn off load.
e. Provide power outage backup to retain programming and maintain clock. f. Manual override: Capable of both turning load off and resetting timer to original preset time interval.
g. Switch Configuration: Suitable for use in either SPST or 3-way application. h. Contact Ratings: As required to control the load indicated on drawings.

O. OUTDOOR PHOTO CONTROLS

1. Stem-Mounted Outdoor Photo Controls:
a. Description: Direct-wired photo control unit with threaded conduit mounting stem and field-adjustable swivel base, listed and labeled as complying with UL 773A.
b. Housing: Weatherproof, impact resistant polycarbonate. c. Photo Sensor: Cadmium sulfide.
d. Provide external sliding shield for field adjustment of light level activation. e. Light Level Activation: 1 to 5 footcandles turn-on and 3 to 1 turn-off to turnon ratio with delayed turn-off. f. Voltage: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings. g. Failure Mode: Fails to the on position.
h. Load Rating: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings. i. Provide accessory wall-mounting bracket where indicated or as required to complete installation.

2. Locking Receptacle-Mounted Outdoor Photo Controls
a. Description: Plug-in locking type photo control unit complying with ANSI C136.10 for mounting on a compatible receptacle, listed and labeled as complying with UL 773.
b. Housing: Weatherproof, impact resistant UV stabilized polypropylene, color to be selected.
c. Photo Sensor: Cadmium sulfide.
d. Light Level Activation: 1 to 3 footcandles turn-on and 1.5 to 1 turn-off to turn-on ratio with instant turn-on and delayed turn-off. e. Voltage: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings. f. Failure Mode: Fails to the on position.
g. Load Rating: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings. h. Surge Protection: 160 joule metal oxide varistor.
i. Provide the following accessories where indicated or as required to complete installation:
1) Receptacle: Complying with ANSI C136.10.
2) Mounting Bracket.
3) Shorting Cap: Suitable for replacing locking photo control to complete circuit.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 13

3. Button Type Outdoor Photo Controls
a. Description: Direct-wired photo control unit complying with ANSI C136.24 with weatherproof gasketed wall plate where required or indicated, listed and labeled as complying with UL 773A.
b. Housing: Weather resistant polycarbonate.
c. Photo Sensor: Cadmium sulfide.
d. Light Level Activation: 1 to 3 footcandles turn-on and 3 to 1 turn-off to turnon ratio with delayed turn-off. e. Voltage: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings. f. Failure Mode: Fails to the on position.
g. Load Rating: As required to control the load indicated on the drawings.

P. LIGHTING CONTACTORS

1. Manufacturers:
a. ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle.
b. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle.
c. Rockwell Automation Inc; Allen-Bradley
Products: ab.rockwellautomation.com/#sle.
d. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle. e. Siemens Industry, Inc: www.usa.siemens.com/#sle.
f. Or approved equal.
g. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Description: Magnetic lighting contactors complying with NEMA ICS 2, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 60947-1 and UL 60947-4-1; noncombination type unless otherwise indicated; ratings, configurations and features as indicated on the drawings.

3. Combination Contactors: NEMA ICS 2, Class A combination controllers with magnetic contactor(s) and externally operable disconnect. a. Disconnects: Circuit breaker type.
1) Disconnect Switches: Fusible type unless otherwise indicated. 2) Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position. Provide safety interlock to prevent opening the cover with the disconnect in the ON position with capability of overriding interlock for testing purposes.
3) Provide auxiliary interlock for disconnection of external control power sources where applicable.

4. Short Circuit Current Rating:
a. Provide contactors with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as determined by short circuit study performed in accordance with Section 26 05 73.

5. Enclosures:
a. Comply with NEMA ICS 6.
b. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the following installation locations:
1) Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1 or Type 12.
2) Outdoor Locations: Type 3R or Type 4.
c. Finish: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 14
Q. ACCESSORIES

1. Auxiliary Contacts:
a. Comply with NEMA ICS 5.
b. Provide number and type of contacts indicated or required to perform necessary functions, including holding (seal-in) circuit and interlocking, plus one normally open (NO) and one normally closed (NC) spare contact for each lighting contactor, minimum.

2. Pilot Devices:
a. Comply with NEMA ICS 5; heavy-duty type.
b. Nominal Size: 30 mm.
c. Pushbuttons: Unless otherwise indicated, provide momentary, nonilluminated type with flush button operator; normally open or normally closed as indicated or as required.
d. Selector Switches: Unless otherwise indicated, provide maintained, nonilluminated type with knob operator; number of switch positions as indicated or as required.
e. Indicating Lights: Push-to-test type unless otherwise indicated. f. Provide LED lamp source for indicating lights and illuminated devices.

3. Control and Timing Relays:
a. Comply with NEMA ICS 5.
b. Provide number and type of relays indicated or required to perform necessary functions.
c. Timing Relays: Electronic or pneumatic as indicated. 1) Adjustable Timing Range: As indicated on drawings.

4. Fire-Rated Device Enclosures:
a. Manufacturers:
1) Fire Rated Product Specialties Corp: www.frpsonline.com/#sle. 2) Or approved equal.
3) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. b. Provide as required to preserve fire resistance rating of building elements.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.

B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate devices and conductors in accordance with CEC 2007.

C. Verify that openings for outlet boxes are neatly cut and will be completely covered by devices or wall plates.

D. Verify that final surface finishes are complete, including painting.

E. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to lighting control devices.

F. Verify that the service voltage and ratings of lighting control devices are appropriate for the service voltage and load requirements at the location to be installed.

G. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 15

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.

B. Clean dirt, debris, plaster, and other foreign materials from outlet boxes.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install lighting control devices in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship) and, where applicable, NECA 130, including mounting heights specified in those standards unless otherwise indicated.

B. Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1, including mounting heights specified in that standard unless otherwise indicated C. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 05 33.16 as required for installation of lighting control devices provided under this section.

1. Mounting Heights: Unless otherwise indicated, as follows:
a. Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors: 48 inches above finished floor to top of box CEC 1117B.6(5).
b. In-Wall Time Switches: 48 inches above finished floor to top of box CEC 1117B.6(5).
c. In-Wall Interval Timers: 48 inches above finished floor to top of box CEC 1117B.6(5).
d. Wall Toggle Switches: 48 inches above finished floor to top of box CEC 1117B.6(5).

2. Orient outlet boxes for vertical installation of lighting control devices unless otherwise indicated.

3. Locate wall switch occupancy sensors on strike side of door with edge of wall plate 3 inches from edge of door frame. Where locations are indicated otherwise, notify Architect and/or Owner's Representative to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work.

D. Install lighting control devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

E. Unless otherwise indicated, connect lighting control device grounding terminal or conductor to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper.

F. Install lighting control devices plumb and level, and held securely in place.

G. Where required and not furnished with lighting control device, provide wall plate in accordance with Section 26 27 26.

H. Provide required supports in accordance with Section 26 05 29.

I. Where applicable, install lighting control devices and associated wall plates to fit completely flush to mounting surface with no gaps and rough opening completely covered without strain on wall plate. Repair or reinstall improperly installed outlet boxes or improperly sized rough openings. Do not use oversized wall plates in lieu of meeting this requirement.

J. Identify lighting control devices in accordance with Section 26 05 53.

K. Occupancy Sensor Locations:

1. Location Adjustments: Locations indicated are diagrammatic and only intended to indicate which rooms or areas require devices. Provide quantity and locations as required for complete coverage of respective room or area based on manufacturer's recommendations for installed devices.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 16

2. Locate ultrasonic and dual technology passive infrared/ultrasonic occupancy sensors a minimum of 4 feet from air supply ducts or other sources of heavy air flow and as per manufacturer's recommendations, in order to minimize false triggers.

L. Outdoor Photo Control Locations:

1. Where possible, locate outdoor photo controls with photo sensor facing north. If north facing photo sensor is not possible, install with photo sensor facing east, west, or down.

2. Locate outdoor photo controls so that photo sensors do not face artificial light sources, including light sources controlled by the photo control itself.

M. Install outdoor photo controls so that connections are weatherproof. Do not install photo controls with conduit stem facing up in order to prevent infiltration of water into the photo control.

N. Combination Enclosed Lighting Contactors:

1. Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply, mount lighting contactors such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform.

2. Provide fuses complying with Section 26 28 13 for fusible switches as indicated.

O. Lamp Burn-In: Operate lamps at full output for minimum of 100 hours or prescribed period per manufacturer's recommendations prior to use with any dimming controls.

Replace lamps that fail prematurely due to improper lamp burn-in.

P. Unless otherwise indicated, install power packs for lighting control devices above accessible ceiling or above access panel in inaccessible ceiling near the sensor location.

Q. Where indicated, install separate compatible wall switches for manual control interface with lighting control devices or associated power packs.

R. Unless otherwise indicated, install switches on load side of power packs so that switch does not turn off power pack.

S. Where indicated or required, provide cabinet or enclosure in accordance with Section 26 05 33.16 for mounting of lighting control device system components.

T. Where indicated or required, provide cabinet or enclosure in accordance with Section 26 2716 for mounting of lighting control device system components.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.

B. Inspect each lighting control device for damage and defects.

C. Test occupancy sensors to verify proper operation, including time delays and ambient light thresholds where applicable. Verify optimal coverage for entire room or area.

Record test results in written report to be included with submittals.

D. Test time switches to verify proper operation.

E. Test outdoor photo controls to verify proper operation, including time delays where applicable.

F. Correct wiring deficiencies and replace damaged or defective lighting control devices.

3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 26 09 23 - 17
B. Adjust occupancy sensor settings to minimize undesired activations while optimizing energy savings, and to achieve desired function as indicated or as directed by manufacturer.

C. Adjust position of directional occupancy sensors and outdoor motion sensors to achieve optimal coverage as required.

D. Where indicated or as directed by Architect, install factory masking material or adjust integral blinders on passive infrared (PIR) and dual technology occupancy sensor lenses to block undesired motion detection.

E. Adjust time switch settings to achieve desired operation schedule as indicated or as directed by Owner's Representative.. Record settings in written report to be included with submittals.

F. Adjust external sliding shields on outdoor photo controls under optimum lighting conditions to achieve desired turn-on and turn-off activation as indicated or as directed by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc..

3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt, paint, or other foreign material and restore to match original factory finish.

3.7 COMMISSIONING
A. See Section 01 91 13 - General Commissioning Requirements for commissioning requirements.

3.8 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals.

B. See Section 01 79 00 - Demonstration and Training, for additional requirements.

C. Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of lighting control devices to District Representative, and correct deficiencies or make adjustments as directed.

D. Training: Train Owner's (Owner's) personnel on operation, adjustment, programming, and maintenance of lighting control devices.

1. Use operation and maintenance manual as training reference, supplemented with additional training materials as required.

2. Provide minimum of two hours of training.

3. Instructor: Qualified contractor familiar with the project and with sufficient knowledge of the installed lighting control devices.

4. Location: At project site.

END OF SECTION 260923
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 1
SECTION 26 24 16

PANELBOARDS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Power distribution panelboards.

B. Lighting and appliance panelboards.

C. Load centers.

D. Overcurrent protective devices for panelboards.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical.

B. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.

C. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.

D. Section 26 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems.

1. Includes requirements for the seismic qualification of equipment specified in this section.

E. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements.

F. Section 26 05 73 - Power System Studies: Additional criteria for the selection and adjustment of equipment and associated protective devices specified in this section.

G. Section 26 22 00 - Low-Voltage Transformers: Small power centers with integral primary breaker, transformer, and panelboard.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. FS W-C-375 - Circuit Breakers, Molded Case; Branch Circuit and Service 2013e, with Amendment (2017).

B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.

C. NECA 407 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Panelboards 2015.

D. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) 2020.

E. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control and Systems Controllers, Contactors and Overload Relays Rated 600 Volts 2008 (Reaffirmed 2020).

F. NEMA KS 1 - Heavy Duty Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches (600 Volts Maximum) 2013.

G. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards 2011.

H. NEMA PB 1.1 - General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less 2013.

I. NETA ATS - Standard For Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Equipment And Systems 2021.

J. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

K. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 2
L. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

M. UL 67 - Panelboards Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

N. UL 98 - Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

O. UL 489 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches and Circuit Breaker Enclosures Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

P. UL 869A - Reference Standard for Service Equipment Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

Q. UL 943 - Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

R. UL 1053 - Ground-Fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

S. UL 1699 - Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupters Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:

1. Coordinate the work with other trades to avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70.

2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.

3. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide walls suitable for installation of flush-mounted panelboards where indicated.

4. Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.

5. Notify LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for panelboards, enclosures, overcurrent protective devices, and other installed components and accessories.

1. Include characteristic trip curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device upon request.

C. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, overcurrent protective device arrangement and sizes, short circuit current ratings, conduit entry locations, conductor terminal information, and installed features and accessories.

1. Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of panelboards and adjacent equipment with all required clearances indicated.

2. Include wiring diagrams showing all factory and field connections.

3. Clearly indicate whether proposed short circuit current ratings are fully rated or, where acceptable, series rated systems.

4. Include documentation of listed series ratings upon request.

5. Identify mounting conditions required for equipment seismic qualification.

D. Manufacturer's equipment seismic qualification certification.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 3
E. Source Quality Control Test Reports: Include reports for tests designated in NEMA PB 1 as routine tests.

F. Field Quality Control Test Reports.

G. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.

H. Project Record Documents: Record actual installed locations of panelboards and actual installed circuiting arrangements.

I. Maintenance Data: Include information on replacement parts and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals.

J. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's (Owner's) use in maintenance of project.

1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.

2. Panelboard Keys: Two of each different key.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of CEC.

B. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.

C. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.

D. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

E. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NECA 407.

B. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.

C. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to panelboard internal components, enclosure, and finish.

1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperature within the following limits during and after installation of panelboards:

1. Panelboards Containing Circuit Breakers: Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. ABB: www.electrification.us.abb.com/#sle.

B. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 4
C. Schneider Electric; Square D Products
D. Siemens Industry, Inc: www.usa.siemens.com/#sle.

E. Or approved equivalent subject to substitution process F. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

G. Source Limitations: Furnish panelboards and associated components produced by the same manufacturer as the other electrical distribution equipment used for this project and obtained from a single supplier.

2.2 PANELBOARDS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.

B. Seismic Qualification: Provide panelboards and associated components suitable for application under the seismic design criteria specified in Section 26 05 48 where required. Include certification of compliance with submittals.

C. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the following service conditions:

1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet.

2. Ambient Temperature:
a. Panelboards Containing Circuit Breakers: Between 23 degrees F and 104 degrees F.

D. Short Circuit Current Rating:

1. Provide panelboards with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as determined by short circuit study performed in accordance with Section 26 05 73.

2. Listed series ratings are not acceptable, except where pre-appoved by the Owner and LP Consulting Engineers, Inc.

3. Label equipment utilizing series ratings as required by NFPA 70 where permitted.

E. Panelboards Used for Service Entrance: Listed and labeled as suitable for use as service equipment according to UL 869A.

F. Mains: Configure for top or bottom incoming feed as indicated or as required for the installation.

G. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Replaceable without disturbing adjacent devices.

H. Bussing: Sized in accordance with UL 67 temperature rise requirements.

1. Provide fully rated neutral bus unless otherwise indicated, with a suitable lug for each feeder or branch circuit requiring a neutral connection.

2. Provide 200 percent rated neutral bus and lugs where indicated, where oversized neutral conductors are provided, or where panelboards are fed from K-rated transformers.

3. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each panelboard, with a suitable lug for each feeder and branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.

4. Provide separate isolated/insulated ground bus where indicated or where isolated grounding conductors are provided.

I. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.

J. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E.

1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the following installation locations:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 5
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1.
b. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R.

2. Boxes: Galvanized steel unless otherwise indicated.
a. Provide wiring gutters sized to accommodate the conductors to be installed. b. Increase gutter space as required where sub-feed lugs, feed-through lugs, gutter taps, or oversized lugs are provided.
c. Provide removable end walls for NEMA Type 1 enclosures. d. Provide painted steel boxes for surface-mounted panelboards where indicated, finish to match fronts.

3. Fronts:
a. Fronts for Surface-Mounted Enclosures: Same dimensions as boxes. b. Fronts for Flush-Mounted Enclosures: Overlap boxes on all sides to conceal rough opening.
c. Finish for Painted Steel Fronts: Manufacturer's standard grey unless otherwise indicated.

4. Lockable Doors: All locks keyed alike unless otherwise indicated. Provide doorin-door construction.

K. Future Provisions: Prepare all unused spaces for future installation of devices including bussing, connectors, mounting hardware and all other required provisions.

L. Panelboard Contactors: Where panelboard contactors are indicated, provide electrically operated, mechanically held magnetic contactor complying with NEMA ICS 2.

1. Ampere Rating: Not less than ampere rating of panelboard bus.

2. Short Circuit Current Rating: Not less than the panelboard short circuit current rating.

3. Coil Voltage: As required for connection to control system indicated.

M. Ground Fault Protection: Where ground-fault protection is indicated, provide system listed and labeled as complying with UL 1053.

1. Where electronic circuit breakers equipped with integral ground fault protection are used, provide separate neutral current sensor where applicable.

2. Where accessory ground fault sensing and relaying equipment is used, equip companion overcurrent protective devices with ground-fault shunt trips. a. Use zero sequence ground fault detection method unless otherwise indicated. b. Provide test panel and field-adjustable ground fault pick-up and delay settings.
c. Provide zone selective interlocking capability where indicated, capable of communicating with other electronic trip circuit breakers and external ground fault sensing systems to control ground fault delay functions for system coordination purposes.

N. Selectivity: Where the requirement for selectivity is indicated, furnish products as required to achieve selective coordination.

O. Multi-Section Panelboards: Provide enclosures of the same height, with feed-through lugs or sub-feed lugs and feeders as indicated or as required to interconnect sections.

P. Provide the following features and accessories where indicated or where required to complete installation:

1. Feed-through lugs.

2. Sub-feed lugs.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 6

2.3 POWER DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
A. Description: Panelboards complying with NEMA PB 1, power and feeder distribution type, circuit breaker type, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 67; ratings, configurations and features as indicated on the drawings.

B. Manufactuers:

1. Square D.

2. Siemens.

3. Cutler-Hammer.

4. Or approved equal

5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Conductor Terminations:

1. Main and Neutral Lug Material: Suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors.

2. Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical.
a. Provide an individual terminal or lug for each neutral wire.

D. Bussing:

1. Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Copper.

2. Ground Bus Material: Copper.

E. Circuit Breakers:

1. Provide bolt-on type.

2. Provide thermal magnetic circuit breakers unless otherwise indicated.

3. Provide electronic trip circuit breakers where indicated.

F. Enclosures:

1. Provide surface-mounted or flush-mounted enclosures unless otherwise indicated.

2. Fronts: Provide trims to cover access to load terminals, wiring gutters, and other live parts, with exposed access to overcurrent protective device handles.

3. Fronts: Provide lockable hinged door with concealed hinges for access to overcurrent protective device handles without exposing live parts.

4. Fronts: Provide door-in-door trim with hinged cover for access to load terminals and wiring gutters, and separate lockable hinged door with concealed hinges for access to overcurrent protective device handles without exposing live parts.

5. Provide clear plastic circuit directory holder mounted on inside of door.

6. Painted gray over rust inhibiting primer.

G. Description: NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type.

H. Panelboard Bus: Copper, ratings as indicated. Provide copper ground bus in each panelboard.

I. Minimum integrated short circuit rating: As indicated or as required by the short circuit study.

1. 240 Volt Panelboards: amperes rms symmetrical per plan.

2. 480 Volt Panelboards: amperes rms symmetrical per plan.

J. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: With integral thermal and instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole; UL listed. For air conditioning equipment branch circuits provide circuit breakers UL listed as Type HACR.

K. Controllers: NEMA ICS 2, AC general-purpose Class A magnetic controller for induction motors rated in horsepower, with bimetal overload relay.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 7

1. Coil operating voltage: 120 volts, 60 Hz.

2. Size as shown on Drawings.

L. Circuit Breaker Accessories: Trip units and auxiliary switches as indicated.

M. Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1, 6 inches deep, 20 inches wide, cabinet box.

N. Cabinet Front: Surface type, fastened with screws, hinged door with flush lock, metal directory frame, finished in manufacturer's standard gray enamel.

O. Nameplate: Provide factory nameplate to include the following:

1. Manufacturer.

2. Order number.

3. Panelboard Type.

4. System Voltage.

5. Bus ampacity.

6. Short circuit bracing rating.

7. UL label.

8. Service entrance label. (if applicable)

2.4 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS
A. Description: Panelboards complying with NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch circuit type, circuit breaker type, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 67; ratings, configurations and features as indicated on the drawings.

B. Conductor Terminations:

1. Main and Neutral Lug Material: Suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors. .

2. Main and Neutral Lug Type: Mechanical.
a. Provide an individual terminal or lug for each neutral wire.

C. Bussing:

1. Phase Bus Connections: Arranged for sequential phasing of overcurrent protective devices.

2. Phase and Neutral Bus Material: Copper.

3. Ground Bus Material: Copper.

D. Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic bolt-on type unless otherwise indicated.

E. Enclosures:

1. Provide surface-mounted or flush-mounted enclosures as indicated.

2. Fronts: Provide lockable hinged door with concealed hinges for access to overcurrent protective device handles without exposing live parts.

3. Fronts: Provide door-in-door trim with hinged cover for access to load terminals and wiring gutters, and separate lockable hinged door with concealed hinges for access to overcurrent protective device handles without exposing live parts.

4. Provide clear plastic circuit directory holder mounted on inside of door.

F. Provide column-width panelboards with accessory column-width cable trough and pullbox where indicated.

G. Description: NEMA PB1, circuit breaker type, lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard.

H. Panelboard Bus: Copper, ratings as indicated. Provide copper ground bus in each panelboard ; provide insulated ground bus where scheduled.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 8
I. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Rating: As indicated or as required by the short circuit study.

1. 240 Volt Panelboards: 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical.

2. 480 Volt Panelboards: 14,000 amperes rms symmetrical.

J. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, bolt-on type, with common trip handle for all poles; UL listed.

1. Type SWD for lighting circuits.

2. Type HACR for air conditioning equipment circuits.

3. Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled.

4. Do not use tandem circuit breakers.

K. Enclosure: NEMA PB 1, Type 1.

L. Cabinet Box: 6 inches deep, 20 inches wide for 240 volt and less panelboards, 20 inches wide for 480 volt panelboards.

M. Cabinet Front: Flush cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge, metal directory frame, and flush lock all keyed alike. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel.

N. Special Features:

1. Provide blocking clips or lock-off devices on circuit breakers as indicated on the drawings.

2. Provide barriered space for mounting contactors and control devices with a hinged door and lock, where shown or required.

3. Provide neutral bars with terminal for all active, spare, and inactive circuits.

4. Provide feed-thru lugs or sub-feed lugs for 2 and 3 section panels.

5. Equip bus bars for panelboard with main lugs, main fused switch, or main circuit breaker, capacity as required or as indicated.

6. Provide special features such as split bus, lighting contactors, extra-wide gutters as required or as indicated.

7. Provide panels with individual branch circuit power metering where noted on plans for connections to Facility Energy Management System. Provide Square D type NFMVP, NQMVP or approved equal.

2.5 LOAD CENTERS
A. Description: Circuit breaker type load centers listed and labeled as complying with UL 67; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings.

1. Load centers are permitted only where called for specifically on the drawings B. Manufacturers:

1. Square D.

2. Siemens.

3. Cutler-Hammer.

4. Or approved equal.

5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Bussing:

1. Phase Bus Connections: Arranged for sequential phasing of overcurrent protective devices.

2. Bus Material: Copper.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 9
D. Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic plug-in type, quantity and ratings as indicated on drawings..

E. Enclosures:

1. Provide flush-mounted enclosures unless otherwise indicated.

2. Fronts: Provide cover without door to cover access to load terminals, wiring gutters, and other live parts, with exposed access to overcurrent protective device handles.

3. Fronts: Provide hinged door with concealed hinges for access to overcurrent protective device handles without exposing live parts.

4. Provide circuit directory label on inside of door or individual circuit labels adjacent to circuit breakers.

5. Provide NEMA 3R enclosure where installed outdoors.

2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.

B. Factory test panelboards according to NEMA PB 1.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.

B. Verify that the ratings and configurations of the panelboards and associated components are consistent with the indicated requirements.

C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive panelboards.

D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).

B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

C. Install panelboards in accordance with NECA 407 and NEMA PB 1.1.

D. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70.

E. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.

F. Provide required seismic controls in accordance with Section 26 05 48.

G. Install panelboards plumb and when recessed, flush with wall finishes. Provide all backing for equipment support. Fasten all free-standing equipment to concrete slab.

Mounting bolts on floor mounted panels shall extend into pads only and shall not be in direct contact with building structural members.

H. Install flush-mounted panelboards so that trims fit completely flush to wall with no gaps and rough opening completely covered.

I. Mount panelboards such that the highest position of any operating handle for circuit breakers or switches does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform.

J. Mount floor-mounted power distribution panelboards on properly sized 3 inch high concrete pad constructed in accordance with Section 03 30 00.

K. Provide minimum of six spare 1 inch trade size conduits out of each flush-mounted panelboard stubbed into accessible space above ceiling and below floor.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 10
L. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.

1. Terminate branch circuit equipment grounding conductors on solidly bonded equipment ground bus only. Do not terminate on isolated/insulated ground bus.

2. Terminate branch circuit isolated grounding conductors on isolated/insulated ground bus only. Do not terminate on solidly bonded equipment ground bus.

M. Install all field-installed branch devices, components, and accessories.

N. Where accessories are not self-powered, provide control power source as indicated or as required to complete installation.

O. Multi-Wire Branch Circuits: Group grounded and ungrounded conductors together in the panelboard as required by NFPA 70.

P. Set field-adjustable circuit breaker tripping function settings as indicated.

Q. Set field-adjustable circuit breaker tripping function settings as determined by overcurrent protective device coordination study performed according to Section 26 05

73. R. Set field-adjustable ground fault protection pickup and time delay settings as indicated.

S. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and NECA 1.

T. Install panelboards plumb. Install recessed panelboards flush with wall finishes.

U. Height: 6 feet to top of panelboard; install panelboards taller than 6 feet with bottom no more than 4 inches above floor.

V. Provide filler plates to cover unused spaces in panelboards.

W. Provide circuit breaker lock-on devices to prevent unauthorized personnel from deenergizing essential loads where indicated. Also provide for the following:

1. Emergency and night lighting circuits.

2. Fire detection and alarm circuits.

3. Communications equipment circuits.

4. Intrusion detection and access control system circuits.

5. Video surveillance system circuits.

X. Identify panelboards in accordance with Section 26 05 53.

Y. Provide computer-generated circuit directory card for each lighting and appliance panelboard and each power distribution panelboard provided with a door, clearly and specifically indicating the loads served. Identify spares and spaces.

Z. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads.

AA. Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 26 0553.

BB. Provide arc flash warning labels in accordance with NFPA 70.

CC. Provide spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to an accessible location above ceiling. Identify each as SPARE.

1. Minimum spare conduits: 6 empty 1 inch.

DD. Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to Section 26 0526.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.

B. Perform field inspection and testing in accordance with Section 01 4000.

C. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
PANELBOARDS 26 24 16 - 11
D. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.6.1.1 for all main circuit breakers and circuit breakes larger than 100 amperes.. Tests listed as optional are not required.

E. Ground Fault Protection Systems: Test in accordance with manufacturer's instructions as required by NFPA 70.

1. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.14. The insulationresistance test on control wiring listed as optional is not required.

F. Test GFCI circuit breakers to verify proper operation.

G. Test AFCI circuit breakers to verify proper operation.

H. Test shunt trips to verify proper operation.

I. Procure services of a qualified manufacturer's representative to observe installation and assist in inspection, testing, and adjusting. Include manufacturer's reports with field quality control submittals.

J. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective panelboards or associated components.

K. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA STD ATS, Section 7.5 for switches, Section 7.6 for circuit breakers.

3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.

B. Adjust alignment of panelboard fronts.

C. Load Balancing: For each panelboard, rearrange circuits such that the difference between each measured steady state phase load does not exceed 20 percent and adjust circuit directories accordingly. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits.

3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean dirt and debris from panelboard enclosures and components according to manufacturer's instructions.

B. Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish.

END OF SECTION 262416
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 1
SECTION 26 27 26

WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Wall switches.

B. Wall dimmers.

C. Fan speed controllers.

D. Receptacles.

E. Wall plates and covers.

F. Floor box service fittings.

G. Poke-through assemblies.

H. Access floor boxes.

I. Occupancy sensors

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 09 69 00 - Access Flooring.

B. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical.

C. Section 26 05 19 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Manufactured wiring systems for use with access floor boxes with compatible pre-wired connectors.

D. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.

E. Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems.

F. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements.

G. Section 26 05 83 - Wiring Connections: Cords and plugs for equipment.

H. Section 26 09 23 - Lighting Control Devices: Devices for automatic control of lighting, including occupancy sensors, in-wall time switches, and in-wall interval timers.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. FS W-C-596 - Connector, Electrical, Power, General Specification for 2014h, with Amendments (2017).

B. FS W-S-896 - Switches, Toggle (Toggle and Lock), Flush Mounted (General Specification) 2014g, with Amendment (2017).

C. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.

D. NECA 130 - Standard for Installing and Maintaining Wiring Devices 2016.

E. NEMA WD 1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices 1999 (Reaffirmed 2020).

F. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Devices - Dimensional Specifications 2021.

G. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

H. UL 20 - General-Use Snap Switches Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

I. UL 498 - Attachment Plugs and Receptacles Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 2
J. UL 514D - Cover Plates for Flush-Mounted Wiring Devices Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

K. UL 943 - Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

L. UL 1310 - Class 2 Power Units Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

M. UL 1449 - Standard for Surge Protective Devices Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

N. UL 1472 - Solid-State Dimming Controls Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

O. UL 1917 - Solid-State Fan Speed Controls Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:

1. Coordinate the placement of outlet boxes with millwork, furniture, equipment, etc. installed under other sections or by others.

2. Coordinate wiring device ratings and configurations with the electrical requirements of actual equipment to be installed.

3. Coordinate the placement of outlet boxes for wall switches with actual installed door swings.

4. Coordinate the installation and preparation of uneven surfaces, such as split face block, to provide suitable surface for installation of wiring devices.

5. Coordinate the core drilling of holes for poke-through assemblies with the work covered under other sections.

6. Notify the Architect of any conflicts or deviations from the contract documents to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work.

B. Sequencing:

1. Do not install wiring devices until final surface finishes and painting are complete.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and configurations.

1. Wall Dimmers: Include derating information for ganged multiple devices.

2. Surge Protection Receptacles: Include surge current rating, voltage protection rating (VPR) for each protection mode, and diagnostics information.

C. Samples: One for each type and color of device and wall plate specified.

D. Certificates for Surge Protection Receptacles: Manufacturer's documentation of listing for compliance with UL 1449.

E. Field Quality Control Test Reports.

F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.

G. Operation and Maintenance Data:

1. Wall Dimmers: Include information on operation and setting of presets.

2. GFCI Receptacles: Include information on status indicators.

3. Surge Protection Receptacles: Include information on status indicators.

H. Project Record Documents: Record actual installed locations of wiring devices.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 3
I. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of project.

1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.

2. Screwdrivers for Tamper-Resistant Screws: Two for each type of screw.

3. Extra Keys for Locking Switches: Two of each type.

4. Extra Surge Protection Receptacles: Two of each type.

5. Extra Wall Plates: One of each style, size, and finish.

6. Extra Flush Floor Service Fittings: Two of each type.

7. Extra Poke-Through Core Hole Closure Plugs: Two for each core size.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.

B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.

C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

D. Products: Listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.

E. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Store in a clean, dry space in original manufacturer's packaging until ready for installation.

B. Products: Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Cooper Wiring Devices: www.cooperwiringdevices.com.

B. GE Industrial: www.geindustrial.com.

C. Leviton Manufacturing, Inc: www.leviton.com.

D. Pass & Seymore.

E. Hubbell.

F. Bryant.

G. Arrow-Hart.

H. Or approved equal.

2.2 WIRING DEVICE APPLICATIONS
A. Provide wiring devices suitable for intended use and with ratings adequate for load served.

B. For single receptacles installed on an individual branch circuit, provide receptacle with ampere rating not less than that of the branch circuit.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 4
C. Provide weather-resistant GFCI receptacles with specified weatherproof covers for receptacles installed outdoors or in damp or wet locations. Receptacles to be clearly identified as weather resistant as required by CEC.

D. Provide tamper resistant receptacles for receptacles installed in dwelling units.

E. Provide GFCI protection for receptacles installed within 6 feet of sinks.

F. Provide GFCI protection for receptacles installed in kitchens.

G. Provide GFCI protection for receptacles serving electric drinking fountains.

H. Provide isolated ground receptacles for receptacles serving computers and electronic cash registers.

I. Unless noted otherwise, do not use combination switch/receptacle devices.

J. For flush floor service fittings, use tile rings for installations in tile floors.

K. For flush floor service fittings, use carpet flanges for installations in carpeted floors.

2.3 WIRING DEVICE FINISHES
A. Provide wiring device finishes as described below unless otherwise indicated.

B. Wiring Devices, Unless Otherwise Indicated: White with white nylon wall plate.

C. Wiring Devices Installed in Finished Spaces: White with white nylon wall plate.

D. Wiring Devices Installed in Unfinished Spaces: Gray with galvanized steel wall plate.

E. Wiring Devices Installed in Wet or Damp Locations: White with specified weatherproof cover.

F. Isolated Ground Convenience Receptacles: Orange.

G. Surge Protection Receptacles: Blue.

H. Wiring Devices Connected to Emergency Power: Red with red nylon wall plate.

I. Clock Hanger Receptacles: Brown with stainless steel wall plate.

J. Above-Floor Service Fittings: Gray wiring devices with satin aluminum housing.

K. Flush Floor Box Service Fittings: Gray wiring devices with aluminum cover and ring/flange.

L. Flush Poke-Through Service Fittings: Gray wiring devices with aluminum cover and aluminum flange.

M. Access Floor Boxes: Gray wiring devices with gray steel cover with insert to match floor covering.

2.4 ALL WIRING DEVICES
A. Provide products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.

2.5 WALL SWITCHES
A. Wall Switches - General Requirements: AC only, quiet operating, general-use snap switches with silver alloy contacts, complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6, and listed as complying with UL 20and where applicable FS W-S-896; types as indicated on the drawings.

1. Wiring Provisions: Terminal screws for side wiring and screw actuated binding clamp for back wiring with separate ground terminal screw.

B. Standard Wall Switches: Industrial specification grade, 20 A, 120/277 V with standard toggle type switch actuator and maintained contacts; single pole single throw, double pole single throw, three way, or four way as indicated on the drawings.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 5

1. Products:
a. Single-pole: Hubbell #1221-I, Bryant #4901-GI, Pass & Seymour #20AC1-I. b. Double-pole: Hubbell #1222-I, Brant #4902-GI, Pass & Seymour #20AC2-I. c. Three-way: Hubbell #1223-I, Bryant #4903-GI, Pass & Seymour #20AC3-I. d. Four-way: Hubbell #1224-I, Bryant #4904-GI, Pass & Seymour #20AC4-I. e. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

C. Lighted Wall Switches: Industrial specification grade, 20 A, 120/277 V with illuminated standard toggle type switch actuator and maintained contacts; illuminated with load off; single pole single throw, double pole single throw, three way, or four way as indicated on the drawings.

D. Pilot Light Wall Switches: Industrial specification grade, 20 A, 120/277 V with red illuminated standard toggle type switch actuator and maintained contacts; illuminated with load on; single pole single throw, double pole single throw, three way, or four way as indicated on the drawings.

1. Products:
a. Hubbell #1221-PLR, Bryant #4901-PLR, Pass & Seymour #20AC1-PLR. b. Or approved equal.
c. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

E. Locking Wall Switches: Industrial specification grade, 20 A, 120/277 V with barrel type keyed switch actuator and maintained contacts; switches keyed alike; single pole single throw, double pole single throw, three way, or four way as indicated on the drawings.

F. Momentary Contact Wall Switches: Industrial specification grade, 20 A, 120/277 V with toggle type three position switch actuator and momentary contacts; single pole double throw, off with switch actuator in center position.

G. Locking Momentary Contact Wall Switches: Industrial specification grade, 20 A, 120/277 V with lever type keyed three position switch actuator and momentary contacts; switches keyed alike; single pole double throw, off with switch actuator in center position.

H. Wall Switches: Heavy Duty, AC only general-use snap switch, complying with NEMA WD 6 and WD 1.

1. Body and Handle: white plastic with toggle handle.

2. Indicator Light: Lighted handle type switch; red handle.

3. Locator Light: Lighted handle type switch; red color handle.

4. Ratings:
a. Voltage: 120 and 277 volts, AC.
b. Current: 20 amperes.

I. Switch Types: Single pole, double pole, and 3-way.

2.6 WALL DIMMERS
A. Wall Dimmers - General Requirements: Solid-state with continuous full-range even control following square law dimming curve, integral radio frequency interference filtering, power failure preset memory, air gap switch accessible without removing wall plate, complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6, and listed as complying with UL 1472; types and ratings suitable for load controlled as indicated on the drawings.

B. Control: Slide control type with separate on/off switch.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 6
C. Power Rating, Unless Otherwise Indicated or Required to Control the Load Indicated on the Drawings:

1. Incandescent: 600 W.

2. Magnetic Low-Voltage: 600 VA.

3. Electronic Low-Voltage: 400 VA.

4. Fluorescent: 600 VA.

5. LED: 600 VA
D. Provide locator light, illuminated with load off.

E. Provide accessory wall switches to match dimmer appearance when installed adjacent to each other.

F. Incandescent Wall Dimmers: Semiconductor dimmer for incandescent lamps, Type as indicated on drawings, complying with NEMA WD 6 and WD 1.

1. Body and Handle: white plastic with linear slide control.

2. Voltage: 120 and 277 volts.

3. Power Rating: 600 watts.

G. LED Wall Dimmers: NEMA WD 1, Type II semiconductor dimmer for LED lamps.

1. Power rating to match load shown on the drawings.

2. Voltage as required for controlled LED fixtures.

H. Provide accessory wall switches to match dimmer appearance when installed adjacent to each other.

2.7 FAN SPEED CONTROLLERS
A. Description: 120 V AC, solid-state, full-range variable speed, slide control type with separate on/off switch, with integral radio frequency interference filtering, fan noise elimination circuitry, power failure preset memory, complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6, and listed as complying with UL 1917.

1. Current Rating: 1.5 A unless otherwise indicated or required to control the load indicated on the drawings.

2.8 RECEPTACLES
A. Receptacles - General Requirements: Self-grounding, complying with NEMA WD 1 and NEMA WD 6, and listed as complying with UL 498and where applicable FS WC-596; types as indicated on the drawings.

1. Wiring Provisions: Terminal screws for side wiring or screw actuated binding clamp for back wiring with separate ground terminal screw.

2. NEMA configurations specified are according to NEMA WD 6.

3. Hospital Grade Receptacles: Listed as complying with UL 498 Supplement SD, with green dot hospital grade mark on device face.

B. Convenience Receptacles:

1. Standard Convenience Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R; single or duplex as indicated on the drawings.

2. Automatically Controlled Convenience Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R; controlled receptacle marking on device face per NFPA 70; single or duplex as indicated on the drawings.

3. Isolated Ground Convenience Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, with ground contacts isolated from mounting strap; isolated Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 7
ground triangle mark on device face; single or duplex as indicated on the drawings.

4. Weather Resistant Convenience Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, listed and labeled as weather resistant type complying with UL 498 Supplement SD suitable for installation in damp or wet locations; single or duplex as indicated on the drawings.

5. Tamper Resistant Convenience Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, listed and labeled as tamper resistant type; single or duplex as indicated on the drawings.

6. Tamper Resistant and Weather Resistant Convenience Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, listed and labeled as tamper resistant type and as weather resistant type complying with UL 498 Supplement SD suitable for installation in damp or wet locations; single or duplex as indicated on the drawings.

7. Illuminated Convenience Receptacles: Hospital grade, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5- 20R; illuminated face or indicator light to indicate power is being supplied to receptacle; single or duplex as indicated on the drawings.

C. GFCI Receptacles:

1. GFCI Receptacles - General Requirements: Self-testing, with feed-through protection and light to indicate ground fault tripped condition and loss of protection; listed as complying with UL 943, class A.
a. Provide test and reset buttons of same color as device.

2. Standard GFCI Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, duplex, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, rectangular decorator style.

3. Weather Resistant GFCI Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, duplex, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, rectangular decorator style, listed and labeled as weather resistant type complying with UL 498 Supplement SD suitable for installation in damp or wet locations.

4. Tamper Resistant GFCI Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, duplex, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, rectangular decorator style, listed and labeled as tamper resistant type.

5. Tamper Resistant and Weather Resistant GFCI Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, duplex, 20A, 125V, NEMA 5-20R, rectangular decorator style, listed and labeled as tamper resistant type and as weather resistant type complying with UL 498 Supplement SD suitable for installation in damp or wet locations.

D. Locking Receptacles: Industrial specification grade, configuration as indicated on the drawings.

1. Standard Locking Convenience Receptacles: Single, 20A, 125V, NEMA L5-20R.

E. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: .20A, 250V, 3 pole, 4 wire, 3 phase grounding, single: NEMA 15-20R; black (Hubbell 8420).

F. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 20A, 125/250V, 3 pole, 4 wire, 1 phase grounding, single: NEMA 14-20R; black (Hubbell 8410).

G. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 30A, 125V, 2 pole, 3 wire grounding, single; NEMA 5-30R; black (Hubbell 9308).

H. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 30A, 250V, 2 pole, 3 wire grounding, single; NEMA 6-30R; black (Hubbell 9330).

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 8
I. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 30A, 250V, 3 pole, 4 wire, 3 hose, grounding, single; NEMA 15-30R; black (Hubbell 8430A).

J. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 30A, 125/250V, 3 pole, 4 wire, 1 phase grounding, single; NEMA 14-30 R; black (Hubbell 9430A).

K. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 30A, 250V, 2 pole, 3 wire, 1 phase grounding, single, twist-lock; NEMA L6-30R; black (Hubbell 2620).

L. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 30A, 250V, 3 pole, 4 wire, 3 phase, grounding, single, twist-lock; NEMA L15-30R; black (Hubbell 2720).

M. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 50A, 250V, 2 pole, 3 wire, 1 phase, grounding, single; NEMA 6-50R; black (Hubbell 9367).

N. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 50A, 250V, 2 pole, 3 wire, 1 phase, grounding, single, twist-lock; black (Hubbell 25505), with wall plate per NFPA 56A. Portable xray receptacle.

O. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 20A, 250V, 2 pole, 3 wire, 1 phase, grounding, single, twist-lock; NEMA L6-20R; black (Hubbell 2320).

P. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 50A, 125/250V, 3 pole, 4 wire, 1 phase, grounding, single; NEMA 14-50R; black (Hubbell 9450A).

Q. Special Receptacle: 20A, 4 pole, 5 wire, 3 phase Y, 120/208V; NEMA L21-20; black (Hubbell 2510).

R. Special Receptacle: 30A, 4 pole, 5 wire, 3 phase Y, 120/208V; NEMA L21-30; black (Hubbell 2810).

S. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 15A, 125V, 2 pole, 3 wire, isolated ground, duplex; NEMA 5-15R; orange (Hubbell IG-5262).

T. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 20A, 125V, 2 pole, 3 wire, isolated ground, duplex; NEMA 5029R; orange (Hubbell IG-5362).

U. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 30A, 125V, 2 pole, 3 wire, 1 phase, grounding, single, twist-lock; NEMA L5-30R; black (Hubbell 2610).

V. Special Purpose Receptacle Outlet: 20A, 125V, 2 pole, 3 wire, single, twist-lick; NEMA L5-20R; black.

W. Special Receptacle Outlet: 30A, 250V, 2 pole, 3 wire, 1 phase grounding, single, twist lock, isolated ground; NEMA L6-30R; orange (Hubbell IG-2620).

X. Special Receptacle Outlet: 30A, 4 pole, 5 wire, 3 phase Y, 277/408V; NEMA L22-30, black.

Y. Special Receptacle Outlet: 60A, 3 pole, 4 wire, 3 phase, 480V; watertight pin and sleeve type; red, Hubbell 460R7W with BB601W 15 degree angle back box.

Z. Special Receptacle Outlet: 60A, 277/480V, 4 pole, 5 wire, single pin and sleeve.

1. Manufacturers
a. Appleton.
b. Hubbell; Model 560R7W.
c. Or approved equal.

AA. Special Receptacle Outlet: 60A, 250V, 3 pole, 4 wire, 3 phase, grounding, single; NEMA 15-60R; black.

1. Manufacturers
a. Bryant; Model 8460.
b. Hubbell; Model 8460A.
c. Pass & Seymour; Model 5760-BL.
d. Or approved equal.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 9
BB. Other receptacle types as indicated on the drawings and/or as required for connection of designated equipment.

2.9 WALL PLATES AND COVERS
A. Wall Plates: Comply with UL 514D.

1. Configuration: One piece cover as required for quantity and types of corresponding wiring devices.

2. Size: Standard.

3. Screws: Metal with slotted heads finished to match wall plate finish.

4. Provide screwless wallplates with concealed mounting hardware where indicated.

B. Nylon Wall Plates: Smooth finish, high-impact thermoplastic.

C. Stainless Steel Wall Plates: Brushed satin finish, Type 302 stainless steel.

D. Brass Wall Plates: Brushed satin finish, factory-coated to inhibit oxidation.

E. Aluminum Wall Plates: Smooth satin finish, clear anodized, factory-coated to inhibit oxidation.

F. Chrome Wall Plates: Smooth finish, chrome plated steel.

G. Galvanized Steel Wall Plates: Rounded corners and edges, with corrosion resistant screws.

H. Pre-marked Wall Plates: Factory labeled as indicated; hot stamped for nylon wall plates and engraved for metal wall plates.

I. Weatherproof Covers for Damp Locations: Gasketed, cast aluminum, with self-closing hinged cover and corrosion-resistant screws; listed as suitable for use in wet locations with cover closed.

J. Weatherproof Covers for Wet or Damp Locations: Gasketed, cast aluminum, with hinged lockable cover and corrosion-resistant screws; listed as suitable for use in wet locations while in use with attachment plugs connected and identified as extra-duty type.

K. Decorative Cover Plates: white, nylon, verify color with architect .

L. Jumbo Cover Plates: Ivory, nylon, verify color with architect.

M. Weatherproof Cover Plates: Gasketed cast metal with hinged.

N. Inmate Areas: In Correctional Facilities

1. Minimum Level Device Plate: Type 430 stainless steel, flush, satin finish, approximately 20 gauge.
a. Hollow Metal Jamb Posts: Arrow-Hart #T-1650; Bryant, Stainless Steel.

2. Medium Level Device Plate: Stainless steel; Type 430.

3. Maximum Level Device Plate:
a. Back Plate: Cold rolled steel; 10 gauge, prime painted. b. Cover Plate: Steel; 10 gauge, prime painted.
c. Fasteners: Minimum for security fasteners.
d. Manufacturers: Hubbell, Fail-Safe, Mark.
e. Cast Metal Plate for Surface Type Boxes: Corrosive resistant, cast ferrous metal, designed for the application.
f. Plastic Device Plates: Not permitted.
g. Fasteners: Tamper proof metal fasteners under provisions of Section 05 05

23. Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 10
h. Device Plates Installed in Housing Units: Patient Cells, Holding Cells, and Receiving Tanks shall be maximum level device plates.
i. Device Plates Installed In Mechanical Rooms, Electrical Rooms, Control Rooms and areas 12 feet of more above finished floor shall be minimum level device plates.
j. Device plates installed in other areas shall be Medium level device plates.

2.10 POKE-THROUGH ASSEMBLIES
A. Description: Assembly comprising floor service fitting, poke-through component, fire stops and smoke barriers, and junction box for conduit termination; fire rating listed to match fire rating of floor and suitable for floor thickness where installed.

B. Above-Floor Service Fittings:

1. Single Service Pedestal Convenience Receptacles:
a. Configuration: One standard convenience duplex receptacle.

2. Single Service Pedestal Communications Outlets:
a. Configuration: One 1 inch bushed opening.
b. Voice and Data Jacks: As specified in Section 27 30 00.

3. Single Service Pedestal Furniture Feed:
a. Configuration: One 3/4 inch knockout.

4. Dual Service Pedestal Combination Outlets:
a. Configuration:
1) Power: One standard convenience duplex receptacle.
2) Communications: One 1 inch bushed opening.
3) Voice and Data Jacks: As specified in Section 27 30 00. b. Provide barrier to separate line and low voltage compartments.

C. Flush Floor Service Fittings:

1. Single Service Flush Convenience Receptacles:
a. Configuration: One standard convenience duplex receptacle(s) with duplex flap opening(s).

2. Single Service Flush Communications Outlets:
a. Voice and Data Jacks: As specified in Section 27 30 00.

3. Single Service Flush Furniture Feed:
a. Configuration: One 2 inch by 1-1/4 inch combination threaded opening(s).

4. Dual Service Flush Combination Outlets:
a. Cover: Hinged door(s).
b. Configuration:
1) Power: One standard convenience duplex receptacle(s). 2) Voice and Data Jacks: As specified in Section 27 10 00.

5. Dual Service Flush Furniture Feed:
a. Configuration:
1) Power: One 3/4 inch threaded opening(s).
2) Communications: Two 1/2 inch threaded opening(s).

6. Accessories:
a. Closure Plugs: Size and fire rating as required to seal unused core hole and maintain fire rating of floor.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 11

2.11 ACCESS FLOOR BOXES
A. Manufacturers - Access Floor Boxes with Pre-wired Connectors for Manufactured Wiring Systems:

1. AFC Cable Systems Inc: www.afcweb.com/#sle.

2. RELOC Wiring Solutions, a brand of Acuity Brands,
Inc: www.relocwiring.com/#sle.

3. Wiremold, a brand of Legrand North America, Inc: www.legrand.us/#sle.

4. Or approved equal.

5. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

6. Source Limitations: Provide access floor boxes with pre-wired connectors produced by the same manufacturer as the manufactured wiring system used for this project.

B. Description: Metallic multi-service box suitable for mounting in access floor system specified in Section 09 69 00.

C. Access floor boxes with pre-wired connectors for manufactured wiring systems are permitted only where manufactured wiring systems are permitted as specified in Section 26 05 19.

D. Configuration:

1. Power: Two standard convenience duplex receptacle(s) unless noted otherwise on drawings.

2. Voice and Data Jacks: As specified in Section 27 30 00.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.

B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate devices and conductors in accordance with NFPA 70.

C. Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates.

D. Verify that final surface finishes are complete, including painting.

E. Verify that floor boxes are adjusted properly.

F. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices.

G. Verify that core drilled holes for poke-through assemblies are in proper locations.

H. Verify that openings in access floor are in proper locations.

I. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.

B. Clean dirt, debris, plaster, and other foreign materials from outlet boxes.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship) and, where applicable, NECA 130, except for mounting heights specified in those standards.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 12
B. Perform work in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with NECA 1, except for mounting heights specified in that standard.

C. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 05 33.16 as required for installation of wiring devices provided under this section.

1. Mounting Heights: Unless otherwise indicated, as follows:
a. Wall Switches: 48 inches above finished floor to top of box CEC 1117B.6(5). b. Wall Dimmers: 48 inches above finished floor to top of box CEC 1117B.6(5). c. Fan Speed Controllers: 48 inches above finished floor to top of box CEC 1117B.6(5).
d. Receptacles: 18 inches above finished floor or 6 inches above counter.

2. Orient outlet boxes for vertical installation of wiring devices unless otherwise indicated.

3. Where multiple receptacles, wall switches, or wall dimmers are installed at the same location and at the same mounting height, gang devices together under a common wall plate.

4. Locate wall switches on strike side of door with edge of wall plate 3 inches from edge of door frame. Where locations are indicated otherwise, notify Owner to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work.

5. Locate receptacles for electric drinking fountains concealed behind drinking fountain according to manufacturer's instructions.

D. Install wiring devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

E. Install permanent barrier between ganged wiring devices when voltage between adjacent devices exceeds 300 V.

F. Where required, connect wiring devices using pigtails not less than 6 inches long. Do not connect more than one conductor to wiring device terminals.

G. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor clockwise 3/4 turn around screw terminal and tightening to proper torque specified by the manufacturer. Where present, do not use push-in pressure terminals that do not rely on screw-actuated binding.

H. Unless otherwise indicated, connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor and to outlet box with bonding jumper.

I. For isolated ground receptacles, connect wiring device grounding terminal only to identified branch circuit isolated equipment grounding conductor. Do not connect grounding terminal to outlet box or normal branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.

J. Provide GFCI receptacles with integral GFCI protection at each location indicated. Do not use feed-through wiring to protect downstream devices.

K. Unless otherwise indicated, GFCI receptacles may be connected to provide feedthrough protection to downstream devices. Label such devices to indicate they are protected by upstream GFCI protection.

L. Where split-wired duplex receptacles are indicated, remove tabs connecting top and bottom receptacles.

M. Install securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 1.

N. Install wiring devices plumb and level with mounting yoke held rigidly in place.

O. Install wall switches with OFF position down.

P. Install wall dimmers to achieve full rating specified and indicated after derating for ganging as instructed by manufacturer.

Q. Do not share neutral conductor on branch circuits.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 13
R. Install vertically mounted receptacles with grounding pole on bottom and horizontally mounted receptacles with grounding pole on right.

S. Install wall plates to fit completely flush to wall with no gaps and rough opening completely covered without strain on wall plate. Repair or reinstall improperly installed outlet boxes or improperly sized rough openings. Do not use oversized wall plates in lieu of meeting this requirement.

T. Install blank wall plates on junction boxes and on outlet boxes with no wiring devices installed or designated for future use.

U. Identify wiring devices in accordance with Section 26 05 53.

V. Install identification label for wall switches and wall dimmers in accordance with Section 26 0526 indicating load served when controlling loads that are not visible from the control location or multiple wall switches or wall dimmers are installed at one location.

W. Install identification label for all receptacles in accordance with Section 26 0526 indicating serving branch circuit.

X. Install poke-through closure plugs in each unused core holes to maintain fire rating of floor.

Y. Install receptacles with grounding pole on bottom.

Z. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to outlet box with bonding jumper.

AA. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas.

BB. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal.

CC. Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls.

DD. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets.

EE. Install protective rings on active flush cover service fittings.

3.4 CONSTRUCTION
A. Interface with Other Work

1. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes to obtain mounting heights specified unless otherwise indicated on drawings. All dimensions are to the center of the item.

2. Install convenience receptacle four inches above backsplash of counters or four inches above counter if no backsplash. Mount horizontal where indicated

3. Install electric water cooler outlet boxes centered behind unit, behind electric water cooler cover. Coordinate with equipment installer.

B. Locate wall switches on the strike side of door with edge of wall plate three inches from edge of door frame. Where locations are indicated otherwise, notify the Electrical Engineer of Record to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Site Test

1. Test under provisions of Section 01 45 00.

2. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.

3. Operate each wall switch, wall dimmer and fan speed control with circuit energized and verify proper operation.

4. Test each receptacle to verify operation and proper polarity.

5. Verify that each receptacle is energized.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26 - 14

6. Test each GFCI receptacle for proper tripping operation and proper polarity.

7. Inspect each surge protection receptacle to verify surge protection is active.

B. Inspect each wiring device for damage and defects.

C. Correct wiring deficiencies and replace damaged or defective wiring devices.

3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level.

B. Adjust presets for wall dimmers according to manufacturer's instructions as directed by Owner's Representative.

3.7 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed surfaces to remove dirt, paint, or other foreign material and restore to match original factory finish.

END OF SECTION 262726
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
FUSES 26 28 13 - 1
SECTION 26 28 13
FUSES
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fuses.

B. Spare fuse cabinet.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical.

B. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements.

C. Section 26 05 73 - Power System Studies: Additional criteria for the selection of protective devices specified in this section.

D. Section 26 24 16 - Panelboards: Fusible switches.

E. Section 26 28 16.16 - Enclosed Switches: Fusible switches.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NEMA FU 1 - Low Voltage Cartridge Fuses 2012.

B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

C. UL 248-1 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 1: General Requirements Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

D. UL 248-4 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 4: Class CC Fuses Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

E. UL 248-8 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 8: Class J Fuses Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

F. UL 248-10 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 10: Class L Fuses Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

G. UL 248-12 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 12: Class R Fuses Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

H. UL 248-15 - Low-Voltage Fuses - Part 15: Class T Fuses Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:

1. Coordinate fuse clips furnished in equipment provided under other sections for compatibility with indicated fuses.
a. Fusible Enclosed Switches: See Section 26 28 16.16.

2. Coordinate fuse requirements according to manufacturer's recommendations and nameplate data for actual equipment to be installed.

3. Notify LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
FUSES 26 28 13 - 2

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard data sheets including voltage and current ratings, interrupting ratings, time-current curves, and current limitation curves.

1. Spare Fuse Cabinet: Include dimensions.

C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's (Owner's) use in maintenance of project.

1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.

2. Extra Fuses: Three set(s) of three for each type and size installed.

3. Fuse Pullers: One set(s) compatible with each type and size installed.

4. Spare Fuse Cabinet Keys: Two.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of CEC.

B. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project.

D. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Cooper Bussmann
B. Ferraz Shawmut, Inc
C. Littelfuse
D. Gould
E. Or approved equal.

F. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2.2 APPLICATIONS
A. Service Entrance:

1. Fusible Switches up to 600 Amperes: Class RK1, time-delay.

2. Fusible Switches Larger Than 600 Amperes: Class L, time-delay.

B. Feeders:

1. Fusible Switches up to 600 Amperes: Class RK1, time-delay.

2. Fusible Switches Larger Than 600 Amperes: Class L, time-delay.

C. General Purpose Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time-delay.

D. Individual Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time-delay.

E. In-Line Protection for Pole-Mounted Luminaires: Class CC, time-delay.

F. Primary Protection for Control Transformers: Class CC, time-delay.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
FUSES 26 28 13 - 3
G. HVAC equipment: Provide fuses, size, type, and ratings in accordance with equipment nameplate data to be field verified by contractor.

2.3 FUSES
A. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.

B. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide fuses for all fusible equipment as required for a complete operating system.

C. Provide fuses of the same type, rating, and manufacturer within the same switch.

D. Comply with UL 248-1.

E. Unless otherwise indicated, provide cartridge type fuses complying with NEMA FU 1, Class and ratings as indicated.

F. Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage.

G. Class R Fuses: Comply with UL 248-12.

1. Class RK1, Time-Delay Fuses:
a. Products:
1) Bussmann, “Low-Peak”; 250V KTN-RK and 600V LPS-RK.
2) Littlefuse, “Little-Peak” 250V LLN-RK and 600V LLS-RK. 3) Gould “AMPTRAP II” 250V A2D-R and 600V A6D-R.
4) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Class RK1, Fast-Acting, Non-Time-Delay Fuses:
a. Products:
1) Bussmann “Limitron”, 250V KTN-RK and 600V KTS-RK..
2) Littlefuse 250V RLN-R and 600V RLS-R.
3) Gould “AMPTRAP” 250V A2K-R and 600V A6K-R..
4) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

3. Class RK5, Time-Delay Fuses:
a. Products:
1) Bussmann “Fusetron” 250V FRN-RK and 600V FRS-RK.
2) Littlefuse “SLO-BLO” 250V FLN-R and 600V FLS-R.
3) Gould “TRI-ONIC” 250V TR-R and 600V TRS-R.
4) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

4. Class RK5, Fast-Acting, Non-Time-Delay Fuses:
a. Products:
1) Bussmann 300V “T-Tron” JJN, 600V “Limitron” JKS.
2) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

H. Class J Fuses: Comply with UL 248-8.

1. Class J, Time-Delay Fuses:
a. Products:
1)
2) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Class J, Fast-Acting, Non-Time-Delay Fuses:
a. Products:
1) Bussmann 300V JJN, 600V JKS.
2) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

I. Class L Fuses: Comply with UL 248-10.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
FUSES 26 28 13 - 4

1. Class L, Time-Delay Fuses:
a. Products:
1) Bussmann “Hi-Cap” 600V, 601-6000A, Type KRP-C.
2) Littlefuse “HI-INT” 600V, 601-6000A, Type KLP-C.
3) Gould “AMPTRAP” 600V, 200-600A, Type A4BY.
4) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Class L, Fast-Acting, Non-Time-Delay Fuses:
a. Products:
1) Bussmann 300V KTN-R, 600V KTS-R.
2) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

J. Class T Fuses: Comply with UL 248-15.

1. Products:
a. Bussmann 300V JJN, 600V JJS.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

K. Class CC Fuses: Comply with UL 248-4.

1. Class CC, Time-Delay Fuses:
a. Products:
1) Bussmann 600V LP-CC.
2) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Class CC, Fast-Acting, Non-Time-Delay Fuses:
a. Products:
1) Bussmann 600v, KTK-R.
2) Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

L. Selectivity: Where the requirement for selectivity is indicated, furnish products as required to achieve selective coordination.

M. Provide the following accessories where indicated or where required to complete installation:

1. Fuseholders: Compatible with indicated fuses.

2. Fuse Reducers: For adapting indicated fuses to permit installation in switch designed for fuses with larger ampere ratings.

2.4 SPARE FUSE CABINET
A. Description: Wall-mounted sheet metal cabinet with shelves and hinged door with cylinder lock, suitably sized to store spare fuses and fuse pullers specified.

B. Finish: Manufacturer's standard, factory applied grey finish unless otherwise indicated.

C. Doors: Hinged, with hasp for Owner's (Owner's) padlock.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that fuse ratings are consistent with circuit voltage and manufacturer's recommendations and nameplate data for equipment.

B. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive spare fuse cabinet.

C. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.

3.2 INSTALLATION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
FUSES 26 28 13 - 5
A. Do not install fuses until circuits are ready to be energized.

B. Install fuses with label oriented such that manufacturer, type, and size are easily read.

C. Install spare fuse cabinet in convenient location in main electrical room unless otherwise indicated on drawings.

D. Identify spare fuse cabinet in accordance with Section 26 05 53.

E. Provide identification nameplate for spare fuse cabinet in accordance with Section 26 05 53.

END OF SECTION 262813
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
ENCLOSED SWITCHES 26 28 16.16 - 1
SECTION 26 28 16.16

ENCLOSED SWITCHES
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Enclosed safety switches.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical Systems.

B. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.

C. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.

D. Section 26 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems.

1. Includes requirements for the seismic qualification of equipment specified in this section.

E. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements.

F. Section 26 05 73 - Power System Studies: Additional criteria for the selection of equipment and associated protective devices specified in this section.

G. Section 26 28 13 - Fuses.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.

B. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) 2020.

C. NEMA KS 1 - Heavy Duty Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches (600 Volts Maximum) 2013.

D. NETA ATS - Standard For Acceptance Testing Specifications For Electrical Power Equipment And Systems 2021.

E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

F. UL 50 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Non-Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

G. UL 50E - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment, Environmental Considerations Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

H. UL 98 - Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

I. UL 869A - Reference Standard for Service Equipment Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:

1. Coordinate the work with other trades. Avoid placement of ductwork, piping, equipment, or other potential obstructions within the dedicated equipment spaces and within working clearances for electrical equipment required by NFPA 70.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
ENCLOSED SWITCHES 26 28 16.16 - 2

2. Coordinate arrangement of electrical equipment with the dimensions and clearance requirements of the actual equipment to be installed.

3. Verify with manufacturer that conductor terminations are suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.

4. Notify LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. of any conflicts with or deviations from Contract Documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for enclosed switches and other installed components and accessories.

C. Shop Drawings: Indicate outline and support point dimensions, voltage and current ratings, short circuit current ratings, conduit entry locations, conductor terminal information, and installed features and accessories.

1. Include dimensioned plan and elevation views of enclosed switches and adjacent equipment with all required clearances indicated.

2. Include wiring diagrams showing all factory and field connections.

3. Identify mounting conditions required for equipment seismic qualification.

D. Manufacturer's equipment seismic qualification certification.

E. Field Quality Control Test Reports.

F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of product.

G. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of enclosed switches.

H. Maintenance Data: Include information on replacement parts and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals.

I. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's (Owner's) use in maintenance of project.

1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.

2. See Section 26 28 13 for requirements for spare fuses and spare fuse cabinets.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.

B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.

C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

D. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
ENCLOSED SWITCHES 26 28 16.16 - 3
B. Handle carefully in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to avoid damage to enclosed switch internal components, enclosure, and finish.

1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain ambient temperature between -22 degrees F and 104 degrees F during and after installation of enclosed switches.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. ABB/GE: www.geindustrial.com/#sle.

B. Eaton Corporation: www.eaton.com/#sle.

C. Schneider Electric; Square D Products: www.schneider-electric.us/#sle.

D. Siemens Industry, Inc: www.usa.siemens.com/#sle.

E. Cutler-Hammer.

F. Or approved equal.

G. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

H. Source Limitations: Provide enclosed switches and associated components produced by same manufacturer as other electrical distribution equipment used for project and obtained from single supplier.

2.2 ENCLOSED SAFETY SWITCHES
A. Description: Quick-make, quick-break enclosed safety switches listed and labeled as complying with UL 98; heavy duty; ratings, configurations, and features as indicated on the drawings.

B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.

C. Seismic Qualification: Provide enclosed safety switches suitable for application under the seismic design criteria specified in Section 26 05 48 where required. Include certification of compliance with submittals.

D. Unless otherwise indicated, provide products suitable for continuous operation under the following service conditions:

1. Altitude: Less than 6,600 feet.

2. Ambient Temperature: Between -22 degrees F and 104 degrees F.

E. Horsepower Rating: Suitable for connected load.

F. Voltage Rating: Suitable for circuit voltage.

G. Short Circuit Current Rating:

1. Provide enclosed safety switches, when protected by the fuses or supply side overcurrent protective devices to be installed, with listed short circuit current rating not less than the available fault current at the installed location as determined by short circuit study performed in accordance with Section 26 05 73.

2. Minimum Ratings:
a. Switches Protected by Class H Fuses: 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes. b. Heavy Duty Single Throw Switches Protected by Class R, Class J, Class L, or Class T Fuses: 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes.
c. Double Throw Switches Protected by Class R, Class J, or Class T Fuses: 100,000 rms symmetrical amperes.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
ENCLOSED SWITCHES 26 28 16.16 - 4
H. Enclosed Safety Switches Used for Service Entrance: Listed and labeled as suitable for use as service equipment according to UL 869A.

I. Provide with switch blade contact position that is visible when the cover is open.

J. Fuse Clips for Fusible Switches: As required to accept fuses indicated.

1. Where NEMA Class R fuses are installed, provide rejection feature to prevent installation of fuses other than Class R.

K. Conductor Terminations: Suitable for use with the conductors to be installed.

L. Provide insulated, groundable fully rated solid neutral assembly where a neutral connection is required, with a suitable lug for terminating each neutral conductor.

M. Provide solidly bonded equipment ground bus in each enclosed safety switch, with a suitable lug for terminating each equipment grounding conductor.

N. Enclosures: Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E.

1. Environment Type per NEMA 250: Unless otherwise indicated, as specified for the following installation locations:
a. Indoor Clean, Dry Locations: Type 1.
b. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R.
c. Wash down and corrosive Locations: Type 4X.

2. Finish for Painted Steel Enclosures: Manufacturer's standard, factory applied grey unless otherwise indicated.

O. Provide safety interlock to prevent opening the cover with the switch in the ON position with capability of overriding interlock for testing purposes.

P. Heavy Duty Switches:

1. Comply with NEMA KS 1.

2. Conductor Terminations:
a. Provide mechanical lugs.
b. Provide compression lugs where indicated.
c. Lug Material: Aluminum, suitable for terminating aluminum or copper conductors.

3. Provide externally operable handle with means for locking in the OFF position, capable of accepting three padlocks.
a. Provide means for locking handle in the ON position where indicated.

Q. Provide the following features and accessories where indicated or where required to complete installation:

1. Hubs: As required for environment type; sized to accept conduits to be installed.

2. Integral fuse pullers.

3. Auxiliary Switch: SPDT switch suitable for connection to system indicated, with auxiliary contact operation before switch blades open and after switch blades close.

4. Viewing Window: Positioned over switch blades for visual confirmation of contact position with door closed.

5. Interlocked Receptacle: Integral pre-wired three phase, three wire, grounded type receptacle interlocked with switch mechanism to prevent insertion or removal of plug with switch in the ON position and to prevent switch from being placed in the ON position without matching plug inserted. Provide receptacle configuration as required to accept plug as indicated on the drawings.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
ENCLOSED SWITCHES 26 28 16.16 - 5
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.

B. Verify that the ratings of the enclosed switches are consistent with the indicated requirements.

C. Verify that mounting surfaces are ready to receive enclosed safety switches.

D. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).

C. Arrange equipment to provide minimum clearances in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NFPA 70.

D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.

E. Provide required seismic controls in accordance with Section 26 05 48.

F. Install enclosed switches plumb.

G. Except where indicated to be mounted adjacent to the equipment they supply, mount enclosed switches such that the highest position of the operating handle does not exceed 79 inches above the floor or working platform.

H. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 05 26.

I. Provide fuses complying with Section 26 28 13 for fusible switches as indicated or as required by equipment manufacturer's recommendations.

J. Where accessories are not self-powered, provide control power source as indicated or as required to complete installation.

K. Identify enclosed switches in accordance with Section 26 05 53.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.

B. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.

C. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.5.1.1.

D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective enclosed safety switches or associated components.

3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust tightness of mechanical and electrical connections to manufacturer's recommended torque settings.

3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean dirt and debris from switch enclosures and components according to manufacturer's instructions.

B. Repair scratched or marred exterior surfaces to match original factory finish.

END OF SECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 1
SECTION 26 51 00

INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Interior luminaires.

B. Emergency lighting units.

C. Exit signs.

D. Drivers.

E. Accessories.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 09 2116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Additional requirements for support of ceiling mounted fixtures.

B. Section 09 5100 - Acoustical Ceilings: Additional requirements for support of ceiling mounted fixtures.

C. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical.

D. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.

E. Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems.

F. Section 26 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems.

G. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems: Identification products and requirements.

H. Section 26 09 23 - Lighting Control Devices.

1. Includes automatic controls for lighting including occupancy sensors, outdoor motion sensors, time switches, outdoor photo controls, and daylighting controls.

2. Includes lighting contactors.

I. Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices: Manual wall switches and wall dimmers.

J. Section 26 56 00 - Exterior Lighting.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 47 CFR 15 - Radio Frequency Devices current edition.

B. ANSI C78.379 - American National Standard for Electric Lamps -- Reflector Lamps -- Classification of Beam Patterns; 2006.

C. IEC 60529 - Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures (IP Code) 1989 (Corrigendum 2019).

D. IEEE C62.41.2 - IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in LowVoltage (1000 V and less) AC Power Circuits 2002 (Corrigendum 2012).

E. IES LM-63 - Approved Method: IES Standard File Format for the Electronic Transfer of Photometric Data and Related Information 2019.

F. IES LM-79 - Approved Method: Optical and Electrical Measurements of Solid-State Lighting Products 2019.

G. IES LM-80 - Approved Method: Measuring Maintenance of Light Output Characteristics of Solid-State Light Sources 2021.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 2
H. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.

I. NECA/IESNA 500 - Standard for Installing Indoor Lighting Systems 2006.

J. NECA/IESNA 502 - Standard for Installing Industrial Lighting Systems 2006.

K. NEMA 410 - Performance Testing for Lighting Controls and Switching Devices with Electronic Drivers and Discharge Ballasts 2020.

L. NEMA LE 4 - Recessed Luminaires, Ceiling Compatibility 2012 (Reaffirmed 2018).

M. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

N. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

O. UL 844 - Luminaires for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

P. UL 924 - Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

Q. UL 1598 - Luminaires Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

R. UL 8750 - Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:

1. Coordinate the installation of luminaires with mounting surfaces installed under other sections or by others. Coordinate the work with placement of supports, anchors, etc. required for mounting. Coordinate compatibility of luminaires and associated trims with mounting surfaces at installed locations.

2. Coordinate the placement of luminaires with structural members, ductwork, piping, equipment, diffusers, fire suppression system components, and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others.

3. Coordinate the placement of exit signs with furniture, equipment, signage or other potential obstructions to visibility installed under other sections or by others.

4. Notify Architect and/or Owner of any conflicts or deviations from the contract documents to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not a standard product of the manufacturer.

2. Provide photometric calculations where luminaires are proposed for substitution.

3. Provide shop drawings for continuous row luminaires.

C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including detailed information on luminaire construction, dimensions, ratings, finishes, mounting requirements, listings, service conditions, photometric performance, installed accessories, and ceiling compatibility; include model number nomenclature clearly marked with all proposed features.

1. LED Luminaires:
a. Include estimated useful life, calculated based on IES LM-80 test data.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 3
b. Include IES LM-79 test report upon request.

2. Provide electronic files of photometric data certified by a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) lab or independent testing agency in IES LM-63 standard format upon request.

3. Drivers: Include wiring diagrams and list of compatible lamp configurations.

4. Lamps: Include rated life, color temperature, color rendering index (CRI), and initial and mean lumen output.

5. Air Handling Luminaires: Include air handling performance data.

D. Sustainable Design Documentation: Submit manufacturer's product data on lamp mercury content and rated lamp life, showing compliance with specified requirements.

E. Samples:

1. Provide one sample(s) of each specified luminaire where indicated.

2. Provide one sample(s) of each custom luminaire.

3. Provide one sample(s) of each luminaire proposed for substitution upon request.

4. Provide one sample(s) of each product finish illustrating color and texture upon request.

F. Field quality control reports.

G. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.

H. Operation and Maintenance Data: Instructions for each product including information on replacement parts.

I. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's (Owmer's) use in maintenance of project.

1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.

2. Extra Lenses and Louvers: Two percent of total quantity installed for each type, but not less than one of each type.

3. Extra LED Drivers: Two percent of total quantity installed for each type, but not less than one of each type.

J. Project Record Documents: Record actual connections and locations of luminaires and any associated remote components.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of CEC, and ICBO.

B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.

C. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and NFPA 101.

D. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

E. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 4
A. Receive, handle, and store products according to NECA/IESNA 500 (commercial lighting), NECA/IESNA 502 (industrial lighting), and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Keep products in original manufacturer's packaging and protect from damage until ready for installation.

1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after installation.

1.9 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.

B. Provide 3-year manufacturer warranty for LED luminaires, including drivers.

C. Provide 5-year pro-rata warranty for batteries for emergency lighting units.

D. Provide 10-year pro-rata warranty for batteries for self-powered exit signs.

E. Provide 3-year full warranty for fluorescent emergency power supply units.

F. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS - LUMINAIRES
A. Furnish products as indicated in Lighting Fixture Schedule included on the Drawings

1. General: Lighting fixtures as hereinafter specified are identified by type as noted on drawings. Fixture specifications are based on construction and performance.

Manufacturer’s catalog numbers are of general nature and indicate the level of quality required, but do not necessarily reflect complete options and accessories required. Approval shall be based on description and specification of fixture as well as catalog number indicated. Verify fixture voltage requirements with circuitry shown on drawings and provide appropriate equipment.

2.2 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
A. New Products: As indicated on drawings.

B. Existing Products: As indicated on drawings.

2.3 LUMINAIRE TYPES
A. Furnish products as indicated in luminaire schedule included on the drawings.

B. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2.4 LUMINAIRES
A. Manufacturers: as indicated on drawings.

1. Or approved equal.

2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.

C. Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598, where applicable.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 5
D. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.

E. Provide products complying with Federal Energy Management Program (FEMP) requirements.

F. Unless otherwise indicated, provide complete luminaires including lamp(s) and all sockets, drivers, reflectors, lenses, housings and other components required to position, energize and protect the lamp and distribute the light.

G. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, hardware, supports, trims, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete operating system.

H. Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling, installation, and service without any damage, distortion, corrosion, fading, discoloring, etc.

I. Recessed Luminaires:

1. Ceiling Compatibility: Comply with NEMA LE 4.

2. Luminaires Recessed in Insulated Ceilings: Listed and labeled as IC-rated, suitable for direct contact with insulation and combustible materials.

3. Luminaires Recessed in Sloped Ceilings: Provide suitable sloped ceiling adapters.

4. Air-Handling Recessed Fluorescent Luminaires: Suitable for air supply/return, heat removal, or combination as indicated.
a. Luminaires for Air Supply/Return: Provide air control blades where indicated.
b. Luminaires for Heat Removal: Provide heat removal dampers where indicated.

J. Hazardous (Classified) Location Luminaires: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 844 for the classification of the installed location.

K. LED Luminaires:

1. Components: UL 8750 recognized or listed as applicable.

2. Tested in accordance with IES LM-79 and IES LM-80.

3. LED Estimated Useful Life: Minimum of 50,000 hours at 70 percent lumen maintenance, calculated based on IES LM-80 test data.

L. LED Tape Lighting Systems: Provide all power supplies, drivers, cables, connectors, channels, covers, mounting accessories, and interfaces as necessary to complete installation.

1. LED Tape - General Requirements:
a. Listed.
b. Designed for field cutting in accordance with listing. c. Wet Location Applications: IEC 60529, IP 68 (waterproof) rated.

2. White LED Tape:
a. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT): 3500 K unless otherwise indicated. b. Color Rendering Index (CRI): Not less than 90.

M. Track Lighting Systems: Provide track compatible with specified track heads, with all connectors, power feed fittings, dead ends, hangers and canopies as necessary to complete installation.

N. Luminaires Mounted in Continuous Rows: Provide quantity of units required for length indicated, with all accessories required for joining and aligning.

2.5 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 6
A. Manufacturers: as indicated on drawings.

1. Or approved equal.

2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Description: Emergency lighting units complying with NFPA 101 and all applicable state and local codes, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924.

C. Operation: Upon interruption of normal power source or brownout condition exceeding 20 percent voltage drop from nominal, solid-state control automatically switches connected lamps to integral battery power for minimum of 90 minutes of rated emergency illumination, and automatically recharges battery upon restoration of normal power source.

D. Battery:

1. Sealed maintenance-free lead calcium unless otherwise indicated.

2. Size battery to supply all connected lamps, including emergency remote heads where indicated.

E. Diagnostics: Provide power status indicator light and accessible integral test switch to manually activate emergency operation.

F. Provide low-voltage disconnect to prevent battery damage from deep discharge.

G. Self-Diagnostics: Provide units that self-monitor functionality and automatically perform testing required by NFPA 101 where indicated; provide indicator light(s) to report test and diagnostic status.

H. Where indicated, provide units with integral time delay to maintain emergency illumination for 15 minutes after restoration of normal power source.

I. Accessories:

1. Provide compatible accessory mounting brackets where indicated or required to complete installation.

2. Provide compatible accessory high impact polycarbonate vandal shields where indicated.

3. Provide compatible accessory wire guards where indicated.

4. Where indicated, provide emergency remote heads that are compatible with the emergency lighting unit they are connected to and suitable for the installed location.

2.6 EXIT SIGNS
A. Description: Exit signs and similar signs for special purpose applications such as area of refuge/rescue assistance.

B. Description: Exit signs complying with NFPA 101 and applicable state and local codes, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924.

1. Number of Faces: Single- or double-face as indicated or as required for installed location.

2. Directional Arrows: As indicated or as required for installed location.

C. Powered Exit Signs: Internally illuminated with LEDs unless otherwise indicated.

1. Manufacturers: as indicated on drawings.
a. Or approved equal.
b. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

D. Accessories:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 7

1. Provide compatible accessory high-impact polycarbonate vandal shields where indicated.

2. Provide compatible accessory wire guards where indicated.

E. Manufacturers: Furnish products as indicated in Lighting Fixture Schedule included on the Drawings
F. Exit Signs: Exit sign fixture suitable for use as emergency lighting unit.

1. Provide fixtures complying with NFPA 101.

2. Lamps: LED.

3. Directional Arrows: Universal type for field adjustment.

4. Mounting: Universal, for field selection.

5. Battery: 6 or 12 volt, nickel-cadmium type, with 1.5 hour capacity.

6. Battery Charger: Dual-rate type, with sufficient capacity to recharge discharged battery to full charge within twelve hours.

7. Lamps: Manufacturer's standard.

2.7 BALLASTS AND DRIVERS
A. Ballasts/Drivers - General Requirements:

1. Provide ballasts containing no polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs).

2. Minimum Efficiency/Efficacy: Provide ballasts complying with all current applicable federal and state ballast efficiency/efficacy standards.

3. Electronic Ballasts/Drivers: Inrush currents not exceeding peak currents specified in NEMA 410.

2.8 ACCESSORIES
A. Stems for Suspended Luminaires: Steel tubing, minimum 1/2" size, factory finished to match luminaire or field-painted as directed.

B. Threaded Rods for Suspended Luminaires: Zinc-plated steel, minimum 1/4" size, fieldpainted as directed.

C. Provide accessory plaster frames for luminaires recessed in plaster ceilings.

D. Provide wire guards for lighting fixtures and equipment where indicated on the drawings.

E. Tube Guards for Linear Fluorescent Lamps: Provide clear virgin polycarbonate sleeves with endcaps where indicated.

1. Product: As indicated in the Fixture Schedule on the drawings. a. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

F. Fire-Rated Luminaire Enclosures:

1. Manufacturers:
a. Fire Rated Product Specialties Corp: www.frpsonline.com/#sle. b. Specialty Products & Insulation (SPI); SafeLite: www.spi-co.com/#sle. c. Or approved equal.
d. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2. Provide as required to preserve fire resistance rating of building elements.

2.9 SPARE PARTS
A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner at the completion of the project, a minimum of 5 percent spare LED driver assemblies and light engines for each LED fixture type.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 8
LED drivers shall be turned over to the Owner’s Representative in their manufacturer’s protective packaging. LED drivers not in their protective packaging will not be acceptable.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.

B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate conductors in accordance with NFPA 70.

C. Verify that suitable support frames are installed where required.

D. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to luminaires.

E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.

B. Clean dirt, debris, plaster, and other foreign materials from outlet boxes.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 05 33.16 as required for installation of luminaires provided under this section.

B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).

C. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

D. Install luminaires securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 500 (commercial lighting) and NECA 502 (industrial lighting).

E. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.

F. Provide required seismic controls in accordance with Section 26 05 48.

G. Provide seismic sway bracing restraints when an installed suspended luminaire's distance from the nearest permanent object (structural, mechanical, etc.) is less than

0.707 of the total suspension cable (stem) length.

H. Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires.

I. Suspended Ceiling Mounted Luminaires:

1. Do not use ceiling tiles to bear weight of luminaires.

2. Do not use ceiling support system to bear weight of luminaires unless ceiling support system is certified as suitable to do so.

3. Secure surface-mounted and recessed luminaires to ceiling support channels or framing members or to building structure.

4. Secure pendant-mounted luminaires to building structure.

5. See appropriate Division 9 section where suspended grid ceiling is specified for additional requirements.

J. Recessed Luminaires:

1. Install trims tight to mounting surface with no visible light leakage.

2. Non-IC Rated Luminaires: Maintain required separation from insulation and combustible materials according to listing.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 9

3. Luminaires Recessed in Fire-Rated Ceilings: Install using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory requirements for fire rating.

4. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below.

5. Install clips to secure recessed grid supported luminaires in place. Secure lay-in luminaires to ceiling support channels using listed safety clips at four corners.

6. In addition to ceiling support wires, provide two galvanized steel safety wire(s), minimum 12 gauge, connected from opposing corners of each recessed luminaire to building structure.

K. Suspended Luminaires:

1. Unless otherwise indicated, specified mounting heights are to bottom of luminaire.

2. Install using the suspension method indicated, with support lengths and accessories as required for specified mounting height.

3. Provide minimum of two supports for each luminaire equal to or exceeding 4 feet nominal length, with no more than 4 feet between supports.

4. Install canopies tight to mounting surface.

5. Unless otherwise indicated, support pendants from swivel hangers.

6. Provide seismic sway bracing where indicated or as required by the application.

L. Wall-Mounted Luminaires: Unless otherwise indicated, specified mounting heights are to center of luminaire.

M. Install fixtures securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 500 (commercial lighting).

N. Install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers. Provide pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height.

O. Support luminaires larger than 2 x 4 foot size independent of ceiling framing.

P. Install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. Secure to prevent movement.

Q. Exposed Grid Ceilings: Support surface mounted luminaires in grid ceiling directly from building structure.

R. Install wall mounted luminaires and exit signs at height as indicated on Drawings.

S. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire.

T. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within fixture; use flexible conduit.

U. Connect luminaires and exit signs to branch circuit outlets provided under Section 26 0537 using flexible conduit.

V. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire.

W. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.

X. Install specified lamps in each exit sign and luminaire.

Y. Air Handling Luminaires: Interface with air handling accessories furnished and installed under Section 23 36 00.

Z. Emergency Lighting Units:

1. Unless otherwise indicated, connect unit to unswitched power from same circuit feeding normal lighting in same room or area. Bypass local switches, contactors, or other lighting controls.

2. Install lock-on device on branch circuit breaker serving units.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 10
AA. Exit Signs:

1. Unless otherwise indicated, connect unit to unswitched power from same circuit feeding normal lighting in same room or area. Bypass local switches, contactors, or other lighting controls.

2. Install lock-on device on branch circuit breaker serving units.

3. Install pendant exit signs at height indicated. Where not indicated, mount 90 inches above finished floor in space over door frame where applicable BB. Remote Drivers: Install in accessible location as indicated or as required to complete installation, using conductors per manufacturer's recommendations not exceeding manufacturer's recommended maximum conductor length to luminaire.

CC. Identify luminaires connected to emergency power system in accordance with Section 26 05 53.

DD. Install lamps in each luminaire.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.

B. Inspect each product for damage and defects.

C. Perform field inspection, testing, and adjusting in accordance with Section 01 4000.

D. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection to verify proper operation.

E. Test self-powered exit signs, emergency lighting units, and fluorescent emergency power supply units to verify proper operation upon loss of normal power supply.

F. Correct wiring deficiencies and repair or replace damaged or defective products. Repair or replace excessively noisy ballasts as determined by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc..

G. Re-lamp luminaires that have failed lamps at substantial completion.

3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Aim and position adjustable luminaires to achieve desired illumination as indicated or as directed by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc.. Secure locking fittings in place.

B. Aim and position adjustable emergency lighting unit lamps to achieve optimum illumination of egress path as required or as directed by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. or authority having jurisdiction.

C. Air-Handling Luminaires with Air Control Blades or Heat Removal Dampers: Adjust as indicated or as required for proper airflow as directed by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc..

D. Exit Signs with Field-Selectable Directional Arrows: Set as indicated or as required to properly designate egress path as directed by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. or authority having jurisdiction.

E. Aim and adjust fixtures as indicated and/or as directed by the Architect or Electrical Engineer of Record.

F. Position exit sign directional arrows as indicated.

3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean surfaces according to NECA 500 (commercial lighting), NECA 502 (industrial lighting), and manufacturer's instructions to remove dirt, fingerprints, paint, or other foreign material and restore finishes to match original factory finish.

B. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
INTERIOR LIGHTING 26 51 00 - 11
C. Remove dirt and debris from enclosures.

D. Clean finishes and touch up damage.

E. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.

3.7 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals.

B. See Section 01 79 00 - Demonstration and Training, for additional requirements.

C. Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of luminaires to LP Consulting Engineers, Inc. or designated representative, and correct deficiencies or make adjustments as directed.

D. Just prior to Substantial Completion, replace all lamps that have failed.

3.8 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed luminaires from subsequent construction operations.

3.9 SCHEDULE - SEE DRAWINGS
END OF SECTION 265100
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 26 56 00 - 1
SECTION 26 56 00

EXTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Exterior luminaires.

B. Ballasts and Drivers.

C. Poles and accessories.

D. Luminaire accessories.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Materials and installation requirements for concrete bases for poles.

B. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical.

C. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.

D. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.

E. Section 26 05 33.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems.

F. Section 26 05 48 - Vibration and Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems.

G. Section 26 09 23 - Lighting Control Devices.

1. Includes automatic controls for lighting including outdoor motion sensors, time switches, and outdoor photo controls.

2. Includes lighting contactors.

H. Section 26 27 26 - Wiring Devices: Receptacles for installation in poles.

I. Section 26 28 13 - Fuses.

J. Section 26 51 00 - Interior Lighting.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI C136.10 - American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting Equipment - Locking-Type Photocontrol Devices and Mating Receptacles - Physical and Electrical Interchangeability and Testing 2017.

B. ANSI O5.1 - American National Standard for Wood Poles: Specifications and Dimensions 2022.

C. IEC 60529 - Degrees of Protection Provided by Enclosures (IP Code) 1989 (Corrigendum 2019).

D. IEEE C2 - National Electrical Safety Code(R) (NESC(R)) 2023.

E. IEEE C62.41.2 - IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surges in LowVoltage (1000 V and less) AC Power Circuits 2002 (Corrigendum 2012).

F. IES LM-63 - Approved Method: IES Standard File Format for the Electronic Transfer of Photometric Data and Related Information 2019.

G. IES LM-79 - Approved Method: Optical and Electrical Measurements of Solid-State Lighting Products 2019.

H. IES LM-80 - Approved Method: Measuring Maintenance of Light Output Characteristics of Solid-State Light Sources 2021.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 26 56 00 - 2
I. IES RP-8 - Recommended Practice: Lighting Roadway and Parking Facilities 2021.

J. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.

K. NECA/IESNA 501 - Standard for Installing Exterior Lighting Systems 2000 (Reaffirmed 2006).

L. NEMA 410 - Performance Testing for Lighting Controls and Switching Devices with Electronic Drivers and Discharge Ballasts 2020.

M. NEMA LE 4 - Recessed Luminaires, Ceiling Compatibility 2012 (Reaffirmed 2018).

N. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

O. UL 844 - Luminaires for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

P. UL 1598 - Luminaires Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

Q. UL 8750 - Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products Current Edition, Including All Revisions.

1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination:

1. Coordinate placement of poles and associated foundations with utilities, curbs, sidewalks, trees, walls, fences, striping, etc. installed under other sections or by others. Coordinate elevation to obtain specified foundation height.

2. Notify Architect and/or District Representative of any conflicts or deviations from the contract documents to obtain direction prior to proceeding with work.

B. Coordination: Furnish bolt templates and pole mounting accessories to installer of pole foundations.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not a standard product of the manufacturer.

2. Provide photometric calculations where luminaires are proposed for substitution.

3. Provide structural calculations for each pole proposed for substitution.

C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including detailed information on luminaire construction, dimensions, ratings, finishes, mounting requirements, listings, service conditions, photometric performance, weight, effective projected area (EPA), and installed accessories; include model number nomenclature clearly marked with all proposed features.

1. LED Luminaires:
a. Include estimated useful life, calculated based on IES LM-80 test data. b. Include IES LM-79 test report upon request.

2. Provide electronic files of photometric data certified by a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) lab or independent testing agency in IES LM-63 standard format upon request.

3. LED Retrofit Luminaire Conversion Kits: Include list of compatible luminaires and/or criteria for compatibility.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 26 56 00 - 3

4. Poles: Include information on maximum supported effective projected area (EPA) and weight for the design wind speed.

D. Sustainable Design Documentation: Submit manufacturer's product data on lamp mercury content and rated lamp life, showing compliance with specified requirements.

E. Samples:

1. Provide one sample(s) of each specified luminaire where indicated.

2. Provide one sample(s) of each luminaire proposed for substitution upon request.

3. Provide one sample of each product finish illustrating color and texture upon request.

F. Certificates for Poles and Accessories: Manufacturer's documentation that products are suitable for the luminaires to be installed and comply with designated structural design criteria.

G. Field Quality Control Reports.

1. Include test report indicating measured illumination levels.

H. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of product.

I. Operation and Maintenance Data: Instructions for each product including information on replacement parts.

J. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's (Owner's) use in maintenance of project.

1. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions.

2. Extra Fuses: Five percent of total quantity installed for each type, but not less than two of each type.

3. Touch-Up Paint: 2 gallons, to match color of pole finish.

K. Project Record Documents: Record actual connections and locations of pole foundations, luminaires, and any pull or junction boxes.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of CEC.

B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.

C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience.

D. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

E. Electrical Components: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Receive, handle, and store products according to NECA/IESNA 501 and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Keep products in original manufacturer's packaging and protect from damage until ready for installation.

C. Receive, handle, and store wood poles in accordance with ANSI O5.1.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 26 56 00 - 4

1.8 WARRANTY
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.

B. Provide 2-year manufacturer warranty for all LED luminaires, including drivers.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 LUMINAIRE TYPES
A. Furnish products as indicated in luminaire schedule included on the drawings.

B. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

2.2 LUMINAIRES
A. Manufacturers: as indicated on drawings.

1. Or approved equal.

2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

B. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.

C. Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598, where applicable.

D. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.

E. Provide products complying with Federal Energy Management Program (FEMP) requirements.

F. Unless otherwise indicated, provide complete luminaires including lamp(s) and all sockets, ballasts, reflectors, lenses, housings and other components required to position, energize and protect the lamp and distribute the light.

G. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, hardware, poles, foundations, supports, trims, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete operating system.

H. Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling, installation, and service without any damage, distortion, corrosion, fading, discoloring, etc.

I. Provide luminaires listed and labeled as suitable for wet locations unless otherwise indicated.

J. Recessed Luminaires:

1. Ceiling Compatibility: Comply with NEMA LE 4.

2. Luminaires Recessed in Insulated Ceilings: Listed and labeled as IC-rated, suitable for direct contact with insulation and combustible materials.

3. Luminaires Recessed in Sloped Ceilings: Provide suitable sloped ceiling adapters.

K. Hazardous (Classified) Location Luminaires: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 844 for the classification of the installed location.

L. Luminaires Mounted in Continuous Rows: Provide quantity of units required for length indicated, with all accessories required for joining and aligning.

M. LED Luminaires:

1. Components: UL 8750 recognized or listed as applicable.

2. Tested in accordance with IES LM-79 and IES LM-80.

3. LED Estimated Useful Life: Minimum of 50,000 hours at 70 percent lumen maintenance, calculated based on IES LM-80 test data.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 26 56 00 - 5
N. Exposed Hardware: Stainless steel.

O. Finish: To be verified with the architect by contractor prior to ordering.

2.3 BALLASTS AND DRIVERS
A. Manufacturers: as indicated on drawings.

1. Or approved equal.

2. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

3. Manufacturer Limitations: Where possible, for each type of luminaire provide ballasts produced by a single manufacturer.

4. Where a specific manufacturer or model is indicated elsewhere in the luminaire schedule or on the drawings, substitutions are not permitted unless explicitly indicated.

B. Ballasts/Drivers - General Requirements:

1. Provide ballasts containing no polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs).

2. Minimum Efficiency/Efficacy: Provide ballasts complying with all current applicable federal and state ballast efficiency/efficacy standards.

3. Electronic Ballasts/Drivers: Inrush currents not exceeding peak currents specified in NEMA 410.

C. Dimmable LED Drivers:

1. Dimming Range: Continuous dimming from 100 percent to five percent relative light output unless dimming capability to lower level is indicated, without flicker.

2. Control Compatibility: Fully compatible with the dimming controls to be installed.

2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Stems for Suspended Luminaires: Steel tubing, minimum 1/2" size, factory finished to match luminaire or field-painted as directed.

B. Threaded Rods for Suspended Luminaires: Zinc-plated steel, minimum 1/4" size, fieldpainted as directed.

C. Provide accessory plaster frames for luminaires recessed in plaster ceilings.

D. Poles: Per drawing.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.

B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate conductors in accordance with NFPA 70.

C. Verify that suitable support frames are installed where required.

D. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to luminaires.

E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.

B. Clean dirt, debris, plaster, and other foreign materials from outlet boxes.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 26 56 00 - 6

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 26 05 33.16 as required for installation of luminaires provided under this section.

B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).

C. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

D. Install luminaires in accordance with NECA/IESNA 501.

E. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 26 05 29.

F. Provide required seismic controls in accordance with Section 26 05 48.

G. Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires.

H. Recessed Luminaires:

1. Install trims tight to mounting surface with no visible light leakage.

2. Non-IC Rated Luminaires: Maintain required separation from insulation and combustible materials according to listing.

3. Luminaires Recessed in Fire-Rated Ceilings: Install using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory requirements for fire rating.

I. Suspended Luminaires:

1. Unless otherwise indicated, specified mounting heights are to bottom of luminaire.

2. Install using the suspension method indicated, with support lengths and accessories as required for specified mounting height.

3. Provide minimum of two supports for each luminaire equal to or exceeding 4 feet in length, with no more than 4 feet between supports.

4. Install canopies tight to mounting surface.

5. Unless otherwise indicated, support pendants from swivel hangers.

J. Wall-Mounted Luminaires: Unless otherwise indicated, specified mounting heights are to center of luminaire.

K. Pole-Mounted Luminaires:

1. Maintain the following minimum clearances:
a. Comply with IEEE C2.
b. Comply with utility company requirements.

2. Foundation-Mounted Poles:
a. Provide cast-in-place concrete foundations for poles as indicated, in accordance with Section 03 30 00.
1) Install anchor bolts plumb per template furnished by pole manufacturer. 2) Position conduits to enter pole shaft.
b. Install foundations plumb.
c. Install poles plumb, using leveling nuts or shims as required to adjust to plumb.
d. Tighten anchor bolt nuts to manufacturer's recommended torque. e. Install non-shrink grout between pole anchor base and concrete foundation, leaving small channel for condensation drainage.
f. Install anchor base covers or anchor bolt covers as indicated.

3. Embedded Poles: Install poles plumb as indicated.

4. Grounding:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 26 56 00 - 7
a. Bond luminaires, metal accessories, metal poles, and foundation reinforcement to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. b. Provide supplementary ground rod electrode as specified in Section 26 05 26 at each pole bonded to grounding system as indicated.

5. Install separate service conductors, 12 AWG copper, from each luminaire down to handhole for connection to branch circuit conductors.

6. Install non-breakaway in-line fuse holders and fuses complying with Section 26 28 13 in pole handhole or transformer base for each ungrounded conductor.

7. Install weather resistant GFI duplex receptacle with weatherproof cover as specified in Section 26 27 26 in designated poles.

L. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire.

M. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.

N. Provide concrete bases for lighting poles at locations indicated, in accordance with detail on drawing and Section 03 3000.

O. Install poles plumb.

1. Provide shims to adjust plumb.

2. Grout around each base.

P. Install lamps in each luminaire.

Q. Bond luminaires, metal accessories, and metal poles to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. Provide supplementary grounding electrode at each pole.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements.

B. Inspect each product for damage and defects.

C. Perform field inspection, testing, and adjusting in accordance with Section 01 4000.

D. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection to verify proper operation.

E. Correct wiring deficiencies and repair or replace damaged or defective products. Repair or replace excessively noisy ballasts as determined by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc..

F. Measure illumination levels at night with calibrated meters to verify compliance with performance requirements. Record test results in written report to be included with submittals.

G. Measure illumination levels to verify conformance with performance requirements . Take measurements during night sky, without moon or with heavy overcast clouds effectively obscuring moon.

3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Aim and position adjustable luminaires to achieve desired illumination as indicated or as directed by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc.. Secure locking fittings in place.

B. Luminaires with Field-Rotatable Optics: Position optics according to manufacturer's instructions to achieve lighting distribution as indicated or as directed by LP Consulting Engineers, Inc..

3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean surfaces according to NECA/IESNA 501 and manufacturer's instructions to remove dirt, fingerprints, paint, or other foreign material and restore finishes to match original factory finish.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
EXTERIOR LIGHTING 26 56 00 - 8
B. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.

C. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure.

D. Clean finishes and touch up damage.

3.7 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. See Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals.

B. See Section 01 79 00 - Demonstration and Training, for additional requirements.

C. Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of luminaires to LP Consulting Engineers, Inc., and correct deficiencies or make adjustments as directed.

3.8 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed luminaires from subsequent construction operations.

END OF SECTION 265600
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNICATIONS 27 00 00 - 1
SECTION 27 00 00

COMMUNICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. The work outlined in this specification section is the general administrative overview for all communications systems installed under Division 27.

1.02 SCOPE
A. Submittals
B. Contractor Installation Shop Drawings
C. Warranty, Testing, and Commissioning
D. Contractor Record Closeout Documents

1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Division 27, Communications

1. Division 27 05 00 – Common Work Results for Communications

2. Division 27 13 00 – Communications Backbone Cabling

3. Division 27 15 00 – Communications Horizontal Cabling

1.04 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The installed system shall confirm to all California State Codes

1. 2022 California Building Code (CBC)

2. 2022 California Electrical Code (CEC)

3. 2022 California Fire Code (CFC)

4. All equipment connected to the Fire Alarm system shall have California State Fire Marshall listing(s).

B. National Codes

1. 2017 NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code

2. 2016 NFPA 72 – National Fire Alarm Code

3. 2018 NFPA 101 – Life Safety Code

4. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)

5. Local building codes
C. All requirements by the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) D. Telecommunications Industry Association Standards (TIA)

1. TIA 526-7: Single Mode Fiber Standards

2. TIA 526-17: Multi Mode Fiber Standards

3. TIA-568-D.1: Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standards.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNICATIONS 27 00 00 - 2

4. TIA-568-C.2: Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standards.

5. TIA-569-E: Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces.

6. TIA-606-C: Administration Standard for Telecommunications Infrastructure.

7. TIA-607-D: Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) Requirements for Customer Premises.

E. Audio-Visual and Integrated Experience Association (AVIXA)

1. A102.01.2017: Audio Coverage Uniformity in Listener Areas (ACU)

2. 10:2013 Audio-Visual System Performance Verification

3. F501.01:2015: Cable Labeling for Audio-Visual Systems

4. V201.01: Projected Image System Contrast Ratio

5. F502.02:2018: Rack Building for Audio-Visual Systems

6. A103.01: Sound System Spectral Balance

7. A104.01: Sound System Dynamic Range
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 N/A
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SUBITTALS
A. Products Material Submittal:

1. Product data and manufacturer’s installation instructions for information, communications, and technology systems electronically in PDF and XLS format, as required. The PDF shall include bookmarks for each section of the submittal.

2. A Microsoft Excel spreadsheet listing each item submitted as a separate row. The spreadsheet shall, at a minimum, contain the following columns:
a. Submittal #,
b. Item # (tied to PDF cut sheet)
c. Spec section submitted
d. Drawing sheet referenced
e. Manufacturer
f. Part number
g. Description
B. Products Material substitutions

1. If the Contractor desires to use any other brand or manufacturer of equal quality and utility to that specified, they shall make application to the Owner/Architect/Engineer in writing, and shall submit samples, if requested. Such application constitutes a recommendation that the Contractor:
a. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, specified product.
b. Will provide the same warranty for equal as for specified product. c. Will coordinate installation and make other changes, which may be required for work to be complete in all respects.
d. Waives claims for additional costs, which may subsequently become apparent. e. The Architect/Designer/Engineer will determine whether or not the proposed material is equal in quality and utility to the material specified, and their decision shall be final.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNICATIONS 27 00 00 - 3
f. Requests for equal materials will only be considered when offered by the Contractor as required by this section
C. Whenever in the Contract Documents any materials, products, processes, or articles are indicated or specified by the name brand of the manufacturer, or by patent or proprietary names, such specifications shall be deemed to be a measure of quality and utility or a standard and shall be deemed to be followed by the words, “or equal.” It is the intent of this article to comply with Public Contract Code Section 3400.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNICATIONS 27 00 00 - 4

3.02 CONTRACTOR INSTALLATION SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Contractor installation “Shop Drawings” requirements

1. The Contractor Installation Shop Drawings represent the level of system design to be provided to the Owner/Architect/Engineer. Contractor shall provide all additional system design work required, including:
a. Conduit layout and sizing.
b. Wire and cable layout and sizing.
c. Point-to-point wiring and equipment hook-up information. d. Equipment mounting details.
i. Design of equipment cabinets, including front rack elevations with accurate equipment rack unit spacing and equipment schedules.
ii. MDF / IDF room wall elevations for all systems, junction boxes, wall mounted equipment, power outlets etc., mounted on each wall.
iii. MDF / IDF room top view to show placement of equipment racks or cabinets, including required 36” clearance from mounted equipment.
e. Other detailed design work required.
f. Contractor’s design shall conform to all applicable codes and ordinances. All electrical design, including the sizing and placement of conduit, raceways and conductors, shall be in accordance with NFPA 70: National Electrical Code, current version, unless local codes establish more stringent requirements.
g. Contractor’s design work is subject to review and approval by the Owner/Architect/Engineer, Project Construction Manager.

2. It shall be understood that the drawings, details, and one-lines provided with the design package are diagrammatic and/or performance based. Data presented on design drawings are as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification, of all dimensions, routing, etc., by the contractor is required.

3. Drawings are provided to show the intent of the design and specification and to assist the contractor in submitting a bid. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting systems installation shop drawings. The contractor shall make allowance in the proposal to cover whatever work is required to comply with the intent of the design and provide a fully functioning complete, operable, and integrated system.

4. In case of doubt of work intended, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request instructions from the Owner/Architect/Engineer prior to bid. The contractor shall be responsible for installing a complete, operable, integrated and functioning system to the Owners satisfaction.

5. Installation of the systems shall not be started until detailed contractor furnished shop drawings (in AutoCAD 2020 or similar professional drawing format) and product submittals have been approved by the designer and/or architect and if (a. Applicable, approved by the Division of the State Architect).

6. Any and all design and/or installation discrepancies, change orders, (including labor, materials, and shipping) incurred without contractor shop drawings or after contractor shop drawings have been approved shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor.

7. Any work performed without approved contractor furnished shop drawings and submittals shall not be allowed. If work performed prior to approve shop drawings, contractor will do so at their own risk.

3.03 WARRANTY, TESTING, AND COMMISSIONING
A. Warranty:

1. All components, parts, and installation supplied by the contractor shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from date of Notice of Completion or system acceptance, Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNICATIONS 27 00 00 - 5
whichever falls later. Labor to repair, reprogram, or replace components shall be furnished by the contractor at no charge during the warranty period.

2. All warranty work of a minor nature shall be performed during hours when site and/or buildings are not occupied, Monday through Friday. Major warranty work, defined as, affecting more than 15% of the system, causing complete operator workstation or server failure, or work involving life safety shall be responded to within four (4) hours. Major warranty work shall be performed regardless of normal work hours or days until corrected.

3. All fiber optic data installs shall carry a Limited Lifetime warranty. This will require the contractor to certify their installers to the manufactures guidelines and submit their certifications with bid documents for the project.

4. Copper (Cat6/Cat6A) network cabling installs for this project shall carry a Limited Lifetime warranty.

This will require the contractor to certify their installers to the manufactures guidelines and submit their certifications with bid documents for the project.

3.04 CONTRACTOR RECORD CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS
A. The Contractor shall provide, at the completion of the project, Project Record Documents and furnish to the Owner one (1) Electronic Copy set of record drawings. The Contractor Record Closeout Documents shall be prepared in such a manner that each ASI, RFI, CCD, PCO is noted and clouded on the Contractor Record Closeout Documents.

B. The Contractor shall provide an electronic copy of the field redline drawings in PDF format.

C. The electronic Contractor Record Closeout Documents shall follow the following standards:

1. Delivered as an electronic set of documents on a CD-R or a memory stick clearly labeled with Job Number, Bid Number and Name of Project.

2. Drawing standards, such as line-types, line-weights, fonts and symbols shall be consistent with the bid set documents.

3. Include text “Record Drawing” or “As Built” on all sheets.

4. Include all revision deltas and clouds on all sheets.

5. AutoCAD files shall adhere to the following standards:
a. Full drawing package in AutoCAD (AutoCAD 2020 or most current version), executable .dwg format b. Include all fonts and plotting line-weights
c. Include all cross references
D. The Contractor shall prepare and provide a complete Electronic Cable Book (PDF format), submitted on CD or electronically, as documentation. This cable book shall consist of the following with each section bookmarked within the PDF file:

1. Title of project

2. Index page detailing the sections

3. Site plans (Record set redlined drawings on original full-size bid set plans, hard and soft copy)

4. The drawings shall depict, at a minimum, the following conditions:
a. Division 27 systems as applicable
E. Final inspection will not be made until drawings are received and approved. Record Drawings shall include “AsBuilt” one-line and wiring diagrams, with terminations identified, wire color coding schedule, pull box locations, and conduit routing plans.

F. Warranty certificates and documentation.

1. One (1) Year workmanship warranty

2. Limited Lifetime manufacturer warranty for Fiber Optic plant.

3. Limited Lifetime manufacturer warranty for Cat6/Cat6A copper plant.

END OF SECTION 27 00 00
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 1
SECTION 27 05 00

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE
A. The work of this section consists of materials and methods for all information, communication, and technology pathways work installed under Division 27 and Division 28.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Division 01 00 00 specifications, General Requirements B. Division 26 specification sections, as applicable
C. Division 27 specification sections, as applicable
D. Division 28 specification sections, as applicable

1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. See specification section 27 00 00 for requirements
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL
A. All products used on this project shall bear the label and be approved by Underwriters Laboratories “UL” unless otherwise approved in writing by the Owner/Architect/Engineer.

B. Any modification that voids the equipment’s UL listing is strictly prohibited (i.e. relocated or oversize knock-outs).

C. Any modified new equipment that voids the UL listing shall be replaced by the Contactor (parts and labor) at their expense.

D. All products shall be new and unused and shall be of manufacturer's current and standard production.

E. Where two or more equipment items of the same kind are provided, all shall be identical and provided by the same manufacturer.

F. Drawings and specifications indicate major system components, and may not show every component, connector, module, or accessory that may be required to support the operation specified. Contractor shall provide all components needed for complete and satisfactory operation.

G. Product Availability:

1. Contractor, prior to submitting a proposal, shall determine product availability and delivery time, and shall include such considerations into his proposed Contract Time.

2. Certain products specified may only be available through factory authorized dealers and distributors.

Contractor shall verify his ability to procure the products specified prior to submitting a proposal.

3. Equipment shortages, COVID-19 recovery phase, all equipment and material shall be ordered upon Owner/Architect/Engineer and design professional approval of product submittals and contractor shop drawings. The contractor shall immediately notify the Owner/Architect/Engineer of any long lead or backordered items so an alternate substitution may be reviewed for approval prior to ordering.

2.01 RACEWAYS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 2
A. Rigid Steel Metallic (GRC): Full weight with threaded fittings conforming to industry standards. Rigid steel conduit in contact with earth or in concrete slabs must be PVC wrapped.

1. Rigid Steel Conduit: Protected inside and outside by galvanizing or sherardizing. By Triangle, Western Pipe & Tubing, Republic or approved equal. Risers and 90-degree elbows shall be wrapped with 3M Scotchwrap 51 PVC-based tape and 3M pipe primer (cover exposed threads and couplings).

B. Electric metallic tubing (EMT): Protected inside and outside by galvanizing or sherardizing. Minimum diameter size for EMT is ¾” and maximum diameter is 4”. Same manufacturers as for rigid steel conduit. All fittings by:

Thomas & Betts, Steel City, Raco, OZ/Gedney, or approved equal.

C. Flexible conduit: All Flex, American Flexible Conduit, or approved equal. Where exposed to weather use liquidtight flexible conduit, type UA complete with waterproof fittings. American Flexible Conduit, Electri-Flex, Sealtite, Anaconda, or approved equal.

D. PVC conduit: Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride high density, high impact, type two with factory-made bends, couplings and fittings, as manufactured by Carlon, PW Pipe, Cantex, or approved equal. Use of PVC is subject to local utility company having jurisdiction.

E. Raceway Fittings:

1. Rigid Steel Conduit (GRC): Fittings, such as couplings, connectors, conduit bodies, elbows, bends, etc., shall be subject to same requirements as for rigid steel conduit. Couplings and unions shall be threaded type, assembled with anti-corrosion, conductive anti-seize compound at joints, and made absolutely tight to exclude water.

Unions shall be equal to Crouse-Hinds UNY, UNF or approved equal.

2. EMT: Fittings for indoor use: couplings and connectors 3/4" and larger shall be steel setscrew type or threaded compression type. 3/4" and larger, and all outdoor applications shall be compression type. All connectors must have insulated throats.

3. Flexible Metallic Conduit: Angle wedge type with insulated throat.

4. Bushings: Metallic insulated type. Weatherproof, liquid-tight, dust-tight installations with sealing ring and insulated throat, Crouse-Hinds, OZ/Gedney type "KR".

5. Expansion and Deflection Fittings: OZ/Gedney, Type "DX" or accepted equal.

F. All multi-channel non-metallic surface mounted raceways shall be three compartment 5500 Wiremold by Legrand or approved equal - color to be ivory or as selected by the Owner/Architect/Engineer. Provide all components necessary to complete the work. See Appendix A for additional information.

1. 5500WC- Wire Clip to be installed every 24”
G. All small single or dual channel non-metallic surface mounted raceways shall be 2300 Wiremold by Legrand, type and size specified in the drawings or approved equal - color to be ivory or as selected by the Owner/Architect/Engineer. Provide all components necessary to complete the work.

1. Components include, but are not limited to:
a. Base
b. Cover
c. Surface mount box
d. Tee fitting
e. 90 flat elbow, inside, outside fittings
f. Entrance End Fitting
g. Blank End Fitting
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 3
h. Transition Fitting
i. Cross-over Fitting
j. Wire Clip to be installed every 24”

2.02 BOXES
A. Galvanized one-piece or welded pressed steel type. Boxes for fixture shall not be less than 4" square and shall be equipped with fixture stud. Boxes shall be at least 2-1/8” deep, 4" square for 1 or 2 gang devices, with plaster rings and gang box with gang cover. Boxes mounted in wall or ceiling finished with gypsum board shall be furnished with plaster rings. Use screws and not nails to support outlet boxes. Boxes in unfinished areas, installed exposed, shall be cast metal type for switches and convenience outlets. Provide blank cover for all boxes without fixture or device.

B. Interior Junction boxes, larger than 8” square, located indoors shall be NEMA rated, with hinged door and an Allen key type lock kit.

C. Exterior Junction boxes, larger than 8” square, located outdoors, or in wet or damp locations shall be rated NEMA3R, with hinged door and cylinder lock kit keyed to match the site’s master key.

D. Floor boxes shall be one-gang or multi-gang recessed, fully adjustable with lids and cover plates for respective tile or carpet floor finish. For "hard" floors such as tile or wood, the top of the cover shall be flush with the top of the finished floor. Receptacle covers shall have individual flip-lids with screw lock. Junction boxes shall have screwed on plugs.

1. Grade level or below: Watertight and concrete-tight of cast iron construction, FSR FL series, Walker 880CS series or equal.

2. Above grade level: Concrete-tight of stamped steel construction, FSR FL series, Walker 880S series or equal.

E. Provide and install center pin Torx tamper-proof screws for all exterior boxes and conduit bodies (i.e. LB, SLB, RLB, etc.).

2.03 PULL LINE
A. Furnish and install pull line in all new unused (empty) raceways / conduits.

B. Furnish and install replacement pull lines in all raceways if new cables are pulled through them.

C. All pull lines shall be:

1. Permanently tagged with identification at both ends.

2. Minimum 1/8" diameter, or larger if so, designated on plans, braided line of polypropylene or Jet-Line #232, or approved equal line of continuous fiber polyolefin. Minimum breaking strength of 1/8 in. line: 200 lbs.

2.04 PRECAST CONCRETE GROUND BOXES/HANDHOLES
A. Ground boxes shall be size as indicated on the drawings. Design loads shall consist of live, dead, impact, hydrostatic and other loads. Live loads shall be for H-20 and/or H-20-S16-44, or as required, per A.A.S.H.O. standard specifications for highway bridges with revisions. Design loads shall be sixteen KIPS. Concrete shall be per ASTM-C-33-64. Lightweight concrete shall conform to ASTM-C-33-64T. Cement shall be Portland Cement meeting ASTM-C-150 Type II standards. Compressive strength shall be minimum 4,000 psi at 28 days.

B. Ground boxes shall be supplied with steel edging in order to make spot welding cover lid to enclosure an option.

C. Ground boxes (48" x 30" or larger): Pre-cast high-density reinforced concrete with end and side knockouts, pullingin irons. Minimum 4" wall thickness conforming to utility standards with spring assist traffic rated lids. Coordinate size of thin-wall knockouts with manufacturer for conduit entry. Acceptable manufacturers shall be Old Castle, Christy, Jensen or equal.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 4
D. Ground boxes (smaller than 48" X 30"): Pre-cast high-density reinforced concrete with end and side knockouts, and extension as required. Minimum 1-1/2" wall thickness. Acceptable manufacturers shall be Old Castle, Christy, Jensen or equal.

E. Ground Box Covers: Large ground box covers conforming to utility standards with spring assist traffic rated lids shall be spring assisted traffic rated one or multi piece as required, steel checker plate, galvanized with anti-slip surface rated for parkway loading, with hold-down bolts. All boxes shall use H-20 rated traffic covers. No concrete covers shall be allowed.

1. All Ground Box Covers shall be factory marked “Signal” unless drawings for marking/label indicates otherwise.

Covers shall be provided with Penta Head hold down bolts.

F. Utility ground boxes shall be per their requirements. Provide with ground rod as required.

G. All conduits terminating in ground boxes shall be evenly spaced, squarely cut, and bell ends installed.

H. All exterior conduits installed shall be color coded based on project standards. See project details.

I. All new ground boxes shall be located using GPS points (decimal degrees) and documented on the As-Built drawings.

2.05 PENETRATIONS AND SLEEVES

A. All penetrations through fire rated assemblies (walls, ceilings and floors) shall be made with materials and/or sleeves that meet or exceed the fire rating of the assembly.

1. Approved products: Specified Technologies, Inc. EZ-Path series, sealants, putty and pads.

B. All penetration through non-rated partitions shall be made with conduit sleeves (see Raceway/EMT above) and sealed with draft stop material.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PATHWAYS AND RACEWAY
A. EMT conduit may be used at following locations:

1. In dry in-wall spaces.

2. In partitions other than concrete or solid masonry.

3. In exterior locations, except as noted in 3.01.B.

B. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall be used for vertical risers and on top of all roofs, overhangs, walkways and canopies.

C. All raceways installed in interior exposed locations shall be surface mounted raceway (Wiremold) by Legrand.

D. Provide flexible connections of short length (4 foot maximum) to equipment subject to vibration or movement and to all motors. Provide a separate bonding conductor in all flexible connections, except as provided for in CEC 250-91 (b) Ex1.

E. Portable buildings shall have weather-proof flex transition from underground to building conduits for both high/low voltage systems.

F. Install exposed conduit run neatly, parallel to or at right angles to structural members. Maintain a minimum of 12 inches of clearance from steam or hot water pipes. All installed unistrut / strut channel supports should allow for future conduit attachments. The width of unistrut / strut channel to match the width of the closest attached junction box. See drawing details for attachment requirements.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 5
G. Supports: Support conduit with two-hole straps or unistrut / strut channel where shown and/or specified. Coordinate supports with architectural details. Secure to wood structure by means of bolts or lag screws, to metal by means of shallow self-tapping screws, to concrete by means of insert or expansion bolts, to brickwork by means of expansion bolts, and to hollow masonry or stucco by means of toggle bolts. Straps, expanders and shields shall be steel or malleable iron.

H. Spacing for all EMT and rigid steel conduit supports shall be as follows unless otherwise specified in drawing details:

1. Surface conduits, roof mounted:
a. Spacing of supports shall comply with CEC Article 344, Table 344-30(B)(2) and 2019 CBC 1603A. b. Construction of roof supports shall comply with roofing manufacturer's requirements. c. Roof supports shall be securely fastened to the roof with a gluing system approved by the roof manufacturer.
d. Route conduits parallel with mechanical piping and along building lines. e. Provide ground wire in conduits.

2. Surface conduit spacing and supports and unless otherwise specified or shown on drawing details:
a. EMT – Size 3/4” to 1-1/2” – 4’ maximum spacing (3 each supports per 10’ conduit length) and 12” from each end of conduit at coupling, connector or 90-degree bend. b. EMT – Size 2” to 4” – 4’ maximum spacing (3 each supports per 10’ conduit length) and 12” from end of conduit at coupling, connector or 90-degree bend.
c. Rigid steel – Size 3/4” to 1” – 4’ maximum spacing (3 each supports per 10’ conduit length) and 12” from each end of conduit at coupling, connector or 90-degree bend. d. Rigid steel – Size 1-1/2” to 2” – 10’ maximum spacing (1 each supports per 10’ conduit length) and 12” from end of conduit at coupling, connector or 90-degree bend. e. Rigid steel – Size 3” to 6” – 10’ maximum spacing (1 each support per 10’ conduit length) and 12” from end of conduit at coupling, connector or 90-degree bend.

I. Do not install conduit in the “section” of concrete slabs, except for perpendicular penetrations. Refer to Structural Drawings for specific details.

J. Conduits installed in contact with concrete or earth shall be:

1. Install PVC conduit in a 3” sand or fine earth (passed through 1/8 in. screen) envelope below ground. Provide a minimum of 3” of sand or fine earth at the bottom of the trench before laying conduits.

2. Risers, sweeps, bends greater than 30 degrees, shall be PVC-wrapped, or rigid steel conduit with a minimum inside bend radius as follows unless otherwise specified:

Conduit Size Minimum Bending Radius
(Inches - Nominal) (Times conduit size)
2" and smaller 6” Inch
2” – 4” 24” Inch

3. When installing underground conduits to specified depth, depth shall be taken from the top of the conduit to the finished grade level. Unless otherwise specified, underground conduits shall be installed with top side not less than 24" below finished grade except that utility company primary conduit shall be 30" minimum below finished grade or as required to meet utility company standards. All conduits inside foundation line shall be not less than 2" below sub grade.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 6

4. The minimum size of conduits outside the foundation line shall be 1", 3/4" inside the foundation line.

5. Place two 3" wide fluorescent orange non-biodegradable plastic tapes on both sides of trench at 12" below grade, labeled "CAUTION FIBER OPTIC LINE BURIED BELOW". Tape shall be continuous for full length of trench.

6. Contractor shall install a #10 insulated wire at the same depth as the underground conduits. The #10 insulated wire shall be continuous for full length of trench and terminated on unistrut / strut channel at the riser or grounding strip at ground box.

K. Above ground conduits shall have a minimum inside bend radius as follows unless otherwise specified:

Conduit Size Minimum Bending Radius
(Inches - Nominal) (Times conduit size)
2" and smaller 6” Inch
2” – 4” 24” Inch
L. If conduit is designated for low voltage use, no more than a total of 270 (3 ea. 90-degree bends, max.) degrees of conduit bend radius will be allowed between boxes.

M. All junction boxes shall be connected to conduits using appropriate connecting hardware (i.e. box connectors) N. The use of conduit body LB, SLB or LBT fittings for information, communication, and technology systems is strictly prohibited.

O. Clean, prepare, and paint all exposed conduit, junction boxes, unistrut, fittings and accessories except rooftop mounted rigid steel conduit to match the surface in which it is installed.

3.02 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Provide conduit expansion fitting in each conduit run, which is mechanically attached to separate structures to relieve strain caused by shift of one structure in relation to another.

B. Provide conduit expansion fitting in each conduit run wherever it crosses expansion joint in structure to which it is attached.

C. Provide expansion fittings where expansion and contraction are a consideration in long runs of exposed conduits (one inch [1"] or larger conduit in excess of one hundred feet [100']).

3.03 PROOFING
A. Before pulling any conductors into a PVC conduit, the conduit shall be first be proofed by pulling through a mandrel of a diameter ¼ in. smaller than the conduit inside dia., followed by a swab of the same diameter as the conduit inside diameter. Proofing will be done in the presence of Construction Manager for verification.

3.04 SURFACE MOUNTED RACEWAYS
A. Surface mount non-metallic raceways shall be used as required to provide communications cabling services as shown on installation drawings.

B. The Contractor will provide and install all surface mounted non-metallic type raceway and appropriate fittings to provide a safe and complete installation. All installation must meet manufacturers recommended installation procedures.

C. All non-metallic raceway boxes, bases, covers and fittings shall be of the same manufacture.

D. Wire management clips shall be installed in all raceways (vertical and horizontal runs) on maximum of 24” on center spacing. If utilizing existing raceway for new wires, wire management clips shall be installed.

E. The non-metallic raceway components shall meet all of the CEC applicable articles.

F. Multiple channel surface mounted raceways shall be color-coded and marked with a permanent marker on the inside of the channel and across the entire length of the channel blue for data, telephone, and IPTV and red for power.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 7
These color-coded channels shall be installed consistently with the same relative position of color on the top and the bottom throughout the site in accordance with CEC Article 352-26.

G. The non-metallic raceway may have a factory-applied adhesive for mounting to the substrate. The contractor shall not use the factory-applied adhesive, instead the Contractor shall fasten raceways every 16" on center to studs wherever possible utilizing appropriate fastening methods by the manufacturer. The contractor shall use pan head type screws, sized in accordance with the manufacturer installation instructions. In addition to the manufactures mounting instructions, mounting hardware and anchor types recommended for any raceway that shall be mounted to the building or structure.

1. Sheet rock / drywall / wall board: by means of Easy Anchor, toggle bolt, other spread type anchor with load distribution, or approved equal.

2. Concrete / cinder block / solid masonry: by means of expanding compression type lag, expanding compression type bolt, expanding compression type all tread with nuts, or approved equal.

3. Tile / Stucco / hollow masonry: by means of toggle bolts or approved equal.

4. Wood: by means of lags, pan head wood screws, or approved equal.

5. Metal: by means of a clamp, self-tapping pan head screw, or approved equal.

H. The raceway is to be manufactured of rigid PVC compounds. The cover shall have a matte texture.

I. A full complement of fittings must be available including, but not limited to, extension boxes, 90-degree elbows, tees, inside corners, outside corners, fixture boxes, wire clips, and device boxes. All fittings must match the color of the raceway cover.

J. The raceway and all system components must be UL Listed and exhibit non-flammable self-extinguishing characteristics.

K. At locations where raceway is mounted below 48 inches from the finished floor the contractor shall install a device bracket every 30” on center throughout the entire length of the raceway system. Any unused slots on the device bracket shall have a blank plate installed.

L. Do not use pulling means, including fish tape, cable or rope, which can damage the non-metallic surface raceway.

M. Raceway shall not have covers installed until fastening and cabling is approved by the inspector of record.

3.05 POWER AND COMMUNICATION POLE
A. In areas with system furniture and/or office furniture is set up in open areas, the cables shall be routed through an existing power pole, or a contractor supplied and installed power pole from the ceiling space to the floor.

B. Power pole shall be properly anchored to the ceiling and the floor using the recommended mounting instruction from the manufacture.

C. Contractor may utilize an existing power pole provided fill capacities are not exceeded.

D. Project manager or Owner/Architect/Engineer representative shall determine how system furniture areas will need to be fitted with a power pole device.

E. In the event that a power pole is not in place to serve the specific systems furniture area, the contractor is required to provide and install one.

F. Contractor shall obtain clarification if method of installation is unclear regarding how a power pole will be installed prior to submission of contractor's bid.

G. Where cables pass through a hole in the pole, the contractor shall provide and install a grommet around the hole in the power pole to protect the wire and cable. The grommet will be fitted with either a plastic or rubber shutter device that provides a tight seal around the wire and cable. In addition, the contractor shall provide and install a spiral wrap type plastic device, which shall serve as a protected raceway from the power pole to the system furniture. The contractor shall then route the cables into the systems furniture raceways to the designated point of attachment at each drop location.

H. The contractor will terminate the wire and/or cable on the device outlets, which will be installed in the appropriate manner for the type of furniture being installed.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 8

3.06 FLOOR MONUMENTS
A. Contractor shall provide and install approved floor monuments in those areas that cables are routed below the floor space and or require termination of a drop outlet in an open area that cannot be served either by a fixed wall or power pole.

B. Contractor shall provide all necessary labor and materials to saw cut floor, core holes and patch substrates/surfaces necessary to accommodate the installation of a floor monument.

C. Contractor shall provide and install a floor monument as specified in construction documents.

D. Where cables pass through a hole in the monument, the contractor shall provide and install a grommet around the hole in the power pole to protect the wire and cable. The grommet will be fitted with either a plastic or rubber shutter device that provides a tight seal around the wire and cable. In addition, the contractor shall provide and install a spiral wrap type plastic device, which shall serve as a protected raceway from the monument to the system furniture.

The contractor shall then route the cables into the systems furniture raceways to the designated point of attachment at each drop location.

E. The contractor shall then route the cables into the systems furniture raceways and/or office furniture setup in open areas to the designated point of attachment at each drop location. The contractor will then terminate these cables on device outlets which will then be installed in a high-profile box, which will be surface mounted to the underside of the work surface at each location.

3.07 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND COMPACTING FOR UTILITIES A. Excavating, backfilling and compacting for conduit, underground pull boxes, vaults and other underground electrical and low voltage utilities shall be performed in accordance with Specification Section 31 00 00 (Earthwork) for Utilities and the Geotechnical Engineering Consultant.

3.08 CONDUIT CAPPING
A. Cap conduits during construction with manufactured seals. Swab out conduits before wires are pulled in.

B. Cap all empty conduits below grade and in pull boxes with manufacturer's caps to prevent entrance of debris, attach pull string to cap.

3.09 CONDUIT PENETRATIONS
A. Penetrations through walls, ceilings, or floors.

1. Wood, stucco, drywall, and hallow masonry
a. Scanning for structural members and wall studs:
i. Contractor shall scan the wall for studs and metal using an electronic stud finder to avoid drilling through a structural member.
ii. If the contractor is unsure of the building’s structural supports, the contractor shall notify the inspector of record and/or project manager to confirm the location before drilling. b. Drilling
i. A pilot hole not exceeding 3/8” diameter shall be drilled through the material for each penetration to confirm placement of penetration on both sides of the wall and before using an auger bit or hole saw to finalize penetration size.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 9
ii. Final penetration sizes shall take into account the size of the conduit to be installed including box connectors if EMT and angular space requirements for fire or draft stopping.

2. Concrete, brick, and solid masonry
a. X-ray scanning
i. Contractor shall perform or hire out to have each location of each wall penetration x-rayed to confirm the locations of rebar and other structural steel supports. ii. If the contractor is unsure of the building’s structural supports, the contractor shall notify the inspector and/or project manager to confirm the location before drilling. b. Core boring/ Drilling
i. Contractor shall notify the inspector and/or project manager of the time the core boring/drilling will be performed.
ii. The contractor shall save all removed material from wall for inspection. Contractor shall take precautions to protect site property from water and debris created by core boring. iii. Final penetration sizes shall take into account the size of the conduit to be installed including box connectors if EMT and angular space requirements for dry packing. c. Filling angular space / dry packing
i. Contractor shall fill the angular space between the conduit and the wall with structural grout. The grout shall be even and uniform all the way around the conduit with no gaps or voids.

B. Where conduit passes through walls, ceilings, or floors with connection points to junction boxes or raceway mounted to the same wall as the penetration provide rigid steel or IMC conduit treaded on both ends and secured in place with locking rings on both sides. Bend radius requirements shall be maintained where penetrations are made through the back of raceways; junction boxes with adequate depth shall be installed in order to comply with this requirement.

C. Where conduit passes through walls, ceilings, or floors with connection points to junction boxes or raceway not mounted to the same wall as the penetration provide EMT conduit and secured in place with unistrut / strut channel.

Box connectors shall always be used to connect EMT to junction boxes and raceways.

D. Where conduit passes through walls, ceilings, or floors with no connection points to junction boxes or raceway provide rigid steel or IMC conduit treaded on both ends and secured in place with locking rings and large reducing washers on both sides.

E. Where conduit passes through finished walls or ceilings, provide steel escutcheon plates, chrome or painted, as directed. Conduit, which penetrate floor slabs, concrete or masonry walls shall be grouted and sealed watertight at penetrations.

F. Fire stopping:

1. Seal all conduit penetrations through fire rated walls and floors fire and smoke tight in conformance with 2022 CBC Sections 714 & 2022 CEC 300-21.

G. Draft stopping:

1. All non-fire rated walls must be draft stopped and sealed. Submit method to be used for approval by inspector and/or project manager. Mineral wool is one product that may be used.

H. Water stopping:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 10

1. All exterior penetrations shall be sealed watertight. The contractor shall use silicon rubber caulk or other approved methods and materials. Submit method and material with inspector and/or project manager.

I. Provide 12" vertical and horizontal clearance for conduit risers through roofs. Coordinate with roof manufacturer to seal roof.

3.10 DEMOLITION
A. Any existing equipment and cable noted to be removed on design plans or abandoned devices and conduit not being reused by this project shall be removed by the Contractor.

B. Removed equipment shall be inventoried and turned over to the Owner/Architect/Engineer or disposed of per the project’s instructions.

C. Disturbed surfaces shall be repaired to match original surface condition and prepped for painting.

D. Blank electrical plates colored or painted to match existing surfaces shall be installed over abandoned flush mounted device boxes.

3.11 BOXES
A. Screws shall be used to attach boxes, and must be accurately placed for finish, independently and securely supported by adequate wood backing or by manufactured adjustable channel type heavy-duty box hangers. Boxes with metal box hangers shall be attached to metal studs. Box hangers shall be securely tied or welded (where permitted) to metal studs. Paint weld with rust inhibitor. Boxes installed in masonry tile or concrete block construction shall be secured with auxiliary plates, bars or clips and be grouted in place.

B. Locate outlets at the following heights above floor to the center of the device or handle unless otherwise noted on Drawings, Specifications, 2022 CBC 11B-308 or as required to meet ADA handicap requirements.

1. Convenience Outlets: 18" AFF (6" above counter or splash not to exceed 40” above finished floor).

2. Telephone Outlets: 18" AFF (45 in. for wall phone).

C. Install pull boxes as required in accessible spaces but do not install in finished areas unless approved by the Owner/Architect/Engineer.

D. Outlet boxes on opposite sides of wall requiring protected openings shall be separated by a horizontal distance of twenty-four (24") inches, Title 24 Part 2, 713.3.2 Exception #1.

E. For sound control, separate outlets on opposite sides of walls 16" minimum. Where outlets are less than 16" or in sound rated walls, seal airtight with fire rated sheet putty pads. Fill gap between junction box and wall with acoustical sealant all around perimeter of junction box. Fill conduits larger than 1 1/4" with fire rated putty.

F. Installation of conduit and outlet boxes in fire-resistive walls and partitions shall comply with Title 24, Part 2, Section 713.

G. Installation of conduit and outlet boxes in fire-resistive floors, floor-ceiling or roof-ceiling assemblies shall comply with Title 24, Part 2, Section 713.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 11

3.12 GROUNDING AND BONDING
A. Ground fittings shall be UL approved for each application as installed, installed and connected to system in accordance with 2022 CEC Code requirements.

B. Neutral conductors and non-current carrying parts of equipment at each installation shall be grounded in accordance with applicable code. Ground conductor shall be copper having a current capacity in accordance with CEC Section 250.

C. All equipment cases, motor frames, etc. shall be completely grounded to satisfy requirements of CEC. Install bond wire in flexible conduit. Install copper bond wire, sized in accordance with CEC, in all nonmetallic raceways and bond to all metallic parts using approved fittings.

D. Service ground conductor shall be connected to a "Ufer" encased ground and bonded to the cold-water pipe system.

E. Ground resistance of made electrodes shall not exceed 25 ohms, per CEC Article 250-84. Perform ground resistance test prior to connection.

F. All connections shall be made with solder less connectors or molded fusion-welding process. Solder less connections shall be made to conform to Code requirements or manufacturers requirements if more stringent.

G. Provide ground wire in all rooftop conduits.

3.13 FIELD TESTING
A. General: Perform field test in the presence of the Owner's Representative except as otherwise specified. Provide required labor, materials, equipment and connections to perform tests. Document results and submit them to the Owner's Representative. Repair or replace all defective work.

B. Perform Megger test on all grounding legs:

1. Notify the Owner/Architect/Engineer when installed cable is ready to be tested.

2. Apply Megger tests. Supply labor, materials and test equipment required to perform continuity checks and Megger tests. Submit test data for approval.

3. If any failure is detected, locate failure, determine cause and, as directed by the Owner/Architect/Engineer, replace or repair cable or conductor to satisfaction of the Owner/Architect/Engineer at no increase in Contract Sum.

4. Subject feeder cables rated 600 volts AC to one (1) minute withstand test, or until stable reading is obtained with 1000-volt Megger. Provide written report of Megger test results. Test report to include all test conditions.

5. Do not Megger test any cables after connecting test equipment, unless specifically directed to do so by the Owner/Architect/Engineer.

3.14 CLEANING, PATCHING, AND PAINTING
A. Brush and clean work prior to concealing, painting and acceptance. Performed in stages if directed.

B. Clean and repair soiled or damaged painted exposed work and match adjoining work before final acceptance.

C. Remove debris from inside and outside of material, equipment and structures.

D. All conduit, connectors, j-boxes, and accessories shall be painted white with primer.

E. All mud-rings shall be color code painted for inspection.

3.15 CABLING INSTALLATION AND DISTRIBUTION
A. Cable shall be routed in appropriate conduit by system type as outlined in details. Contractor is to contact Owner/Architect/Engineer representative when this requirement can’t be met.

B. Cable shall not be exposed at any point in the cable path. Contractor is to use appropriate pathway for the situation (i.e. above drop ceiling, inside wall, conduit, or non-metallic surface raceway).

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 12
C. Cables shall be protected and sleeved with a conduit in locations where cables need to pass through walls, floors, or hard ceilings. Contractor shall install rigid steel or IMC conduit threaded on both ends and secured in place with locking rings and large reducing washers on both sides. Bend radius requirements shall be maintained where penetrations are made through the back of raceways; junction boxes with adequate depth shall be installed in order to comply with this requirement. The fire rating of the wall must be maintained during and after installation.

D. At solid wall locations such as plaster, brick, concrete, cinder block, tile, reinforced concrete, Contractor will provide and install surface mounted non-metallic raceways or equivalent. The use of different series raceways is required at locations where cable fill capacities are exceeded.

E. Cables will be run vertically inside the wall and into the ceiling space. Terminations on stud walls will be accomplished with cut-in type electrical boxes with a 1” conduit (flex or EMT) extended from the box within the wall to ceiling access space.

F. Cables routed above drop ceilings shall be run in corridors wherever possible in order to avoid furniture and work areas so that access to the cables is unencumbered.

G. The cables are to be as accessible as possible, placed above all other items in the ceiling, including ducts and supports.

H. Service loops:

1. Service loops in Ground boxes and J-boxes shall not be installed unless with prior written approval or to allow for the minimum bend radius specified by the manufacturer:

2. Cables routed above drop ceilings shall be run in corridors wherever possible in order to avoid furniture and work areas so that access to the cables is unencumbered.

3. Fiber feeder cable:
a. Shall be a minimum of 10’ at all MDF and IDF locations. b. Shall be routed around the perimeter of the ground box as cable exits and enters each side of the ground box. No visible service loop required. Cable shall be secured to the side of the ground box and not rest on the bottom of the box.

4. Voice feeder cables:
a. Shall be routed around the perimeter of the backboard in which it is terminated on. b. Shall be routed around the perimeter of the ground box as cable exits and enters each side of the ground box. No visible service loop required. Cable shall be secured to the side of the ground box and not rest on the bottom of the box.

5. Category 6/6A cable:
a. Shall be a minimum of 6’ at all MDF and IDF locations. b. Shall be routed around the perimeter of the ground box as cable exits and enters each side of the ground box. No visible service loop required. Cable shall be secured to the side of the ground box and not rest on the bottom of the box.
c. Shall be a minimum of 9” behind each station location.

6. Service loops, Intercom:
a. Horizontal cables:
i. Shall be a minimum of 3’ at all head end termination locations. ii. Shall be a minimum of 12” behind each speaker.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 13
iii. Feeder/Backbone cables shall be routed around the perimeter of the backboard in which it is terminated on.

A. The cables are to be as accessible as possible, placed above all other items in the ceiling, including ducts and supports.

B. Do not use pulling means, including fish tape, cable or rope, which can damage the non-metallic surface raceway.

C. Use pulling compound or lubricant, with prior Owner/Architect/Engineer approval, only when necessary.

D. Pulling compound shall be a water base pulling lubricant that will not deteriorate cable or conduit.

E. Cables shall not be pulled across sharp edges. If sharp edges are present a small sleeve, insulating insert, or grommet shall be installed to protect the cable.

F. Cables shall be pulled free of sharp bends or kinks.

G. Cables shall not be forced or jammed between metal parts, assemblies, etc.

H. Cables shall not be pulled across access doors and pull box covers. Access to all equipment and systems shall be maintained.

I. Manufacturer's specifications for pulling stress and minimum bend radius shall not be exceeded on any cable.

J. Install or replace pull-string after installing cable in any EMT, IMC, Rigid, or PVC conduits.

K. A maximum fill capacity of 40% will be deemed acceptable for conduits and 75% of raceway and surface pathway. Contractor shall inform Owner/Architect/Engineer / Owner/Architect/Engineer representative in writing if this requirement cannot be met. If the Contractor fails to inform the Owner/Architect/Engineer or its representative, any labor involve in rerouting cables in such conduit or raceways shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor
L. Cable shall be identified with a machine-printed tag identifying the system type, source or head end location, and destination location in all access points (i.e. junction boxes, ground boxes, MDF, IDFs, etc.) and as they enter or exit the conduit pathway.

M. Contractor will assess whether or not the ceiling space is a plenum air return, which shall dictate the use of the listed plenum type or PVC type cable required in the materials specification section. Any cable installations that shall be pulled through underground conduit will require Outside Plant (OSP) cable. OSP cable are limited to a length of 50’ inside a building.

N. Power feeds of greater than 220 volts shall not be run parallel to UTP, Speaker or other system cables. Parallel runs of greater than 20 feet require a minimum separation distance of 3 feet, or 18 inches if cables are contained in a metallic conduit, which is grounded.

O. All power feeds crossing the path of UTP, Speaker or other system cables at right angles shall be a minimum of 6 inches in distance from the UTP cables.

P. There shall be a 6-inch separation between the cables and the light fixtures and motors. Contractor will notify the Owner/Architect/Engineer or it’s representative in the event this requirement cannot be met.

Q. All cable/cabling shall be kept 6 inches away from any heat source, i.e., HVAC ducting, steam valves, etc.

R. Fiber Optic cable/cables shall be identified with a tag identifying cable type, destination and origin, and date installed, every 30 feet when installed in open trays or suspension systems in ceilings.

S. Station Cable (UTP) or (STP) runs are not to exceed 290 feet.

T. Cable splicing at any point of any cable installed by the contractor is unacceptable without specific Owner/Architect/Engineer and designer approval.

U. No cabling is allowed to rest on any ceiling tile or suspension system unless specifically authorized by the Owner/Architect/Engineer. Strapping or mounting to any existing wires (e.g., lighting, ceiling grid, conduits, etc.) is not permitted.

V. Cables, regardless of classification, shall not be bundled in larger quantities than 24.

W. Cables bundled in quantities of 24 or larger shall be securely mounted to building structure (i.e. stud, beam, or other framing member.) with Contractor supplied cable tray unless otherwise specified on design drawings and details.

X. Cables bundled in quantities less than 24 shall be securely mounted to building structure (i.e. stud, beam, or other framing member.) with Contractor supplied J-hooks every 4 feet unless otherwise specified on design drawings Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNCATIONS 27 05 00 - 14
and details.

Y. Cables bundled in junction boxes shall be neatly routed and secured to box with Contractor supplied Velcro straps typically 4 per box.

Z. Cables shall be securely supported to building structure (i.e. stud, beam, or other framing member.) within 12 inches of any conduit or raceway entrance or exit. Cable tray may be required if not noted on plans.

AA. Contractor will place all UTP, Speaker and other system cables in the ceiling area on Contractor supplied and installed wire hangers or in floor spaces and raceways. Cable tray may be required if noted on plans.

BB.Insulation shall be removed to expose shielding and conductors/fibers to the exact length required by manufacturer for proper termination of plugs, pins and fiber terminations.

1. Wires and shielding shall not be nicked or damaged in any way upon termination of pins and closure of plug assembly.

2. Pins and plugs, upon termination, shall not be damaged in any way.

END OF SECTION 27 05 00
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING 27 13 00 - 1
SECTION 27 13 00

COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. This section defines equipment, materials, accessories, installation, configuration and testing requirements for a complete Communications Backbone Cabling system. The system shall provide reliable high-performance data communication from the Main Distribution Frame (MDF) / Equipment Room (ER) to each Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) / Telecommunication Room (TR) or equipment control points requiring fiber optic cabling.

1.02 SCOPE
B. The work will include but not be limited to the following objectives:

1. For new construction – provide, coordinate, and install all required components and accessories as outlined in the design documents for a complete and operable system.

2. For existing construction – provide, coordinate, and install all components and accessories as outlined in the design documents to modify the existing system while maintaining compliance and to seamlessly integrate the new components into the existing campus’ system.

3. Labor and Materials: The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, utilities, construction equipment and machinery, transportation and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution, operation and completion of the scope of work.

4. The Contractor shall furnish and install all new conduit/raceway and wire as indicated on the project drawings and/or as required to provide a fully functional system to the Owner/Architect/Engineer.

5. The Contractor shall terminate all strands of fiber at each fiber enclosure. All cables shall be installed with a minimum 10’ service loops at MDF / IDF locations. Fiber will be terminated using LC type connectors.

6. Service loops shall be secured to backboard or rear of cabinet using a pre-manufactured fiber optic wheel with Velcro straps.

7. If applicable, existing systems shall remain operable until new systems are accepted and approved by the Owner/Architect/Engineer.

8. Testing of fiber and connections to insure a complete and operable end-to-end data connection using ANSI/TIA 568-C and ANSI/TIA/526-7 testing guidelines for fiber.

9. Fiber installs shall carry Limited Lifetime warranty (see Division 27 05 00 for requirements)

1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Division 01 00 00 specifications, General Requirements B. Division 26 specification sections, as applicable
C. Division 27 specification sections, as applicable
D. Division 28 specification sections, as applicable

1.04 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. See specification section 27 00 00 for requirements
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING 27 13 00 - 2
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 FIBER OPTIC AND NETWORK CABLING BACKBONE
A. All products shall be new and unused and shall be of manufacturer's current and standard production.

B. Contractor shall confirm all equipment part numbers with the Owner/Architect/Engineer prior to ordering equipment and updating submittals as required.

C. Drawings and Specifications indicate major system components, and may not show every component, connector, module, or accessory that may be required to support the operation specified. Contractor shall provide all components needed for complete and satisfactory operation.

D. Product Availability

1. Prior to submitting a project bid, the contractor shall determine product availability, delivery time, and shall include such considerations into the base bid for the communications systems scope of work as defined in the construction documents.

2.02 FIBER OPTIC CABLE MANAGEMENT RING
A. Re-closable ring cable management device. Ring shall be 24” inches in diameter for Copper Multipair, OSP, or Armored cable, and 12” diameter for indoor fiber cable.

B. Ring shall be mounted on the backboard at the Outside Plant OSP fiber entrance.

C. Preferred Product:

1. Leviton 24” Velcro fiber spool, 48900-OFR

2. Leviton 12” Velcro fiber spool, 48900-IFR

2.03 CABLE AND WIRE
A. Provide all new wire and cable required to install systems as indicated on design documents.

B. Single-mode fiber optic cables shall be tight buffered laser optimized multi-mode (LOMM) 9/125 OS2, 12-strand minimum (cable shall not exceed a .30” diameter).

C. Multi-mode fiber optic cables shall be tight buffered laser optimized multi-mode (LOMM) 50/125 OM4, 12-strand minimum (cable shall not exceed a .30” diameter).

D. Fiber Optic connectors for fiber optic stands shall be industry standard LC type connectors.

E. MDF / ER rack mount fiber optic enclosures Light Interface Unit (LIU) shall be completely loaded with Ceramic ferrule Duplex LC cassettes unless listed otherwise in drawings and details or approved equal.

F. Furnish one (1)-meter LC to LC duplex cross over fiber patch cord for every two terminations at IDF / TR locations and one (2) meter LC to LC duplex cross over fiber patch cord for every two terminations at MDF / ER location. The patch cords shall have connectors with ceramic ferrules. All patch cords shall be packaged with a factory performance certification report.

2.04 COMMUNICATIONS ENCLOSURES, CONDUIT, AND PATHWAYS
A. See specification section 27 05 00 for requirements

2.05 COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTING CORDS
A. See specification section 27 16 00 for requirements
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING 27 13 00 - 3
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The cables will be routed to their respective Main Distribution Frame (MDF) or Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) utilizing the shortest path possible while maintaining right angles to the building structure.

B. Contractor is required to adhere to the parameters in this section whether or not existing equipment has been placed by Contractor and/or others.

C. Contractor will notify the Owner/Architect/Engineer if any of the requirements cannot be met prior to bid.

D. Fiber Optic, Network Cabling Backbone

1. The Owner/Architect/Engineer has standardized on materials that provide component quality and maintainability. Refer to the Appendix A at the end of this specification for pre-approved material.

2. Fiber Optics Cable Installation and Testing:
a. Fiber cables shall be securely mounted to the fiber enclosure using zip ties in at least two locations around the jacket to prevent cable twisting and movement. In addition, the Kevlar or strength member shall be bolted, tied, or securely fastened to the enclosure. b. Fibers strands shall be neatly organized in the enclosure with individual bundled paths from each cable to the bulkheads in which they are mounted.
c. Fiber strands shall be made to rest in their final position without tension or stress of any kind. d. Service loops shall be secured to backboard or rear of cabinet using a pre-manufactured fiber optic wheel with Velcro straps.
e. All spare optical ports and connectors shall have a dust cap in place to protect from the environment. f. Contractor shall provide and install blanks in unused spaces of the fiber enclosure.

E. Fiber Optics Testing

1. All optical test equipment shall have current, traceable calibration certification.

2. If fiber is supplied to Contractor by the Owner/Architect/Engineer shall be tested before installation, while still on the shipping reel, using an optical time domain reflectometer (OTDR). The test results shall be compared to the manufacturers test results. A discrepancy of more than 1 dB on any fiber in either window indicates possible shipping damage, and the fiber shall be returned to the supplier. The test results shall be maintained in a file for future reference.

3. All fiber shall be tested after installation according to the Method A procedures described in ANST/TIA568-C.

4. Power meter test equipment shall produce a machine generated test report containing the minimum of the following test information:
a. Contractor’s Name
b. Operator’s Name
c. Customer’s location
d. Closet Location
e. Cable ID
f. Test Summary – i.e. Pass/Fail
g. Date and Time of test
h. Test Standard
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING 27 13 00 - 4
i. Equipment serial numbers
j. Length in Feet
k. Test direction – i.e. MDF to IDF=A-B / IDF to MDF=B-A l. Wavelength
m. Optical loss in dB
n. Optical loss limit
o. Reference setting
p. Reference setting date and time

5. In addition to power meter testing, OTDR testing is to be performed in any location where the fiber is not continuous, i.e. coupled LC connectors (soft splice), fusion splice, and mechanical splice. When testing with an OTDR the contractor shall utilize a test lead or launch cable a minimum of 100 meters in length and a trail test cable a minimum of 100 meters in length. The contractor shall set a marker at the start and end of the tested cable on each test result and the difference in loss between the two markers shall be noted on the test report. The results of these tests (printed OTDR result power meter attenuation results) shall be provided by the installer as documentation of the quality of installation and as a baseline for future troubleshooting. The results shall be compared to the pre-installation test results for significant changes.

6. The fiber optic cable shall comply with maximum individual fiber loss limits in accordance with ANSI/TIA-568-C.

F. Fiber Optics Labeling

1. Fiber termination locations shall be labeled to corresponding fiber strands pairs at the MDF / ER and IDF / TR.

2. The labeling scheme shall be submitted by the contractor for Owner/Architect/Engineer / Owner/Architect/Engineer representative approval prior to installation.

3. Contractor is expected to provide tags, straps, and adhesive labels. These tags, straps, and adhesive labels shall be of high quality that will endure over time.

4. Labeling:
a. Handwritten labels are not acceptable.
b. Cables shall be labeled approximately 12” inches back from the point where the cable enters the fiber enclosure with a cable label that identifies the origin and destination of the cable. c. Closet labeling: each connection shall be labeled denoting each strands number, origin and destination.
d. The type (single-mode or multi-mode) of fiber optic cable used shall be clearly labeled on the fiber patch panel per drawn details.
e. Color-coding shall conform to ANSI/TIA specifications.

G. Voice Copper Backbone

1. Terminations shall be T568B configuration unless otherwise specified.

2. Labeling:
a. Handwritten labels are not acceptable.
b. Wiring termination locations shall be labeled to corresponding pairs at the MDF / ER and IDF / TR. c. Cables shall be labeled no more than 3” back from each end of the termination point with a cable Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING 27 13 00 - 5
label that matches the patch panel labeling.
d. The labeling shall be in a white background with black lettering. e. Contractor will provide tags, straps, and adhesive labels. These tags, straps, and adhesive labels shall be of high quality that will endure over time.
f. Each pair shall have a unique label throughout the site. This would allow a cable management system to track each cable pair.
g. Closet labeling: 66-block or surface-mount quickport box shall be labeled with the destination MDF / ER or IDF / TR number, sequential feeder pair number only.

3.03 CABLE
A. Design, layout, size, and plan new cable runs as required.

B. All wire and cable passing thru metalwork shall be sleeved by an approved grommet or bushing.

C. Conduit/raceway fill shall not exceed 40 percent of interior cross-sectional area.

D. Identify all cables at terminations. Identification shall be made with an approved permanent label, machine generated 1/4” black letters on white tape (Brady or equal.) E. Underground cable shall be rated for use.

F. Neatly dress and secure / strap all cabling.

3.04 WARRANTY, TESTING, AND COMMISSIONING
A. Refer to Division 27 00 00 for requirements.

3.05 CONTRACTOR CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS AND TEST RESULTS
A. Refer to Division 27 00 00 for requirements.

END OF SECTION 27 13 00
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNCATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 27 15 00 - 1
SECTION 27 15 00

COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. This section defines equipment, materials, accessories, installation, configuration and testing requirements for a complete and operational Communications Horizontal Cabling system. The system shall provide reliable highperformance data communication from the Main Distribution Frame (MDF) / Equipment Room (ER), Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) / Telecommunication Room (TR) or equipment control points to area workstations and communications device locations.

1.02 SCOPE
B. The work will include but not be limited to the following objectives:

1. For new construction – provide, coordinate, and install all required components and accessories as outlined in the design documents for a complete and operable system.

2. For existing construction – provide, coordinate, and install all components and accessories as outlined in the design documents to modify the existing system while maintaining compliance and to seamlessly integrate the new components into the existing system.

3. Labor and Materials: The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, tools, utilities, construction equipment and machinery, transportation and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution, operation and completion of the scope of work.

4. The Contractor shall furnish and install all new conduit/raceway and wire as indicated on the project drawings and/or as required to provide a fully functional system to the Owner/Architect/Engineer.

5. The Contractor shall install new Category 6A (Cat 6A) data cabling, station outlets at locations as indicated on drawings. Terminations will be ANSI/TIA standard T568B wiring configuration into RJ45 workstation data jacks.

6. The Contractor shall set up a complete wire management system at each MDF / ER, IDF / TR, this includes wire management organizer(s). Contractor shall provide the following:
a. One (1) vertical wire manager for each equipment rack to be installed (height to match equipment rack overall units)
b. One (1) 1RU horizontal wire manager for each new Cat 6A patch panel c. One (1) 1RU horizontal wire manager for each switch to be installed

7. The Contractor is required to adhere to current industry standards when distributing and terminating cables:
a. All Cat 6A cables shall be secured to the rear cable management bar that is included with each of the patch panels.
b. At the rear of the patch panel, 50% of the cables shall enter the patch panel area from the right side and 50% of the cables enter from the left side. Cables shall be bundled in groups no larger than 25 cables. All bundled cabling shall be similar type per cable separation guidelines.

8. Prior to installation, If the length of the cable run appears to be exceeding 275’ from station outlet to patch panel, the Contractor shall review requirement with Engineer.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNCATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 27 15 00 - 2

9. If applicable, existing systems shall remain operable until new systems are accepted and approved by the Owner/Architect/Engineer or its representative.

10. All Category 6A (Cat 6A) installations shall carry Limited Lifetime warranty (see Division 27 00 00 for requirements).

1.03 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Division 01 00 00 specifications, General Requirements B. Division 26 specification sections, as applicable
C. Division 27 specification sections, as applicable
D. Division 28 specification sections, as applicable

1.04 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. See specification section 27 00 00 for requirements

1.04 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
A. See specification section 27 00 00 for requirements
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL
A. All products shall be new, unused and without blemishes and shall be of manufacturer's current and standard production.

B. Contractor shall confirm all equipment part numbers with the Owner/Architect/Engineer prior to ordering equipment and updating submittals as required.

C. Drawings and Specifications indicate major system components, and may not show every component, connector, module, or accessory that may be required to support the operation specified. Contractor shall provide all components needed for complete and satisfactory installation and operation.

D. Product Availability

1. Prior to submitting a project bid, the contractor shall determine product availability, delivery time, and shall include such considerations into the base bid for the communications systems scope of work as defined in the construction documents.

2.02 CONDUIT AND RACEWAY
A. See specification section 27 05 00 for additional information and requirements

2.02 WIRE AND CABLE
A. Provide all new wire and cable required to install systems as indicated on construction documents.

B. Category 6A cable shall meet or exceed IEEE 802.3 for Gigabit Ethernet.

C. Category 6A underground cable shall be rated for the application intended.

D. Cable management system shall be installed to provide a complete management system.

2.02 PATCH CORDS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNCATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 27 15 00 - 3
A. See specification section 27 16 00 for additional information and requirements

2.03 LOW VOLTAGE ENCLOSURES AND PATHWAYS
A. See specification section 27 05 00 for additional information and requirements PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The cables will be routed to their respective Main Distribution Frame (MDF) or Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF), to Node Termination Point (NTP) utilizing the shortest path possible while maintaining right angles to the building structure.

B. Data UTP:

1. Data terminations shall be T568B configuration.

2. Patch panels shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s installation guidelines.

3. Labeling
a. Handwritten labels are not acceptable.
b. Cables shall be labeled no more than 4” inches back from each end of the termination point with a cable label that matches the station outlet labeling.
c. Wiring termination locations shall be labeled to corresponding pairs at the MDF / ER, IDF / TR, and at each station outlet end.
d. Contractor will provide tags, straps, and adhesive labels. These tags, straps, and adhesive labels shall be of high quality that will endure over time.

4. Labeling Scheme
a. Workstation labeling:
i. The faceplate or surface block shall be labeled with the MDF / ER, or IDF / TR number (#), sequential station outlet number for the MDF / ER, or IDF / TR (ex. 1.1-09). ii. The labeling itself shall be in a white background with black lettering. b. MDF / IDF labeling:
i. Patch panel shall be labeled with the sequential station outlet number to match station outlet labeling.
ii. The labeling itself shall be in a black background with white lettering. c. Data UTP Testing
i. All data UTP cable shall be tested after installation according to the procedures and acceptability criteria described in ANSI/TIA Standards for Category 6 or Category 6A cable and connecting hardware. Test at level IIIe compliance or higher. ii. Data UTP cable shall meet or exceed requirements for 10Gbps for Cat6A. iii. Test results will be submitted per Section 27 00 00.

C. Manufacturer's specification for pulling stress and minimum bend radius shall not be exceeded on any Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
COMMUNCATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING 27 15 00 - 4
Category cable.

D. Station Cable (UTP) or (STP) runs shall not exceed 295’ feet (90 meters) on the permanent link.

3.02 CABLE
A. Design, layout, size, and plan new cable runs as required.

B. All wire and cable passing thru metalwork shall be sleeved by an approved grommet or bushing.

C. Conduit/raceway fill shall not exceed 40 percent of interior cross-sectional area.

D. Identify all cables at terminations. Identification shall be made with an approved permanent label, machine generated 1/4” black letters on white tape (Brady or equal.) E. Underground cable shall be rated for use.

F. Neatly dress and secure / strap all cabling.

3.03 WARRANTY, TESTING, AND COMMISSIONING
A. Refer to Division 27 00 00 for requirements.

3.04 CONTRACTOR CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS AND TEST RESULTS
A. Refer to Division 27 00 00 for requirements.

END OF SECTION 27 15 00
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 00 00 - 1
SECTION 28 00 00

ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. The work outlined in this specification section is the general administrative overview for all electronic safety and security systems installed under Division 28.

1.02 SCOPE
A. Submittals
B. Contractor Installation Shop Drawings
C. Warranty, Testing, and Commissioning
D. Contractor Record Closeout Documents

1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS
A. The installed system shall confirm to all California State Codes

1. 2022 California Building Code (CBC)

2. 2022 California Electrical Code (CEC)

3. 2022 California Fire Code (CFC)

4. All equipment connected to the Fire Alarm system shall have California State Fire Marshall listing(s).

B. National Codes

1. 2017 NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code

2. 2016 NFPA 72 – National Fire Alarm Code

3. 2018 NFPA 101 – Life Safety Code

4. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)

5. Local building codes
C. All requirements by the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) D. Telecommunications Industry Association Standards (TIA)

1. TIA 526-7: Single Mode Fiber Standards

2. TIA 526-17: Multi Mode Fiber Standards

3. TIA-568-D.1: Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standards.

4. TIA-568-C.2: Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standards.

5. TIA-569-E: Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces.

6. TIA-606-C: Administration Standard for Telecommunications Infrastructure.

7. TIA-607-D: Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) Requirements for Customer Premises.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 00 00 - 2
PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 N/A
PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SUBITTALS
A. Products Material Submittal:

1. Product data and manufacturer’s installation instructions for information, communications, and technology systems electronically in PDF and XLS format, as required. The PDF shall include bookmarks for each section of the submittal.

2. A Microsoft Excel spreadsheet listing each item submitted as a separate row. The spreadsheet shall, at a minimum, contain the following columns:
a. Submittal #,
b. Item # (tied to PDF cut sheet)
c. Spec section submitted
d. Drawing sheet referenced
e. Manufacturer
f. Part number
g. Description
B. Products Material substitutions

1. If the Contractor desires to use any other brand or manufacturer of equal quality and utility to that specified, they shall make application to the Owner/Architect/Engineer in writing, and shall submit samples, if requested. Such application constitutes a recommendation that the Contractor:
a. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, specified product.
b. Will provide the same warranty for equal as for specified product. c. Will coordinate installation and make other changes, which may be required for work to be complete in all respects.
d. Waives claims for additional costs, which may subsequently become apparent. e. The Architect/Designer/Engineer will determine whether or not the proposed material is equal in quality and utility to the material specified, and their decision shall be final. f. Requests for equal materials will only be considered when offered by the Contractor as required by this section
C. Whenever in the Contract Documents any materials, products, processes, or articles are indicated or specified by the name brand of the manufacturer, or by patent or proprietary names, such specifications shall be deemed to be a measure of quality and utility or a standard and shall be deemed to be followed by the words, “or equal.” It is the intent of this article to comply with Public Contract Code Section 3400.

3.02 CONTRACTOR INSTALLATION SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Contractor installation “Shop Drawings” requirements

1. The Contractor Installation Shop Drawings represent the level of system design to be provided to the Owner/Architect/Engineer. Contractor shall provide all additional system design work required, including:
a. Conduit layout and sizing.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 00 00 - 3
b. Wire and cable layout and sizing.
c. Point-to-point wiring and equipment hook-up information. d. Equipment mounting details.
i. Design of equipment cabinets, including front rack elevations with accurate equipment rack unit spacing and equipment schedules.
ii. MDF / IDF room wall elevations for all systems, junction boxes, wall mounted equipment, power outlets etc., mounted on each wall.
iii. MDF / IDF room top view to show placement of equipment racks or cabinets, including required 36” clearance from mounted equipment.
e. Other detailed design work required.
f. Contractor’s design shall conform to all applicable codes and ordinances. All electrical design, including the sizing and placement of conduit, raceways and conductors, shall be in accordance with NFPA 70: National Electrical Code, current version, unless local codes establish more stringent requirements.
g. Contractor’s design work is subject to review and approval by the Owner/Architect/Engineer, Project Construction Manager.

2. It shall be understood that the drawings, details, and one-lines provided with the design package are diagrammatic and/or performance based. Data presented on design drawings are as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification, of all dimensions, routing, etc., by the contractor is required.

3. Drawings are provided to show the intent of the design and specification and to assist the contractor in submitting a bid. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting systems installation shop drawings. The contractor shall make allowance in the proposal to cover whatever work is required to comply with the intent of the design and provide a fully functioning complete, operable, and integrated system.

4. In case of doubt of work intended, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to request instructions from the Owner/Architect/Engineer prior to bid. The contractor shall be responsible for installing a complete, operable, integrated and functioning system to the Owners satisfaction.

5. Installation of the systems shall not be started until detailed contractor furnished shop drawings (in AutoCAD 2020 or similar professional drawing format) and product submittals have been approved by the designer and/or architect and if (a. Applicable, approved by the Division of the State Architect).

6. Any and all design and/or installation discrepancies, change orders, (including labor, materials, and shipping) incurred without contractor shop drawings or after contractor shop drawings have been approved shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor.

7. Any work performed without approved contractor furnished shop drawings and submittals shall not be allowed. If work performed prior to approve shop drawings, contractor will do so at their own risk.

3.03 WARRANTY, TESTING, AND COMMISSIONING
A. Warranty:

1. All components, parts, and installation supplied by the contractor shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for one (1) year from date of Notice of Completion or system acceptance, whichever falls later. Labor to repair, reprogram, or replace components shall be furnished by the contractor at no charge during the warranty period.

2. All warranty work of a minor nature shall be performed during hours when site and/or buildings are not occupied, Monday through Friday. Major warranty work, defined as, affecting more than 15% of the system, causing complete operator workstation or server failure, or work involving life safety shall be responded to within four (4) hours. Major warranty work shall be performed regardless of normal work hours or days until corrected.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 28 00 00 - 4

3. All fiber optic data installs shall carry a Limited Lifetime warranty. This will require the contractor to certify their installers to the manufactures guidelines and submit their certifications with bid documents for the project.

4. Copper (Cat6/Cat6A) network cabling installs for this project shall carry a Limited Lifetime warranty.

This will require the contractor to certify their installers to the manufactures guidelines and submit their certifications with bid documents for the project.

3.04 CONTRACTOR RECORD CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS
A. The Contractor shall provide, at the completion of the project, Project Record Documents and furnish to the Owner one (1) Electronic Copy set of record drawings. The Contractor Record Closeout Documents shall be prepared in such a manner that each ASI, RFI, CCD, PCO is noted and clouded on the Contractor Record Closeout Documents.

B. The Contractor shall provide an electronic copy of the field redline drawings in PDF format.

C. The electronic Contractor Record Closeout Documents shall follow the following standards:

1. Delivered as an electronic set of documents on a CD-R or a memory stick clearly labeled with Job Number, Bid Number and Name of Project.

2. Drawing standards, such as line-types, line-weights, fonts and symbols shall be consistent with the bid set documents.

3. Include text “Record Drawing” or “As Built” on all sheets.

4. Include all revision deltas and clouds on all sheets.

5. AutoCAD files shall adhere to the following standards:
a. Full drawing package in AutoCAD (AutoCAD 2020 or most current version), executable .dwg format b. Include all fonts and plotting line-weights
c. Include all cross references
D. The Contractor shall prepare and provide a complete Electronic Cable Book (PDF format), submitted on CD or electronically, as documentation. This cable book shall consist of the following with each section bookmarked within the PDF file:

1. Title of project

2. Index page detailing the sections

3. Site plans (Record set redlined drawings on original full-size bid set plans, hard and soft copy)

4. The drawings shall depict, at a minimum, the following conditions:
a. Division 28 systems as applicable
E. Final inspection will not be made until drawings are received and approved. Record Drawings shall include “AsBuilt” one-line and wiring diagrams, with terminations identified, wire color coding schedule, pull box locations, and conduit routing plans.

F. Warranty certificates and documentation.

1. One (1) Year workmanship warranty

2. Limited Lifetime manufacturer warranty for Fiber Optic plant.

3. Limited Lifetime manufacturer warranty for Cat6/Cat6A copper plant.

END OF SECTION 28 00 00
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES 320120 - 1
SECTION 320120 - DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes exterior cement concrete pavement for the following:

1. Raised truncated domes.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements:

1. Detectable warning surfaces:
a. Detectable warnings surfaces shall comply with CBC Section 11B-705.1. b. Detectable warning surfaces at transit boarding platform edges, bus stops, hazardous vehicular areas, reflecting pools, and track crossings shall be yellow and conforming to FS 33538 of Federal Standard 595C. Detectable warnings surfaces at other locations shall be either the aforementioned yellow or a color providing a 70 percent minimum visual contrast with that of adjacent walking surfaces. The material used to provide visual contrast shall be an integral part of surface. CBC Sections 11B705.1.1.3. c. Detectable warning surfaces shall be yellow and approximate 33538 of SAE AMSSTD-595A per CBC Sections 11B-705.1.1.3.1. d. Detectable warning surfaces shall differ from adjoining surfaces in resiliency or sound-on-cane contact. Such constraint shall not be required for detectable warning surfaces at curb ramps, islands, or cut-through medians. CBC Section 11B705.1.1.4.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated.

B. Samples: 5 by 5 inch sample.

C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication details, composite structural system, joints, and material to be used as well as outlining installation materials and procedure.

D. Qualification Data: For manufacturer.

E. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance requirements indicated, based on comprehensive testing of current materials.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES 320120 - 2
F. Minutes of preinstallation conference.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.6 WARRANTY
A. Duration: 5 years. Such warranty shall indicate compliance with architectural standards as published in the current edition of the California Building Standards Code, and also include durability criteria which indicate that the shape, color fastness, confirmation, sound-on-cane acoustic quality, resilience, and attachment will not degrade significantly for specified years after initial installation.

1. As used in this bulletin, "not degrade significantly" means that the product maintains at least 90 percent of its approved design characteristics, as determined by the enforcing agency.

B. Installer’s Warranty: 1 year.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Raised Truncated Dome Concrete Tiles: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or an equal product by one of the other manufacturers specified.

1. TekWay Dome-Tiles by StongGo Industries. (Basis of Design)

2. Tile Tech Pavers.

3. Or equal.

2.2 RAISED TRUNCATED DOMES
A. Tile truncated domes are compliant with ADA and ADAAG.

B. Concrete additive for high strength, ASTM tested Compressive Strength of over 11,700 psi.

C. Water Absorption of less than .49%.

D. Wet/Dry Slip Resistance average of 0.86.

E. Freeze / Thaw factor of 0.00%.

F. Anchoring system (U.S. Patent No. 7,735,278).

G. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES 320120 - 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine exposed surfaces for compliance with requirements for dimensional, grading, and elevation tolerances.

B. Proceed with operations only after nonconforming conditions have been corrected and subgrade is ready to receive pavement.

3.2 INSTALLATION INTO FRESH (WET) CONCRETE
A. Anchoring system (U.S. Patent No. 7,735,278) for solid installation and permanent bonding to the substrate.

B. Use of TekTool is recommended.

C. Easy to cut radiuses and angles with a standard concrete saw using a diamond blade.

D. Control joints are easily cut during early entry – helps prevent the concrete from cracking.

E. Sets flush with existing surface – no tripping hazards – no “floating”.

F. Contact manufacturer for complete installation instructions.

3.3 INSTALLATION BY THIN-SET METHOD
A. Large semi-circular ramps are easy to install by thin-set method.

B. Thin-sets that have been tested and proven to provide a solid installation are Mapei Grani Rapid System or Mapei Kerabond/ Keralastic System.

C. Easy to cut radiuses and angles with a standard concrete saw using a diamond Blade.

D. Contact manufacturer for complete installation instructions.

END OF SECTION 320120
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 1
SECTION 323113 - CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:

1. Chain-Link Fences: Industrial.

2. Gates: Swing.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Provide chain-link fences and gates capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:

1. Determine minimum post size, group, and section according to ASTM F 1043 for framework up to 12 feet high, and post spacing not to exceed 10 feet.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for chain-link fences and gates.

1. Fence and gate posts, rails, and fittings.

2. Chain-link fabric, reinforcements, and attachments.

3. Gates and hardware.

B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of fences, gates, posts, rails, tension wires, details of extended posts, extension arms, swing gate, or other operation, hardware, and accessories. Indicate materials, dimensions, sizes, weights, and finishes of components. Include plans, gate elevations, sections, details of post anchorage, attachment, bracing, and other required installation and operational clearances.

C. Product Certificates: For each type of chain-link fence, and gate, signed by product manufacturer.

1. Strength test results for framing according to ASTM F 1043.

D. Qualification Data: For Installer.

E. Maintenance Data: For the following to include in maintenance manuals:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 2

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed chain-link fences and gates similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

B. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify layout information for chain-link fences and gates shown on Drawings in relation to property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements.

B. Interruption of Existing Utility Service: Do not interrupt utility services to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Architect no fewer than 2 days in advance of proposed interruption of utility services.

2. Do not proceed with interruption of utility services without Architect's written permission.

1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of chain-link fences and gates that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 2 years.

B. Installer’s Warranty: 1 year.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Chain-Link Fences and Gates: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following.

1. Master-Halco.

2. Ameristar.

3. Anchor Fence.

4. Merchants Metals.

5. Swan Fence Inc.

6. Or equal.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 3

2.2 CHAIN-LINK FENCE FABRIC
A. General: Provide fabric in one-piece heights measured between top and bottom of outer edge of selvage knuckle or twist. Comply with ASTM A 392, CLFMI CLF 2445, and requirements indicated below:

1. Steel Wire Fabric: Metallic-coated wire with 9 gage (0.144 inches) core thickness. a. Mesh Size: 2 inches.
b. Weight of Metallic (Zinc) Coating: ASTM A 392, Type II, Class 2, 2.0 oz./sq. ft. with zinc coating applied after weaving.

2. Selvage: Knuckled at both selvages.

2.3 INDUSTRIAL FENCE FRAMING
A. Posts and Rails: Comply with ASTM F 1043 for framing, and the following:

1. Group: Group IC round high yield pipe, ASTM F 1043, domestic (not imported) Deluxe Quality (DQ-40) Industrial (not Schedule 40).

2. Fence Height: As indicated on Drawings.

3. Strength Requirement: Heavy industrial according to ASTM F 1043.

4. Post Diameter and Thickness:
a. Top and Bottom Rail: 1-5/8 inch O.D. (nominal 1-1/4 inch). b. Terminal Post (Corner, End, and Gate Post): 2-7/8 inch O.D. (nominal 2-1/2 inch). c. Line and Brace Rail: 1-7/8 inch O.D. (nominal 1-1/2 inch). d. Swing Gate Members: 1-7/8 inch O.D. (nominal 1-1/2 inch).

5. End and Corner Post Top: Dome.

6. Coating for Steel Framing:
a. Metallic Coating:
1) Type A, consisting of not less than minimum 2.0-oz./sq. ft. average zinc coating per ASTM A 123 or 4.0-oz./sq. ft. zinc coating per ASTM A 653. 2) Type B, zinc with organic overcoat, consisting of a minimum of 0.9 oz./sq. ft. of zinc after welding, a chromate conversion coating, and a clear, verifiable polymer film.
3) External, Type B, zinc with organic overcoat, consisting of a minimum of 0.9 oz./sq. ft. of zinc after welding, a chromate conversion coating, and a clear, verifiable polymer film. Internal, Type D, consisting of 81 percent, not less than 0.3-mil- thick, zinc pigmented coating.
4) Type C, Zn-5-Al-MM alloy, consisting of not less than 1.8-oz./sq. ft. coating. 5) Coatings: Any coating above.

2.4 TENSION WIRE
A. General: Provide horizontal tension wire at the following locations:

1. Location: Extended along bottom of fence fabric and along top when either top or bottom rails are not indicated on Drawings.

B. Metallic-Coated Steel Wire: Minimum 0.177-inch- diameter, marcelled tension wire complying with ASTM A 817, ASTM A 824, and the following:

1. Metallic Coating: Matching chain-link fabric coating type and weight.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 4

2.5 FITTINGS
A. General: Comply with ASTM F 626.

2.6 INDUSTRIAL SWING GATES
A. General: Comply with ASTM F 900 for swing gate types.

1. Metal Pipe and Tubing: Galvanized steel. Comply with ASTM F 1043 and ASTM F 1083 for materials and protective coatings.

B. Frames and Bracing: Fabricate members from round, galvanized steel tubing with outside dimension and weight according to ASTM F 900, domestic Deluxe Quality (DQ), and the following:

1. Gate Fabric Height: 2 inches less than adjacent fence height.

2. Leaf Width: As indicated.

3. Frame members, including interior bracing:
a. Tubular Steel: 1-7/8 inch O.D. (nominal 1-1/2 inch).

C. Frame Corner Construction:

1. Welded adjustable truss rods for panels 5 feet wide or wider.

D. Hardware: 180 degree hinges, 2 for gates up to 60 inches high, 3 for taller gates; drop bolt on inactive leaf engaging socket stop set in concrete, active leaf latched to inactive leaf preventing raising of drop bolt, padlock hasp; keepers to hold gate in fully open position.

2.7 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Materials: Portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I aggregates complying with ASTM C 33, and potable water for ready-mixed concrete complying with ASTM C 94.

1. Concrete Mixes: Normal-weight concrete with not less than 3000-psi compressive strength (28 days), 3-inch slump, and 1-inch maximum size aggregate.

2.8 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT
A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout, recommended in writing by manufacturer, for exterior applications.

B. Erosion-Resistant Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydrauliccontrolled expansion cement formulation for mixing with potable water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended in writing by manufacturer, for exterior applications.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 5

2.9 POLYMER FINISHES
A. Supplemental Color Coating: In addition to specified metallic coatings for steel, provide fence components with polymer coating.

B. Metallic-Coated Steel Tension Wire: PVC-coated wire complying with ASTM F 1664, Class 2b.

C. Metallic-Coated Steel Framing and Fittings: Comply with ASTM F 626 and ASTM F 1043 for polymer coating applied to exterior surfaces and, except inside cap shapes, to exposed interior surfaces.

1. Polymer Coating: Not less than 10-mil- thick PVC or 3-mil- thick polyester finish.

D. Color: Match chain-link fabric, complying with ASTM F 934.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for a verified survey of property lines and legal boundaries, site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, and other conditions affecting performance.

1. Do not begin installation before final grading is completed, unless otherwise permitted by Architect.

2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of 500 feet or line of sight between stakes. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures, benchmarks, and property monuments.

3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install chain-link fencing to comply with ASTM F 567 and more stringent requirements specified.

3.4 CHAIN-LINK FENCE INSTALLATION
A. Post Excavation: Drill or hand-excavate holes for posts to diameters and spacings indicated, in firm, undisturbed soil.

B. Post Setting: Set posts in concrete at indicated spacing into firm, undisturbed soil.

1. Verify that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in position during setting with concrete or mechanical devices.

2. Concrete Fill: Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Protect aboveground portion of posts from concrete splatter.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 6
a. Hole diameter dug or drilled minimum 4 times largest cross section of post and minimum depth of 24 inches plus additional 3 inch for each 1 feet increase in fence height over 4 feet.
b. Exposed Concrete: Extend 2 inches above grade; shape and smooth to shed water.

C. Terminal Posts: Locate terminal end, corner, and gate posts per ASTM F 567 and terminal pull posts at changes in horizontal or vertical alignment of 15 degrees or more.

D. Line Posts: Space line posts equidistant at intervals not exceeding 10 feet o.c unless otherwise indicated.

E. Post Bracing and Intermediate Rails: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Install braces at end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and pull posts.

1. Locate horizontal braces at midheight of fabric 6 feet or higher, on fences with top rail and at 2/3 fabric height on fences without top rail. Install so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under proper tension.

F. Tension Wire: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Pull wire taut, without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with 0.120-inch- diameter hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire, spaced a maximum of 24 inches o.c. Install tension wire in locations indicated before stretching fabric.

1. Top Tension Wire: Install tension wire through post cap loops.

2. Bottom Tension Wire: Install tension wire within 6 inches of bottom of fabric and tie to each post with not less than same diameter and type of wire.

G. Top Rail: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Run rail continuously through line post caps, bending to radius for curved runs and terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail at terminal posts.

Provide expansion couplings as recommended in writing by fencing manufacturer.

H. Bottom Rails: Install, spanning between posts.

I. Chain-Link Fabric: Apply fabric to outside of enclosing framework. Leave 2 inches between finish grade or surface, unless otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released.

J. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts with tension bands spaced not more than 15 inches o.c.

K. Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to firmly secure fabric to line posts and rails. Attach wire at 1 end to chain-link fabric, wrap wire around post a minimum of 180 degrees, and attach other end to chain-link fabric per ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing.

1. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts at 12 inches o.c. and to braces at 24 inches o.c.

L. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of the fence opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES 323113 - 7

3.5 GATE INSTALLATION
A. Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for full opening without interference. Attach fabric as for fencing. Attach hardware using tamperresistant or concealed means. Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary.

3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Gate: Adjust gate to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding.

B. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts.

END OF SECTION 323113
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 1
SECTION 323119 - DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Decorative metallic-coated steel tubular picket fences.

2. Swing gates.

3. Sliding gates.

4. Gate operators, including controls.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 26 Sections for electrical service and connections for motor operators, controls, limit and disconnect switches, and safety features and for system disconnect switches.

1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Provide fences and gates capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated:

1. Determine minimum post size, group, and section according to ASTM F 1043 for framework up to 12 feet high, and post spacing not to exceed 10 feet.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: For gates. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

C. Samples: For each fence material and for each color specified.

1. Provide Samples 12 inches in length for linear materials.

D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for decorative metallic-coated steel tubular picket fences, including finish, indicating compliance with referenced standard and other specified requirements.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 2

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, “Structural Welding Code - Steel.”
B. Emergency Access Requirements: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for automatic gate operators on gates that must provide emergency access.

C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.6 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of ornamental metal fences and gates that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 2 years.

B. Installer’s Warranty: 1 year.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Steel Picket Fences and Gates:

1. Ameristar Fence Products. (Basis of Design)

2. Master Halco.

3. Merchants Metals; a division of MMI Products, Inc.

4. Xcel Fence.

5. Or equal.

B. Gate Operators:

1. LiftMaster.

2. Door King.

3. Hy Security.

4. Or equal.

2.2 STEEL PICKET FENCES
A. Product: Montage II by Ameristar or equal.

1. Grade: Commercial/Industrial.

2. Rails: 1-3/4 by 1-3/4 by .105 inch.

3. Pickets: 1 inch square, 14 gauge.

4. Posts:
a. 2-1/2 inch, 12 gauge for up to 6 feet.
b. 3 inch, 12 gauge for 7 and 8 feet.

5. Height: As indicated on Drawings.

6. Construction: Panels welded, no assembly required. Rackable and bias able.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 3

7. Styles: Majestic.

8. Finish: Factory powder coat.
a. Colors: Black or Bronze.

9. Warranty: 20 years.

2.3 SWING GATES
A. Gate Configuration: As indicated.

B. Gate Frame Height: As indicated.

C. Gate Opening Width: As indicated.

D. Galvanized-Steel Frames and Bracing: Fabricate members from square tubes as indicated on Drawings.

E. Frame Corner Construction: Welded or assembled with corner fittings and 5/16-inch- diameter, adjustable truss rods for panels 5 feet wide or wider.

F. Additional Rails: Provide as indicated, complying with requirements for fence rails.

G. Infill:

1. Vehicular: Comply with requirements for adjacent fence.

2. Pedestrian: Perforated metal. Same factory finish as fencing.

H. Hinges: BHMA A156.1, Grade 1, suitable for exterior use.

1. Function: 39 - Full surface, triple weight, antifriction bearing.

2. Material: Wrought steel, forged steel, cast steel, or malleable iron.

A. Hardware:
2 ea Hinges 1600 series, single
acting
Silver DAC Industries 800/888-9768
1 ea Panic Device 6003 Silver DAC Industries
1 ea Lock Box Silver DAC Industries
1 ea Receiver Bracket 6020 Silver DAC Industries
1 ea Guard 24" Silver DAC Industries
1 ea 2 piece Mounting Plate Silver DAC Industries
1 ea 6100 ADA lever (outside) Silver DAC Industries
1 ea Rim Cylinder 63-34 LF keyway, 111113 bitted626 Sargent B. Cane Bolts: Provide for inactive leaf of pairs of gates. Fabricated from 3/4-inch- diameter, round steel bars, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Finish to match gates. Provide galvanized-steel pipe strikes to receive cane bolts in both open and closed positions.

C. Finish exposed welds to comply with NOMMA Guideline 1, Finish #2 - completely sanded joint, some undercutting and pinholes okay.

1. Same factory finish as fencing.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 4

2.4 HORIZONTAL-SLIDE GATES
A. Product: The steel roll gate system shall conform to Ameristar PassPort IS (Impasse Security) design series by Ameristar or equal.

1. Gate Configuration: As indicated.

2. Gate Frame Height: As indicated.

3. Gate Opening Width: As indicated.

4. Steel material for roll gate components (i.e. pales, rails, diagonals and uprights), shall be commercial steel with minimum yield strength of 45,000 psi (344 MPa).

5. Ornamental pale material shall be 2-3/4” wide x 3/4” corrugated pales. Pale spacing shall be 6”. Material for toprails, uprights and diagonals rails shall be 2” square x 12 Ga.

Material for the bottom rail shall be 2” x 4” x 11 Ga. Posts shall be a minimum of 4” square x 11 Ga.

6. Pales, rails, uprights and posts shall be precut to specified lengths. Diagonals shall be precut to specified lengths and angles. Frame materials shall be joined by welding. Pales shall be face welded to roll gate frame, except for Invincible or Gauntlet style gates over 18’ long. Invincible or Gauntlet style gates over 18’ long shall have pales face-welded to 2” x 2” angle iron to form panels equal in length to the gate frame bay width.

7. The manufactured roll gates and bolt-on panels shall be subjected to the PermaCoat® thermal stratification coating process (high-temperature, in-line, multi-stage, multi-layer) including, as a minimum, a six-stage pre-treatment/wash (with zinc phosphate), an electrostatic spray application of an epoxy base, and a separate electrostatic spray application of a polyester finish. The base coat shall be a thermosetting epoxy powder coating (gray in color) with a minimum thickness of 2 mils (0.0508mm). The topcoat shall be a “no-mar” TGIC polyester powder coat finish with a minimum thickness of 2 mils (0.0508mm).
a. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range.

8. Completed gates shall be capable of supporting a 200 lb. load applied at midspan without permanent deformation.

2.5 GATE OPERATORS
A. Product: SL 3000 UL 1HP Elite series by LiftMaster.

1. Motor: Two 1/2 HP, parking gate motors that work together, equaling 1 HP.

2. Capability: 35 cycles per hour.

3. Maximum gate length 37’.

4. Maximum gate weight 2,000 lbs.

5. Modular Board: LEDs to indicate all input and output functions of the gate operator.

6. ERD: If gate hits a vehicle while closing, it re-opens. If it hits a vehicle while opening, it stops, reverses 4 to 6 inches and stops again.

7. Motor Protection: Digital entrapment sensor shuts off the motor after it reaches stall amp for 3 seconds, reverses direction for several inches and stops.

8. Electronic Inputs: Radio receiver, key switch, safety loop, exit loop, remote entry (3 button) system, computer input, fire dept. key switch (Knox Switch or equal).

9. Motor Disconnect: Electronic activation of the motor while under manual operation. Meets latest UL325 rev. 5 standards.

10. Timer: Adjustable timer can be set from 0 to 60 seconds.

11. Power Input: On/Off switch controls power input to the board with convenient switch.

12. Power Management: Board includes electronic power management with over-current shutdown and automatic recovery.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 5

13. Magnetic Lock: MG1300 electromagnetic locking system.

14. Burglar Alarm: Interfaces with existing alarm or alarm output.

15. 3 Push Button Remote Control: Close, stop and open.

16. Gate Traveling Time: Adjusted by a precision mechanical device and electrical limit switch system.

17. Soft Stop: Gate travels through the cycle at normal speed and comes to a stop slowly for more accurate gate cycle. Equipped with integrated time delay for long mechanical life expectancy. Includes a built-in 412HM radio receiver for use with DIP switch, billion code and Security+ remote controls. Allows for one LiftMaster remote control to conveniently open the gate and additional access points.

18. Integrated Loop Detectors: Modular, plug-in loop detector inputs for exit loop and safety loop.

19. Receptacle: Built-in 120V AC power receptacle (NEMA 5-15).

20. Motor Drive: Solid-state electronic motor drive system is incorporated into board.

21. Radio Receiver Alarm: Activates anytime the moving gate is physically stopped by an obstruction.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, construction layout, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Do not begin installation before final grading is completed unless otherwise permitted by Architect.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of 500 feet or line of sight between stakes. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures, benchmarks, and property monuments.

1. Construction layout and field engineering are specified in Division 1 Section “Execution Requirements.”

3.3 FENCE INSTALLATION
A. Install fences according to manufacturer’s written instructions.

B. Post Excavation: Drill or hand-excavate holes for posts in firm, undisturbed soil. Excavate holes to a diameter of not less than 4 times post size and a depth of not less than 24 inches plus 3 inches for each foot or fraction of a foot that fence height exceeds 4 feet.

C. Post Setting: Set posts in concrete at indicated spacing into firm, undisturbed soil.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 6

1. Verify that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in position during setting with concrete or mechanical devices.

2. Concrete Fill: Place concrete around posts and sleeves and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Protect aboveground portion of posts from concrete splatter. a. Exposed Concrete: Extend 2 inches above grade. Finish and slope top surface to drain water away from post.
b. Concealed Concrete: Top 2 inches below gradeto allow covering with surface material. Slope top surface of concrete to drain water away from post.

3. Posts Set in Concrete: Extend post to within 6 inches of specified excavation depth, but not closer than 3 inches to bottom of concrete.

4. Posts Set into Concrete in Sleeves: Use galvanized-steel pipe sleeves with inside diameter at least 3/4 inch larger than outside diagonal dimension of post, preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts.
a. Extend posts at least 5 inches into sleeve.
b. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with nonshrink grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer’s written instructions; shape and smooth to shed water. Finish and slope top surface of grout to drain water away from post.

5. Posts Set into Voids in Concrete: Form or core drill holes not less than 3/4 inch larger than outside diagonal dimension of post.
a. Extend posts at least 5 inches into concrete.
b. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete with nonshrink grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer’s written instructions. Finish and slope top surface of grout to drain water away from post.

6. Mechanically Driven Posts: Drive into soil to depth of 30 inches. Protect post top to prevent distortion.

7. Space posts uniformly at 6 feet o.c.

3.4 GATE INSTALLATION
A. Install gates according to manufacturer’s written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for full opening without interference. Attach hardware using tamper-resistant or concealed means.

Install ground-set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where necessary.

3.5 GATE OPERATOR INSTALLATION
A. General: Install gate operators according to manufacturer’s written instructions, aligned and true to fence line and grade.

B. Vehicle Loop Detector System: Cut grooves in pavement and bury and seal wire loop according to manufacturer’s written instructions. Connect to equipment operated by detector.

C. Comply with NFPA 70 and manufacturer’s written instructions for grounding of electric-powered motors, controls, and other devices.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Phase II Project #23022
City of Roseville
DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 7

3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Gates: Adjust gates to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding.

B. Automatic Gate Operators: Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. Adjust operators, controls, safety devices, and limit switches.

1. Hydraulic Operators: Purge operating system, adjust pressure and fluid levels, and check for leaks.

2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation.

3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

C. Lubricate hardware, gate operators, and other moving parts.

3.7 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner’s personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain gates.

END OF SECTION 323119
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
DRAW
[B:\City Attorney\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 1/4/2024]

DRAWINGS
Project: __________________________
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Johnson Pool Renovation
Project drawings are issued as a separate plan set,
titled "Johnson Pool Phase II" and dated 12/15/23 by Studio W. Architects AB 626 - 1
[B:\City Attorney\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 1/4/2024] TEXT OF AB 626
Assembly Bill No. 626
CHAPTER 810
An act to add and repeal Section 9204 of the Public Contract Code, relating to public contracts.
[Approved by Governor September 29, 2016. Filed with Secretary of State September 29, 2016.]
LEGISLATIVE COUNSEL’S DIGEST
AB 626, Chiu. Public contracts: claim resolution.

Existing law prescribes various requirements regarding the formation, content, and enforcement of state and local public contracts. Existing law applicable to state public contracts generally requires that the resolution of claims related to those contracts be subject to arbitration.

Existing law applicable to local agency contracts prescribes a process for the resolution of claims related to those contracts of $375,000 or less.

This bill would establish, for contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017, a claim resolution process applicable to any claim by a contractor in connection with a public works project. The bill would define a claim as a separate demand by the contractor for one or more of the following: a time extension for relief from damages or penalties for delay, payment of money or damages arising from work done pursuant to the contract for a public work, or payment of an amount disputed by the public entity, as specified.

This bill would require a public entity, defined to exclude certain state entities, upon receipt of a claim sent by registered or certified mail, to review it and, within 45 days, provide a written statement identifying the disputed and undisputed portions of the claim. The bill would authorize the 45-day period to be extended by mutual agreement. The bill would require any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim to be processed within 60 days, as specified. The bill would require that the claim be deemed rejected in its entirety if the public entity fails to issue the written statement.

This bill would authorize, if the claimant disputes the public entity’s written response or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim within the time prescribed, the claimant to demand to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. The bill would require any disputed portion of the claim that remains in dispute after the meet and confer conference to be subject to nonbinding mediation, as specified. The bill would provide that unpaid claim amounts accrue interest at 7% per annum. The bill would prescribe a procedure by which a subcontractor or lower tier contractor may make a claim through the contractor.

This bill would require the text of these provisions, or a summary, to be set forth in the plans or specifications for any public work which may give rise to a claim. The bill would specify that a waiver of these rights is void and contrary to public policy, except as specified. The bill would also specify that it does not impose liability on a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its contractual obligations.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
AB 626 - 2
[B:\City Attorney\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 1/4/2024] By increasing the duties of local agencies and officials, this bill would impose a statemandated local program.

This bill would, on January 1, 2020, repeal the provision establishing the claim resolution process.

This bill would specify that these provisions constitute a matter of statewide concern.

The California Constitution requires the state to reimburse local agencies and school districts for certain costs mandated by the state. Statutory provisions establish procedures for making that reimbursement.

This bill would provide that, if the Commission on State Mandates determines that the bill contains costs mandated by the state, reimbursement for those costs shall be made pursuant to these statutory provisions.

The people of the State of California do enact as follows:

SECTION 1. Section 9204 is added to the Public Contract Code, to read:
9204. (a) The Legislature finds and declares that it is in the best interests of the state and its citizens to ensure that all construction business performed on a public works project in the state that is complete and not in dispute is paid in full and in a timely manner.
(b) Notwithstanding any other law, including, but not limited to, Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2, Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 19100) of Part 2, and Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) of Chapter 1 of Part 3, this section shall apply to any claim by a contractor in connection with a public works project. (c) For purposes of this section:
(1) ”Claim” means a separate demand by a contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following:
(A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by a public entity under a contract for a public works project. (B) Payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled. (C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the public entity. (2) ”Contractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who has entered into a direct contract with a public entity for a public works project. (3) (A) ”Public entity” means, without limitation, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a state agency, department, office, division, bureau, board, or commission, the California State University, the University of California, a city, including a charter city, county, including a charter county, city and county, including a charter city and county, district, special district, public authority, political subdivision, public corporation, or nonprofit transit corporation wholly owned by a public agency and formed to carry out the purposes of the public agency. (B) ”Public entity” shall not include the following:
(i) The Department of Water Resources as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department.
(ii) The Department of Transportation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
AB 626 - 3
[B:\City Attorney\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 1/4/2024] (iii) The Department of Parks and Recreation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department.
(iv) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation with respect to any project under its jurisdiction pursuant to Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 7000) of Title 7 of Part 3 of the Penal Code.
(v) The Military Department as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (vi) The Department of General Services as to all other projects. (vii) The High-Speed Rail Authority.
(4) ”Public works project” means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind. (5) ”Subcontractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who either is in direct contract with a contractor or is a lower tier subcontractor. (d) (1) (A) Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, a public entity and a contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision. (B) The claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. (C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the governing body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion. (D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply.
(2) (A) If the claimant disputes the public entity’s written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
(B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each Not for Construction
For Council Approval
AB 626 - 4
[B:\City Attorney\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 1/4/2024] party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section. (C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section. (D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced. (E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties’ dispute.
(3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a claim from a contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the public entity’s failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant. (4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum.
(5) If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against a public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present to the public entity a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may request in writing, either on his or her own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be presented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to whether the contractor presented the claim to the public entity and, if the original contractor did not present the claim, provide the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so.
(e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any public works project that may give rise to a claim under this section. (f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures set forth in this section.
(g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017. (h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its contractual obligations.
(i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2020, and as of that date is Not for Construction
For Council Approval
AB 626 - 5
[B:\City Attorney\agreement\form agreements\Project Manuals\buildings & grounds.docx; 1/4/2024] repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that is enacted before January 1, 2020, deletes or extends that date.

SECTION 2.

The Legislature finds and declares that it is of statewide concern to require a charter city, charter county, or charter city and county to follow a prescribed claims resolution process to ensure there are uniform and equitable procurement practices.

SECTION 3.

If the Commission on State Mandates determines that this act contains costs mandated by the state, reimbursement to local agencies and school districts for those costs shall be made pursuant to Part 7 (commencing with Section 17500) of Division 4 of Title 2 of the Government Code.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
DocuSign Envelope ID: 4749B558-6FCA-43A5-91D4-B595639FE9FA

April, 2022
RE: Contractor and Grantee Compliance with Economic Sanctions Imposed in Response to Russia’s Actions in Ukraine
Dear Vendor:

On March 4, 2022, Governor Gavin Newsom issued Executive Order N-6-22 (EO) regarding sanctions in response to Russian aggression in Ukraine. The EO is located at https://www.gov.ca.gov/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/3.4.22-Russia-Ukraine-ExecutiveOrder.pdf.

The EO directs all agencies and departments that are subject to the Governor’s authority to take certain immediate steps, including notifying all contractors and grantees of their obligations to comply with existing economic sanctions imposed by the U.S. government in response to Russia's actions in Ukraine, as well as any sanctions imposed under state law.

This correspondence serves as a notice under the EO that as a contractor or grantee, compliance with the economic sanctions imposed in response to Russia’s actions in Ukraine is required, including with respect to, but not limited to, the federal executive orders identified in the EO and the sanctions identified on the U.S. Department of the Treasury website (https://home.treasury.gov/policy-issues/financial-sanctions/sanctionsprograms-and-country-information/ukraine-russia-related-sanctions). Failure to comply may result in the termination of contracts or grants, as applicable.

Please note that for any agreements or grants valued at $5 million or more you must report to the City of Roseville your compliance with economic sanctions including steps you have taken in response to Russia's actions in Ukraine, including, but not limited to, desisting from making new investments in, or engaging in financial transactions with, Russian entities, not transferring technology to Russia or Russian entities, and directly providing support to the government and people of Ukraine.

Sincerely,
4/25/2022
Shannon Wiest
City of Roseville
Purchasing and Warehouse Manager
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
N-6-22
Not for Construction
For Council Approval

APPENDIX A - ASBESTOS

INSPECTION REPORT
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval

APPENDIX B - LEAD PAINT

INSPECTION REPORT
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Copyright © 2023 by ENGEO Incorporated. This document
may not be reproduced in whole or in part by any means
whatsoever, nor may it be quoted or excerpted without the express written consent of ENGEO Incorporated.

JOHNSON POOL PHASE II

ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA

GEOTECHNICAL REPORT

SUBMITTED TO
Ms. Heather Buck
City of Roseville
316 Vernon Street, Suite 400
Roseville, CA 95678

PREPARED BY
ENGEO Incorporated
August 11, 2023
PROJECT NO.
15004.001.008
Not for Construction
For Council Approval

APPENDIX C -

GEOTECHNICAL REPORT

GEOTECHNICAL

ENVIRONMENTAL

WATER RESOURCES

CONSTRUCTION SERVICES

COASTAL/MARINE GEOTECHNICS
2213 Plaza Drive  Rocklin, CA 95765  (916) 786-8883  Fax (888) 279-2698 www.engeo.com
Project No.
15004.001.008
August 11, 2023
Ms. Heather Buck
Senior Park Development Project Manager
City of Roseville
316 Vernon Street, Suite 400
Roseville, CA 95678
Subject: Johnson Pool Phase II
100 D Street
Roseville, California

GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
Dear Ms. Buck:

ENGEO prepared this geotechnical report for the City of Roseville as outlined in our agreement dated August 2, 2023. We characterized the subsurface conditions at the site to provide the enclosed geotechnical recommendations for design.

From a geotechnical engineering viewpoint, the proposed project may be designed as planned, provided the geotechnical recommendations in this report are properly incorporated into the design plans and specifications. Please let us know when working drawings are nearing completion so that we can coordinate review of the plans and specifications and discuss geotechnical testing and observation services during construction.

If you have any questions or comments regarding this report, please call and we will be glad to discuss them with you.

Sincerely,
ENGEO Incorporated
Nicholas Broussard, GE Mark Gilbert, GE
nb/mmg/dt
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
i of ii August 11, 2023

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

1.0 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................................. 1

1.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE .................................................................................................... 1

1.2 PROJECT LOCATION........................................................................................................ 1

1.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION.................................................................................................. 1

2.0 FINDINGS ............................................................................................................ 2

2.1 SITE BACKGROUND ......................................................................................................... 2

2.2 FIELD EXPLORATION ....................................................................................................... 2

2.3 GEOLOGY .......................................................................................................................... 2

2.4 SEISMICITY........................................................................................................................ 3

2.5 SURFACE CONDITIONS ................................................................................................... 3

2.6 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS............................................................................................ 4

2.7 GROUNDWATER AND PERCHED WATER CONDITIONS.............................................. 4

2.8 LABORATORY TESTING................................................................................................... 5

3.0 CONCLUSIONS................................................................................................... 5

3.1 EXISTING FILL ................................................................................................................... 5

3.2 EXPANSIVE SOIL............................................................................................................... 5

3.3 FOUNDATION SUPPORT.................................................................................................. 6

3.4 2022 CBC SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS................................................................... 6

3.5 SOIL CORROSION POTENTIAL........................................................................................ 7

4.0 CONSTRUCTION MONITORING ........................................................................ 7

5.0 EARTHWORK RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................... 8

5.1 EXISTING FILL REMOVAL ................................................................................................ 8

5.2 EXPANSIVE SOIL MITIGATION ........................................................................................ 8

5.3 GENERAL SITE CLEARING .............................................................................................. 8

5.4 OVER-OPTIMUM SOIL MOISTURE CONDITIONS........................................................... 8

5.5 ACCEPTABLE FILL ............................................................................................................ 9

5.6 FILL COMPACTION............................................................................................................ 9

5.6.1 Grading in Structural Areas.................................................................................... 9

5.6.2 Underground Utility Backfill.................................................................................... 9

5.6.2.1 Structural Areas...................................................................................... 9

5.6.3 Landscape Fill...................................................................................................... 10

5.7 SLOPES............................................................................................................................ 10

5.8 SITE DRAINAGE .............................................................................................................. 10

6.0 RETAINING WALL RECOMMENDATIONS ...................................................... 10

6.1 LATERAL SOIL PRESSURES.......................................................................................... 10

6.2 RETAINING WALL DRAINAGE........................................................................................ 11

6.3 BACKFILL ......................................................................................................................... 11

6.4 FOUNDATIONS................................................................................................................ 11

7.0 SWIMMING POOL RECOMMENDATIONS....................................................... 12

7.1 POOL SHELL.................................................................................................................... 12

7.2 POOL UNDERDRAIN ....................................................................................................... 12

7.3 POOL DECK ..................................................................................................................... 12 Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
ii of ii August 11, 2023

8.0 EXTERIOR FLATWORK.................................................................................... 13

9.0 LIMITATIONS AND UNIFORMITY OF CONDITIONS ....................................... 13

SELECTED REFERENCES

FIGURES
APPENDIX A – Boring Logs
APPENDIX B – Laboratory Test Data
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 1 August 11, 2023

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE
ENGEO prepared this geotechnical report for design of the Johnson Pool Phase II project in Roseville, California. As outlined in our agreement dated August 2, 2023, you authorized ENGEO to conduct the following scope of services.
• Service plan development
• Subsurface field exploration
• Soil laboratory testing
• Data analysis and conclusions
• Report preparation
For our use, we received the following.

1. BKF Engineers. 2021. Topographic Survey for Johnson Pool Restroom Upgrade, Roseville, California. August 6, 2021. Project No. 20200577.

2. Studio W Architects. 2022. 30% Architectural Plans for City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II, 100 D Street, Roseville, California. July 17, 2023 Project. No, 23022.

This report was prepared for the exclusive use of our client and their consultants for design of this project. If any changes are made in the character, design, or layout of the development, we must be contacted to review the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report to evaluate whether modifications are recommended. This document may not be reproduced in whole or in part by any means whatsoever, nor may it be quoted or excerpted without our express written consent.

1.2 PROJECT LOCATION
The City of Roseville’s David R. Johnson Memorial Pool (referred to hereafter as Johnson Pool) is located at 100 D Street in Roseville, California. As shown on the Vicinity Map, Figure 1, the site is located south of the Union Pacific Railroad and west of downtown Roseville. The Site Plan, Figure 2, shows site boundaries, proposed improvement and building locations, and our exploratory locations. The project site is bordered by Vernon Street to the northwest, D Street to the east, and 4th Street to the south.

1.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Based on our discussion with you and review of the 30% Architectural Plans, we understand that project improvements will include the following:
• Demolition of the existing pool, mechanical building, pool deck, and retaining walls • Construction of a new pool and pool deck of similar size in the same footprint • New mechanical building in the same relative location as the original • Underground utilities
• New concrete masonry unit retaining walls with exposed heights of 5 feet or less • Flatwork
• Landscaping
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 2 August 11, 2023
You indicated that the mechanical building and retaining wall foundations will be designed using the California Building Code presumptive load bearing values and Site Class D-default seismic design parameters. Structural loads are yet to be developed; however, we assume that structural loads will be representative for this type of construction and that only minor changes to site grades are planned.

2.0 FINDINGS

2.1 SITE BACKGROUND
At the time of our exploration, the site was occupied by the Jonson Pool facility. Based on our communication, we understand Johnson Pool was constructed approximately 100 years ago.

To gain a further understanding of the site, we reviewed historical aerial photographs from www.historicaerials.com dating back to 1947. In photos from 1947 and 1958, the site contained several trees, a V-shaped building at the intersection of Vernon Street and D Street, and had a pool. In the 1964 photograph, the trees had been removed, the V-shaped building was no longer visible, and the existing building and pool configuration were visible. The site appears to have been relatively unchanged from 1964 to 2023.

2.2 FIELD EXPLORATION
Our field exploration included performing four hand auger borings at the locations shown on the Site Plan, Figure 2. We performed our field exploration on July 26, 2023, using a 3½-inch-diameter hand auger. We approximated the location of the explorations by pacing from site features and approximated the elevations by comparing to the 2021 topographic plan prepared by BKF. An ENGEO representative logged the subsurface conditions at each location. The borings were advanced to depths ranging from approximately 3¾ to 5 feet below existing grade. We obtained disturbed soil samples from drill cuttings at various intervals in the borings using hand sampling methods.

The logs depict subsurface conditions at the exploration locations during the exploration; however, subsurface conditions may vary with time. The exploration logs are included in Appendix A.

2.3 GEOLOGY
The site is located in the Great Valley Geomorphic Province. The Great Valley is an elongate, northwest trending structural trough bound by the Coast Range on the west and the Sierra Nevada on the east. The Great Valley has been infilled with sediments primarily derived from the Sierra Nevada. The Great Valley has been and is presently being filled with sediments primarily derived from the Sierra Nevada.

The site is mapped as the Pleistocene-aged middle unit of the Riverbank Formation (Gutierrez, 2011). The Riverbank Formation consists of semi-consolidated alluvium derived from the western slopes of the Sierra Nevada, and is typically composed of clay and silt with varying amounts of gravel, clayey or silty sand, and minor lenses of poorly graded sand. The middle unit of the Riverbank Formation is considered to be approximately 260,000 years old ± 45,000 years (Marchand and Allwardt, 1981). In general, the subsurface conditions encountered in our borings across the site were typical of Riverbank Formation.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 3 August 11, 2023

2.4 SEISMICITY
The Northern California area contains numerous active earthquake faults. An active fault is defined by the California Geologic Survey as one that has had surface displacement within Holocene time (the last 11,000 years) (CGS, 2018). The site is not located within a currently designated Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone and no known surface expression of active faults are believed to exist within the site.

Although fault rupture is not anticipated, an earthquake in the region could generate strong ground shaking at the site. Numerous small earthquakes occur every year in the Northern California region, and larger earthquakes have been recorded and can be expected to occur in the future. To determine nearby active faults that are capable of generating strong seismic ground shaking at the site, we utilized the USGS Unified Hazard Tool* and deaggregated the hazard at the peak ground acceleration (PGA) for 2,475-year return period, with the resulting faults listed in Table 2.4-1.

TABLE 2.4-1: Active Faults Capable of Producing Significant Ground Shaking at the Site (Latitude: 38.7403 Longitude: -121.2950)
SOURCE

RRUP MOMENT MAGNITUDE
(KM) (MILES) MW
Swain Ravine - Spenceville [3] 23.9 14.9 6.9
Great Valley 04a Trout Creek [2] 67.5 41.9 7.3
Hunting Creek - Berryessa [3] 84.8 52.7 7.6
*USGS Unified Hazard Tool - Edition: Dynamic Conterminous U.S. 2014 (update) (v4.2.0)

2.5 SURFACE CONDITIONS
The 2021 topographic plan shows grades within the site range from approximately Elevation 150 feet in the southwest to Elevation 156 feet in the northeast (Datum: Unknown). At the time of our visit, the proposed pool project area was occupied by the existing pool and associated improvements. We observed the following site features during our field exploration. • Existing pool up to 8 feet in depth, and associated slides, ladder, and lifeguard podium • Mechanical room building, storage building, dressing room buildings, and spectator bench • Site walls up to approximately 8 feet in height along the southwestern side of the pool, which retain up to approximately 5 feet (See Photo 2.5-2). The pool deck above the wall appeared to have settled over time at one location, resulting in cracked concrete. • Retaining wall up to approximately 4 feet in height along Vernon Street. • Concrete pool deck and flatwork. We measured the thickness of the pool deck at three locations by hand digging and exposed the thickness of 3 inches, 3½ inches, and 3½ inches. • Landscaping surrounding the existing improvements. A mature tree was observed in the southwest.

Please refer to the Site Plan, Figure 2, for more information on site features.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 4 August 11, 2023
PHOTO 2.5-1: Existing Pool, Slide, and Pooldeck PHOTO 2.5-2: View of Retaining Wall Looking Northeast

2.6 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
We observed fill in each of our four hand auger borings. The depth of fill at each hand auger is summarized in Table 2.6-1 below. The fill consisted of lean clay with varying sand content, silty sand, and clayey sand. Laboratory testing of the silty sand fill in Boring 1-HA1 and 1-HA2 resulted in a plasticity index of 2, and expansion index of 3, respectively. These lab test results correlate with low soil expansion potential.

TABLE 2.6-1: Existing Fill Thickness Encountered

HAND AUGER LOCATION EXISTING FILL THICKNESS
(FEET)
1-HA1 3¼
1-HA2 1½
1-HA3 4
1-HA4 1¾
Below the fill, the borings generally encountered native clayey sand, lean clay with varying sand content, and silt with varying sand content to the terminal depth explored of 5 feet. We encountered practical refusal in 1-HA1 on cemented native soil at 3¾ feet.

We did not encounter any noticeably weak or compressible soil in our exploratory borings.

Consult the Site Plan and boring logs for specific subsurface conditions at each location. We include our exploration logs in Appendix A. The logs contain the soil type, color, consistency, and visual classification in general accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System. The logs graphically depict the subsurface conditions encountered at the time of the exploration.

2.7 GROUNDWATER AND PERCHED WATER CONDITIONS
We did not observe static groundwater in any of our subsurface explorations. According to the California Water Data Library, there is a well on site identified as Dpool A. Groundwater depth Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 5 August 11, 2023
within the 245-foot-deep well was indicated to range from 138 feet to 145 feet during the span of 2016 to 2023. According to groundwater depth contours on the State of California Department of Wate Resource’s SGMA Data Viewer, the water table around the site was as shallow as approximately 60 to 70 feet below ground surface in Spring of 2017 (DWR, 2023).

2.8 LABORATORY TESTING
We performed laboratory tests on selected soil samples to evaluate their engineering index and properties. For this project, we performed moisture content, plasticity index, expansion index, sieve analysis, compaction curve, remolded direct shear, and soil corrosion potential testing.

Moisture contents and dry densities are recorded on the boring logs in Appendix A; other laboratory data is included in Appendix B.

3.0 CONCLUSIONS
From a geotechnical engineering viewpoint, in our opinion, the site is suitable for the proposed improvements, provided the geotechnical recommendations in this report are properly incorporated into the design plans and specifications.

The primary geotechnical concerns that could affect design of the proposed improvements is existing fill. We summarize our conclusions below.

3.1 EXISTING FILL
As described in Section 2.6, our hand auger borings encountered fill that varied in depth from 1½ to 4 feet. We understand the City of Roseville has no compaction documentation from when the fill was placed originally. For this reason, we consider the fill to be non-engineered and unsuitable for support of new improvements. Non-engineered fills can undergo excessive settlement, especially under new fill or building loads. We recommend complete removal and recompaction of the existing fill. We present fill removal recommendations in Section 5.

The fill appeared similar to the native soil, and therefore, we anticipate that the soil was likely derived from the pool excavation and can be reused.

3.2 EXPANSIVE SOIL
As described in Section 2.6, we encountered silt, lean clay, and sandy lean clay at various depths in each of our hand auger borings. Laboratory testing on the near-surface silt in Boring 1-HA2 resulted in an expansion index of 3, correlating with a very low expansion potential. Laboratory testing on the silty sand in Boring 1-HA1 resulted in a plasticity index of 2, which correlates with a low expansion potential. The lean clay were generally low to medium plasticity, with sand content of approximately 15 to 50 percent.

Expansive soil changes in volume with changes in moisture. It can shrink or swell and cause heaving and cracking of slabs-on-grade, pavements, and structures founded on shallow foundations.

Based on our subsurface exploration, laboratory test results, we opine that expansive soil poses a low risk to the proposed improvements. To reduce the potential for damage to the planned improvements, we recommend that the upper 12 inches of the maintenance building pad and pool Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 6 August 11, 2023
deck consist of low-expansive soil with an expansion index of 50 or less. We anticipate this can be achieved using onsite soil. ENGEO should be retained to observe the site conditions during grading to verify that this condition is met.

3.3 FOUNDATION SUPPORT
We understand the retaining walls and mechanical building foundations will be designed using the presumptive load bearing values from Table 1806.2 of the 2022 CBC. Based on our findings, the foundations can be designed assuming Table 1806.2 presumptive load bearing values for Class 4 Materials. This corresponds with a vertical foundation pressure of 2,000 pounds-per-square-foot (psf), lateral bearing pressure of 150 psf/ft, and coefficient of friction of 0.25.

3.4 2022 CBC SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS
The 2022 CBC utilizes seismic design criteria established in the ASCE/SEI Standard ”Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures,” (ASCE 7-16). We understand the site is being designed using building code minimums and Site Class D-Default parameters. In Table 3.4-1 below, we provide the CBC seismic parameters based on the United States Geological Survey’s (USGS’) Seismic Design Maps for your use.

TABLE 3.4-1: 2022 CBC Seismic Design Parameters, Latitude: 38.74026 Longitude: -121.29485

PARAMETER VALUE
Site Class D-Default
Mapped MCER Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Periods, SS (g) 0.441 Mapped MCER Spectral Response Acceleration at 1-second Period, S1 (g) 0.221 Site Coefficient, Fa 1.447
Site Coefficient, Fv 2.158
MCER Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Periods, SMS (g) 0.638 MCER Spectral Response Acceleration at 1-second Period, SM1 (g) 0.477 Design Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Periods, SDS (g) 0.425 Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 1-second Period, SD1 (g) 0.318 Mapped MCE Geometric Mean (MCEG) Peak Ground Acceleration, PGA (g) 0.187 Site Coefficient, FPGA 1.426
MCEG Peak Ground Acceleration adjusted for Site Class effects, PGAM (g) 0.267 Long period transition-period, TL (sec) 12
*The parameters above should only be used for calculation of Ts, determination of Seismic Design Category, and, when taking the exceptions under Items 1 and 2 of ASCE 7-16 Section 11.4.8. (Supplement Number 3 https://ascelibrary.org/doi/epdf/10.1061/9780784414248.sup3).

ASCE 7-16 requires a site-specific ground-motion hazard analysis for Site Class D sites with a mapped S1 value greater than or equal to 0.2. However, Section 11.4.8 of ASCE 7-16 and Supplement No. 3 provide an exception to this requirement. A site-specific ground-motion hazard analysis is not required where the value of the parameter SM1 determined by Equation 11.4-2 and shown in Table 1 is increased by 50 percent for developing the mapped Risk-Targeted Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCER) spectral response, calculating SD1, and evaluating Cs in accordance with Chapter 12 of ASCE 7-16.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 7 August 11, 2023

3.5 SOIL CORROSION POTENTIAL
As part of this study, we obtained a representative soil sample and submitted to an analytical lab for determination of pH, resistivity, sulfate, and chloride to assist in selecting appropriate corrosion protection for underground utilities. The results are included in Appendix B and summarized in the table below.

TABLE 3.5-1: Corrosivity Test Results
SAMPLE

LOCATION DEPTH PH RESISTIVITY (OHMS-CM)

CHLORIDE
(MG/KG)

SULFATE
(MG/KG)
1-HA2 2.0 5.56 2,360 2.6 13
The 2022 CBC references the 2019 American Concrete Institute Manual, ACI 318-19, Section 19.3.1 for concrete durability requirements. ACI Table 19.3.1.1 provides the following exposure categories and classes, and Table 19.3.2.1 provides requirements for concrete in contact with soil based upon the exposure class.

Considering a ‘Not Applicable’ sulfate exposure, there is no requirement for cement type or water-cement ratio, however, a minimum concrete compressive strength of 2,500 psi is specified by the building code. For this sulfate range, we recommend Type II cement and a concrete mix design for foundations and building slabs-on-grade that incorporates a maximum water-cement ratio of 0.50. It should be noted, however, that the structural engineering design requirements for concrete may result in more stringent concrete specifications.

Based on the resistivity measurements, the soil is considered highly corrosive to buried metal piping (Roberge, 2006). Values tested for chloride do not pose a significant impact to metals or concrete.

If desired to investigate this further, we recommend a corrosion consultant be retained to evaluate if specific corrosion recommendations are advised for the project.

4.0 CONSTRUCTION MONITORING
Our experience and that of our profession clearly indicate that the risk of costly design, construction, and maintenance problems can be significantly lowered by retaining the design geotechnical engineering firm to:

1. Review the improvement plans and specifications prior to construction to evaluate whether our recommendations have been implemented, and to provide additional or modified recommendations, as needed. This also allows us to check if any changes have occurred in the nature, design or location of the proposed improvements and provides the opportunity to prepare a written response with updated recommendations.

2. Perform construction monitoring to check the validity of the assumptions we made to prepare this report. Earthwork operations should be performed under the observation of our representative to check that the site is properly prepared, the selected fill materials are satisfactory, and that placement and compaction of the fills has been performed in accordance with our recommendations and the project specifications. Sufficient notification to us prior to earthwork is important.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 8 August 11, 2023
If we are not retained to perform the services described above, then we are not responsible for any party’s interpretation of our report (and subsequent addenda, letters, and verbal discussions).

5.0 EARTHWORK RECOMMENDATIONS
As used in this report, relative compaction refers to the in-place dry unit weight of soil expressed as a percentage of the maximum dry unit weight of the same soil, as determined by the ASTM D1557 laboratory compaction test procedure, latest edition. Compacted soil is not acceptable if it is unstable; it should exhibit only minimal flexing or pumping, as observed by an ENGEO representative. The term “moisture condition” refers to adjusting the moisture content of the soil by either drying if too wet or adding water if too dry.

We define “structural areas” as any area sensitive to settlement of compacted soil. These areas include, but are not limited to building pads, sidewalks, pavement areas, and retaining walls.

5.1 EXISTING FILL REMOVAL
We recommend the existing fill be removed down to competent native soil, as evaluated by ENGEO. The fill should be removed to at least 5 feet beyond the limits of the proposed improvements, or site boundary, whichever is less. The lateral extent and depth of fill are expected to vary. Consult the boring logs in Appendix A for fill depths at specific locations. The existing fill may be reused as engineered fill.

5.2 EXPANSIVE SOIL MITIGATION
We recommend the upper 12 inches of the mechanical building pad and pool deck subgrade consist of low expansive material with an expansion index of less than 50. We anticipate the on-site soil will achieve this, however this should be confirmed during grading.

5.3 GENERAL SITE CLEARING
Areas to be developed should be cleared of surface and subsurface deleterious materials, including existing building foundations, slabs, buried utility and irrigation lines, pavements, debris, and designated trees, shrubs, and associated roots. Clean and backfill excavations extending below the planned finished site grades with suitable material compacted to the recommendations presented in Section 5.6. ENGEO should be retained to observe and test backfilling.

Following clearing, the site should be stripped to remove surface organic materials. Strip organics from the ground surface to a depth of at least 2 to 3 inches below the surface. Remove strippings from the site or, if considered suitable by the landscape architect and owner, use them in landscape fill.

5.4 OVER-OPTIMUM SOIL MOISTURE CONDITIONS
The contractor should anticipate encountering excessively over-optimum (wet) soil moisture conditions during winter or spring grading, or during or following periods of rain. Wet soil can make proper compaction difficult or impossible. Wet soil conditions can be mitigated by:

1. Frequent spreading and mixing during warm dry weather,

2. Mixing with drier materials,
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 9 August 11, 2023

3. Mixing with a lime, lime-flyash, or cement product, or

4. Stabilizing with aggregate or geotextile stabilization fabric, or both.

Options 3 and 4 should be evaluated by ENGEO prior to implementation.

5.5 ACCEPTABLE FILL
On-site soil is suitable as fill material provided it is processed to remove concentrations of organic material, debris, and particles greater than 8 inches in maximum dimension. Imported fill materials should meet the above requirements and have an expansion index less than 50, and at least 20 percent passing the No. 200 sieve. Allow ENGEO to sample and test proposed imported fill materials at least 5 days prior to delivery to the site.

5.6 FILL COMPACTION

5.6.1 Grading in Structural Areas
Perform subgrade compaction prior to fill placement, following cutting operations, and in areas left at grade as follows.

1. Scarify to a depth of at least 8 inches.

2. Moisture condition soil to at least 1 percentage points above the optimum moisture content.

3. Compact the subgrade to at least 90 percent relative compaction. Compact the upper 6 inches of pool deck, exterior flatwork, and pavement subgrade to at least 95 percent relative compaction prior to aggregate base placement.

After the subgrade soil has been compacted, place and compact acceptable fill as follows.

1. Spread fill in loose lifts that do not exceed 8 inches.

2. Moisture condition lifts to at least 1 percentage point above the optimum moisture content.

3. Compact fill to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction; Compact the upper 6 inches of fill in pavement areas to 95 percent relative compaction prior to aggregate base placement.

5.6.2 Underground Utility Backfill
The contractor is responsible for conducting trenching and shoring in accordance with Cal/OSHA requirements. Project consultants involved in utility design should specify pipe bedding materials.

5.6.2.1 Structural Areas
Place and compact trench backfill in structural areas as follows.

1. Trench backfill should have a maximum particle size of 6 inches, unless more stringent requirements are required by City of Roseville Standards.

2. Moisture condition trench backfill to or slightly above the optimum moisture content. Moisture condition backfill outside the trench.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 10 August 11, 2023

3. Place fill in loose lifts not exceeding 12 inches.

4. Compact fill to a minimum of 90 percent relative compaction (ASTM D1557).

Jetting of backfill is not an acceptable means of compaction. We may allow thicker loose lift thicknesses based on acceptable density test results, where increased effort is applied to rocky fill, or for the first lift of fill over pipe bedding.

5.6.3 Landscape Fill
Process, place and compact fill in accordance with Sections 5.6.1 and 5.6.2, except compact to at least 85 percent relative compaction (ASTM D1557).

5.7 SLOPES
Construct final slope gradients to 2:1 (horizontal:vertical) or flatter. The contractor is responsible to construct temporary construction slopes in accordance with Cal/OSHA requirements.

5.8 SITE DRAINAGE
The project civil engineer is responsible for designing surface drainage improvements. With regard to geotechnical engineering issues, we recommend that finish grades be sloped away from buildings and pavements to the maximum extent practical. The latest California Building Code Section 1804.4 specifies minimum slopes of 5 percent away from foundations. Where development conditions restrict meeting this slope requirement, we recommend that specific drainage requirements be developed. As a minimum, we recommend the following.

1. Discharge roof downspouts into closed conduits and direct away from foundations to appropriate drainage devices.

2. Do not allow water to pond near foundations, pavements, or exterior flatwork.

6.0 RETAINING WALL RECOMMENDATIONS

6.1 LATERAL SOIL PRESSURES
Design proposed retaining walls to resist lateral earth pressures from adjoining natural materials and/or backfill and from any surcharge loads. Provided that adequate drainage is included as recommended below, design walls restrained from movement at the top to resist an equivalent fluid pressure of 60 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). In addition, design restrained walls to resist an additional uniform pressure equivalent to one-half of any surcharge loads applied at the surface.

Design unrestrained retaining walls with adequate drainage to resist an equivalent fluid pressure of 40 pcf plus one-third of any surcharge loads.

The above lateral earth pressures assume level backfill conditions and sufficient drainage behind the walls to prevent any build-up of hydrostatic pressures from surface water infiltration and/or a rise in the groundwater level. If adequate drainage is not provided, we recommend that an additional equivalent fluid pressure of 40 pcf be added to the values recommended above for both Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 11 August 11, 2023
restrained and unrestrained walls. Damp-proofing of the walls should be included in areas where wall moisture would be problematic.

Construct a drainage system, as recommended below, to reduce hydrostatic forces behind the retaining wall.

6.2 RETAINING WALL DRAINAGE
Construct either graded rock drains or geosynthetic drainage composites behind the retaining walls to reduce hydrostatic lateral forces. For rock drain construction, we recommend two types of rock drain alternatives.

1. A minimum 12-inch-thick layer of Class 2 Permeable Filter Material (Caltrans Specification 68-2.02F) placed directly behind the wall, or

2. A minimum 12-inch-thick layer of washed, crushed rock with 100 percent passing the ¾-inch sieve and less than 5 percent passing the No. 4 sieve. Envelop rock in a minimum 6-ounce, non-woven geotextile filter fabric.

For both types of rock drains:

1. Place the rock drain directly behind the walls of the structure.

2. Extend rock drains from the wall base to within 12 inches of the top of the wall.

3. Place a minimum of 4-inch-diameter perforated pipe (glued joints and end caps) at the base of the wall, inside the rock drain and fabric, with perforations placed down.

4. Place pipe at a gradient at least 1 percent to direct water away from the wall by gravity to a drainage facility.

ENGEO should review and approve geosynthetic composite drainage systems prior to use.

6.3 BACKFILL
Backfill behind retaining walls should be placed and compacted in accordance with Section 5.6.1.

Use light compaction equipment within 5 feet of the wall face. If heavy compaction equipment is used, the walls should be temporarily braced to avoid excessive wall movement.

6.4 FOUNDATIONS
As recommended in Section 3.3, we recommend the retaining wall foundations be designed for a Class 4 Material from Table 1806.2 of the 2022 CBC. The minimum embedment should be at least 18 inches.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 12 August 11, 2023

7.0 SWIMMING POOL RECOMMENDATIONS

7.1 POOL SHELL
The pool shell should be designed by the project civil engineer. We recommend that the pool walls be designed to resist lateral earth pressures from adjoining natural materials and/or backfill and from any surcharge loads. We recommend the pool shell be designed to resist a minimum equivalent fluid pressure of 60 pounds per cubic foot (pcf) for walls with adequate drainage; we consider adequate drainage as a wall that incorporates a wall drainage system as recommended in Section 6.2. If adequate drainage is not provided, we recommend that an additional equivalent fluid pressure of 40 pcf be added to the value recommended above. In addition, design the pool shell to resist an additional uniform pressure equivalent to one-half of any surcharge loads applied at the surface.

For pool walls deeper than 6 feet, we recommend performing a seismic check using an active equivalent fluid pressure of 40 pcf plus a seismic equivalent fluid pressure of 15 pcf.

We recommend incorporating a hydrostatic pressure relief valve for the pool.

All backfill should be placed in accordance with recommendations provided for engineered fill in Reference 1. Light equipment should be used during backfill compaction to minimize possible overstressing of the pool shell.

The pool excavations should be observed by ENGEO prior to concrete placement.

7.2 POOL UNDERDRAIN
We recommend that the pool include the installation of subdrainage facilities under the shells to protect adjacent improvements against any potential leakage. The subdrainage system should consist of a minimum 4-inch-thick layer of Class 2 permeable material placed below the pool and outletted in an appropriate location where leakage, if any, can be readily observed. The subdrain outlet should consist of an initial section of 4-inch-diameter perforated pipe. This pipe should be completely encapsulated in Class 2 permeable material. The perforated pipe should change to solid sealed pipe when it leaves the pool vicinity to its approved outlet. If unusual amounts of water are observed flowing from the outlet, the pool should be checked for leakage and repaired.

An acceptable alternative to Class 2 permeable material would be ¾-inch crushed rock enveloped in filter fabric.

7.3 POOL DECK
The pool deck slabs-on-grade should be well reinforced and designed by the structural engineer.

It is our opinion that the pool deck slabs should include a minimum of 4 inches of concrete reinforced with No. 3 bars spaced at no greater than 16 inches on center each way. A minimum 4-inch-thick layer of Class 2 aggregate base should be provided beneath the concrete deck. A liberal number of control joints should be incorporated in accordance with guidelines by the American Concrete Institute. Exterior pool decks and slabs-on-grade should be constructed as units that are structurally independent of the pool. This allows the slabs to move with minimum distress to the slabs or the pool.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 13 August 11, 2023
Per Section 5.2, the upper 12 inches of pool deck subgrade should consist of low expansive material with an expansion index of 50 or less.

All joints for the deck and edge coping should be filled with elastomeric sealant and should be examined regularly to ensure that no openings have developed. Minor cracking of concrete slabs/decks should be expected in the future.

The improvement areas must be positively graded at all times to provide for rapid removal of surface water runoff from the pool and spa. The finished concrete deck should have a minimum slope of at least to 2 percent away from the pool edge in all directions. All surface water should be collected and discharged into the storm drain system. Sufficient area drains should be constructed around the swimming pool to remove excessive surface water.

Engineered fill placed beneath the decking should be compacted per Section 5.6.1 and 5.6.2. The aggregate base layer beneath the pool deck concrete should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent relative compaction with a moisture content of at least 1 percentage point above optimum.

8.0 EXTERIOR FLATWORK
Exterior flatwork should be designed and constructed following City of Roseville Park Standards.

Exterior flatwork includes items such as concrete sidewalks, steps, and outdoor courtyards exposed to foot traffic only. Refer to Section 7.3 for recommendations associated with the pool deck.

9.0 LIMITATIONS AND UNIFORMITY OF CONDITIONS
This report presents geotechnical recommendations for design of the improvements discussed in Section 1.3 for the Johnson Pool Phase 2 project. If changes occur in the nature or design of the project, we should be allowed to review this report and provide additional recommendations, if any. It is the responsibility of the owner to transmit the information and recommendations of this report to the appropriate organizations or people involved in design of the project, including but not limited to developers, owners, buyers, architects, engineers, and designers. The conclusions and recommendations contained in this report are solely professional opinions and are valid for a period of no more than 2 years from the date of report issuance.

We strived to perform our professional services in accordance with generally accepted principles and practices currently employed in the area; there is no warranty, express or implied. There are risks of earth movement and property damages inherent in building on or with earth materials.

We are unable to eliminate all risks; therefore, we are unable to guarantee or warrant the results of our services.

This report is based upon field and other conditions discovered at the time of report preparation.

We developed this report with limited subsurface exploration data. We assumed that our subsurface exploration data are representative of the actual subsurface conditions across the site. Considering possible underground variability of soil and groundwater, additional costs may be required to complete the project. We recommend that the owner establish a contingency fund to cover such costs. If unexpected conditions are encountered, ENGEO must be notified immediately to review these conditions and provide additional and/or modified recommendations, as necessary.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
Page | 14 August 11, 2023
Our services did not include excavation sloping or shoring, soil volume change factors, flood potential, or a geohazard exploration. In addition, our geotechnical exploration did not include work to determine the existence of possible hazardous materials. If any hazardous materials are encountered during construction, the proper regulatory officials must be notified immediately.

This document must not be subject to unauthorized reuse, that is, reusing without written authorization of ENGEO. Such authorization is essential because it requires ENGEO to evaluate the document’s applicability given new circumstances, not the least of which is passage of time.

Actual field or other conditions will necessitate clarifications, adjustments, modifications or other changes to ENGEO’s documents. Therefore, ENGEO must be engaged to prepare the necessary clarifications, adjustments, modifications or other changes before construction activities commence or further activity proceeds. If ENGEO’s scope of services does not include on-site construction observation, or if other persons or entities are retained to provide such services, ENGEO cannot be held responsible for any or all claims arising from or resulting from the performance of such services by other persons or entities, and from any or all claims arising from or resulting from clarifications, adjustments, modifications, discrepancies or other changes necessary to reflect changed field or other conditions.

We determined the lines designating the interface between layers on the boring logs using visual observations. The transition between the materials may be abrupt or gradual. The exploration logs contain information concerning samples recovered, indications of the presence of various materials such as clay, sand, silt, rock, existing fill, etc., and observations of groundwater encountered. The field logs also contain our interpretation of the subsurface conditions between sample locations. Therefore, the logs contain both factual and interpretative information. Our recommendations are based on the contents of the final logs, which represent our interpretation of the field logs.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II
15004.001.008 Geotechnical Report
August 11, 2023

SELECTED REFERENCES
American Concrete Institute, 2019; Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.

American Society of Civil Engineers. Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and other Structures ASCE 7-16. Reston: American Society of Civil Engineers. 2016.

BKF Engineers. 2021. Topographic Survey for Johnson Pool Restroom Upgrade, Roseville, California. August 6, 2021. Project No. 20200577.

California Building Code, 2022.

California Department of Water Resources (DWR). (2023). SGMA Data Viewer, accessed August 9, 2023.

Coduto, Donald P. 1998. Geotechnical Engineering: Principles and Practices, ISBN 0-13-576380-0.

Gutierrez, Carlos. I. 2011. Preliminary Geologic Map of the Sacramento 30’ x 60’ Quadrangle, California. California Geological Survey.

Helley, E.J. and Harwood, D.S. 1985. Geologic map of the Late Cenozoic Deposits of the Sacramento Valley and Northern Sierran Foothills, California. U.S. Geological Survey, Misc. Field Studies Map MF-1790, 1:62,500.

Marchand and Allwardt. 1981. Late Cenozoic Stratigraphic Units, Northeastern San Joaquin Valley, California. Department of the Interior Geological Survey Bulletin 1470.

Roberge, P. 2006. Corrosion Basics, an Introduction – Second Edition.

Studio W Architects. 2022. 30% Architectural Plans for City of Roseville Johnson Pool Phase II, 100 D Street, Roseville, California. July 17, 2023 Project. No, 23022.

United States Geological Survey (USGS). Unified Hazard Tool - Edition: Dynamic Conterminous U.S. 2014 (update) (v4.2.0). https://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/interactive/ Not for Construction
For Council Approval

FIGURES
FIGURE 1: Vicinity Map
FIGURE 2: Site Plan
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
0 1,000 2,000
FEET
COPYRIGHT @ 2023 BY ENGEO INCORPORATED. THIS DOCUMENT MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY MEANS WHATSOEVER, NOR MAY IT BE QUOTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF ENGEO INCORPORATED. PATH: G:\DRAFTING\PROJECTS\_14000 TO 15999\15004\15004001008\GEOTECH\GEX\JOHNSON SWIMMING POOL.APRX ORIGINAL FIGURE PRINTED IN COLOR LAYOUT: VICINITY USER: CGUERIN
BASEMAP SOURCE: GOOGLE EARTH MAPPING SERVICE 2022
SCALE: AS SHOWN 1
FIGURE NO.

DRAWN BY: MMH CHECKED BY: MG
PROJECT NO. : 15004.001.008

ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA

JOHNSON POOL

VICINITY MAP
Elefa St
Badovinac Dr
Junction Blvd
6th St
Vernon St
Clinton Ave
Brady L
n
Booth Rd
Melody
Ln
Church St
Porter Dr
5th St
Fig St
Grove St
Whyte Ave
HickorySt
Circuit Dr
Elm St
Dawnridge Rd
Pleasant St
Pfe Rd
Vineyard Rd
Foothills
Blvd
Riverside Ave
Main St
Cirby Way
Atkinson St
Baseline Rd
Lower Dry
Creek
Reserve Dr
Sierra Blvd
Berry St
Alta Vista Ave
Atlantic St
King Rd
Coloma Way
Folsom R
d
Vine Ave
Darling Way
Keehner Ave
Whyte Ave
Douglas Blvd
Cirby Way
Orlando Ave
Harding Blvd
Allen S Hart Fwy
Cirby Creek
Upper Dry
Creek
Lower Dry
Creek
Roseville
Twin Oaks Ave
SITE
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
0 25 50
FEET
COPYRIGHT @ 2023 BY ENGEO INCORPORATED. THIS DOCUMENT MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED IN WHOLE OR IN PART BY ANY MEANS WHATSOEVER, NOR MAY IT BE QUOTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF ENGEO INCORPORATED. PATH: G:\DRAFTING\PROJECTS\_14000 TO 15999\15004\15004001008\GEOTECH\GEX\JOHNSON SWIMMING POOL.APRX ORIGINAL FIGURE PRINTED IN COLOR LAYOUT: SITE PLAN USER: CGUERIN
BASEMAP SOURCE: GOOGLE EARTH MAPPING SERVICE 2022
SCALE: AS SHOWN 2
FIGURE NO.

DRAWN BY: MMH CHECKED BY: MG
PROJECT NO. : 15004.001.008

ROSEVILLE, CALIFORNIA

JOHNSON POOL

SITE PLAN

PROJECT SITE

PROPOSED BUILDING FOOTPRINT
HAND AUGER BORING (ENGEO, 2023)

ALL LOCATIONS ARE APPROXIMATE

EXPLANATION
Union
Pacific
Union Pacific
Union Pacific
Union Pacific
Vernon St
D St
Johnson Pool
4th St
Vernon St
1-HA-4
1-HA-3
1-HA-2
1-HA-1
Not for Construction
For Council Approval

APPENDIX A

BORING LOG KEY

EXPLORATION LOGS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval


%25,1*


 





















!"
#$

!%&
"
'$

(

)

*"

"
(









%+

,


-







.
("-

(




/#'*01
2#$''#
$03
/#' $
(







51 4






6'1
31



!

6.

7

-
8
8
8
8
8
8 $

!

9





((
:


.

-
9  











;


 





</610
3/7#6
2

 =

#$

(

90#*$5<10
3/7#6
/


2



#$

(



 










$




/



    

/#01
><
><6?
2#<01
?0<2'#
'
6<0910
><
#

'141
'@1
9
!

.










!


:


2
!
2.
.

,

!".

:


2>
!
?

".



(
"
.
#>
!
>.
(
"

"




".

!








.

"

$ 
.,

.



 "
'6
<$
26<3
6'A*'$
6'/'
901<10
><
=
B







'6
<$
26<3
6'A*'$
6'/'
=
B
#0
61
2#<01!90<'1$
#'6
/#01
><
><6?
#?
/<C6
6<0910
><
D 
'141
2
  
2

7

(

?'1!90<'1$
#'6
/#01
><
><6?
#?
/<C6
/<6610
><
D 
'141
?


!





=


EB







D 


,




















"


(













 (



?


!





FB







D 


,








.






.

"


(













 (



261<
90<416
5'>
61
><
=B
?'1
90<416
90<416
5'>
#410










B
?'1
>'9>63
#09<'2
#'6
<$
5'>
#410







B
?'1
<$
9/
!

.


,


!






:


92
!
2.
.


,


!



".

:


5
!
5





,




.



:



!

.









.



:


/
!

.

,

!


:


/6
!
'
"










(
"
.
26
!
'
"
".








(
"
.
/#01
><
><6?
2#<01
?0<2'#
'
/<6610
><
#

'141
'@1
261<
<$
5'>
61
><
=B
?'1
016<'41
$1'3 2#'123
?'1
019>)
#410

% !
!%
%!%
!
!
'6
<$
26<3
4103
'??
><0$
'??
4103
#?
#?
'6
<$
26<3 76#5%?##
!
/1$'*/ 2#<01
/1$'*/
'??
!
!=
#410
=
!
4103
6##1
2#7761 7#*6$10 ?'1 2#<01
<$ 90<416

/1$'*/
$11
$11
6##1
<$
<$
90<416
4103
$11
95
!
5











!


:


#6
!
6
(
"
.

"




".
/>
!
1
"





(
"
.




!


(

(

(



.


9 


(

0 
0
"

.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval

17.1 16.1
28 26 43
LEAN CLAY WITH SAND (CL), dark brown, moist, low plasticity, approximately 25% fine- to medium-grained sand, roots up to 1/4" in size [FILL]
SILTY SAND (SM), dark reddish brown, moist, fine- to
coarse-grained sand, 43% non plastic fines, rootlets [FILL] Grades to increased moisture
SANDY SILT (ML), yellowish red, hard, moist, low plasticity, approximately 30% fine- to medium-grained sand, moderately cemented [NATIVE]
Boring terminated at a depth of approximately 3.75 feet due to refusal. No groundwater encountered.
2 Blow Count/FootFines Content(% passing #200 sieve)Moisture Content(% dry weight)Dry Unit Weight(pcf)Unconfined Strength(tsf) *field approx Atterberg Limits
S. Heagy/N. Broussard
N/A
Hand Auger
N/A
Liquid LimitPlastic Limit
DATE DRILLED:

HOLE DEPTH:

HOLE DIAMETER:

SURF ELEV (Unknown):
7/26/2023
Approx. 3¾ ft.

3.5 in.

Approx. 156 ft.

DESCRIPTION
Log SymbolWater Level
Geotechnical Exploration
Johnson Pool Phase II
Roseville, CA
15004.001.008
Depth in Feet
1 2
3 Sample Type
LOGGED / REVIEWED BY:

DRILLING CONTRACTOR:

DRILLING METHOD:

HAMMER TYPE:

LATITUDE: 38.7405 LONGITUDE: -121.2949
LOG OF BORING 1-HA1
Elevation in Feet
155
Plasticity Index
LOG - GEOTECHNICAL W/ELEV. BORING LOGS V1.GPJ ENGEO INC.GDT 8/10/23 Not for Construction
For Council Approval

17.3 113.7

18.2 15
SILT WITH SAND (ML), dark reddish brown, moist, low plasticity, approximately 35% fine- to medium-grained sand, rootlets [FILL] [Expansion Index = 3]
LEAN CLAY WITH SAND (CL), reddish brown, medium
plasticity, approximately 15% fine- to coarse-grained sand, rootlets [NATIVE]
SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL), reddish brown, moist, medium
plasticity, approximately 35% fine- to coarse-grained sand, rootlets
CLAYEY SAND (SC), yellowish red, moist, fine- to
coarse-grained sand, trace subangular to subrounded fine gravel with rootlets, non plastic fines
Boring terminated at a depth of approximately 5 feet. No groundwater encountered.

Blow Count/FootFines Content(% passing #200 sieve)Moisture Content(% dry weight)Dry Unit Weight(pcf)Unconfined Strength(tsf) *field approx Atterberg Limits Liquid Limit Plastic Limit
7/26/2023
Approx. 5 ft.

3.5 in.

Approx. 152½ ft.

DESCRIPTION
Log SymbolWater Level
Geotechnical Exploration
Johnson Pool Phase II
Roseville, CA
15004.001.008
Depth in Feet
5 Sample Type
LOGGED / REVIEWED BY:

DRILLING CONTRACTOR:

DRILLING METHOD:

HAMMER TYPE:

LATITUDE: 38.7403 LONGITUDE: -121.2948
LOG OF BORING 1-HA2
Elevation in Feet
150
Plasticity Index
LOG - GEOTECHNICAL W/ELEV. BORING LOGS V1.GPJ ENGEO INC.GDT 8/10/23 S. Heagy/N. Broussard
N/A
Hand Auger
N/A
DATE DRILLED:

HOLE DEPTH:

HOLE DIAMETER:

SURF ELEV (Unknown):

Not for Construction
For Council Approval

17.5 17.1
SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL), dark reddish brown, moist, low
plasticity, approximately 35% fine- to coarse-grained sand, roots up to 1/8" in size [FILL]
CLAYEY SAND (SC), reddish brown, moist, low plasticity, approximately 30% fines, trace subangular coarse gravel and rootlets [FILL]
Grades to wet, approximately 40% fines
LEAN CLAY WITH SAND (CL), reddish brown, moist, medium
plasticity, approximately 20% fine- to medium-grained sand, rootlets present [NATIVE]
Boring terminated at a depth of approximately 5 feet. No groundwater encountered.

Blow Count/FootFines Content(% passing #200 sieve)Moisture Content(% dry weight)Dry Unit Weight(pcf)Unconfined Strength(tsf) *field approx Atterberg Limits Liquid Limit Plastic Limit
7/26/2023
Approx. 5 ft.

3.5 in.

Approx. 155½ ft.

DESCRIPTION
Log SymbolWater Level
Geotechnical Exploration
Johnson Pool Phase II
Roseville, CA
15004.001.008
Depth in Feet
5 Sample Type
LOGGED / REVIEWED BY:

DRILLING CONTRACTOR:

DRILLING METHOD:

HAMMER TYPE:

LATITUDE: 38.7402 LONGITUDE: -121.2949
LOG OF BORING 1-HA3
Elevation in Feet
155
Plasticity Index
LOG - GEOTECHNICAL W/ELEV. BORING LOGS V1.GPJ ENGEO INC.GDT 8/10/23 S. Heagy/N. Broussard
N/A
Hand Auger
N/A
DATE DRILLED:

HOLE DEPTH:

HOLE DIAMETER:

SURF ELEV (Unknown):

Not for Construction
For Council Approval

22.5 13.9
SANDY LEAN CLAY (CL), dark brown, moist, low plasticity, approximately 35% fine- to medium-grained sand, roots up to 1/16" in size [FILL]
CLAYEY SAND (SC), reddish brown, moist, fine- to
coarse-grained sand, approximately 40% non plastic fines, rootlets [NATIVE]
Grades to increased coarse-grained sand, approximately 20% fines, traces of subangular to subrounded fine gravel, rootlets Boring terminated at a depth of approximately 5 feet. No groundwater encountered.

Blow Count/FootFines Content(% passing #200 sieve)Moisture Content(% dry weight)Dry Unit Weight(pcf)Unconfined Strength(tsf) *field approx Atterberg Limits Liquid Limit Plastic Limit
7/26/2023
Approx. 5 ft.

3.5 in.

Approx. 151½ ft.

DESCRIPTION
Log SymbolWater Level
Geotechnical Exploration
Johnson Pool Phase II
Roseville, CA
15004.001.008
Depth in Feet
5 Sample Type
LOGGED / REVIEWED BY:

DRILLING CONTRACTOR:

DRILLING METHOD:

HAMMER TYPE:

LATITUDE: 38.7402 LONGITUDE: -121.2952
LOG OF BORING 1-HA4
Elevation in Feet
150
Plasticity Index
LOG - GEOTECHNICAL W/ELEV. BORING LOGS V1.GPJ ENGEO INC.GDT 8/10/23 S. Heagy/N. Broussard
N/A
Hand Auger
N/A
DATE DRILLED:

HOLE DEPTH:

HOLE DIAMETER:

SURF ELEV (Unknown):

Not for Construction
For Council Approval

APPENDIX B

LABORATORY TEST DATA
Liquid and Plastic Limits Test Report
Particle Size Distribution Report
Moisture Content Report
Expansion Index Test Report
Consolidated Drained Direct Shear
Compaction Curve Report
Analytical Results of Soil Corrosion
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
= = =
= = =
= = =

FINE COARSE
DEPTH (ft):

COARSE MEDIUM FINE

42.7 ATTERBERG LIMITS
PL = 26
SAMPLE ID:

1.5-2.5
[email protected]
% FINES

SILT CLAY
% +75mm
% GRAVEL % SAND
D15
ASTM D1140, Method B

PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION REPORT
SIEVE
SIZE

PERCENT
FINER
SPEC.*

PERCENT
PASS?
(X=NO)

SOIL DESCRIPTION
See exploration logs
#200 42.7
PI: ASTM D4318, Wet Method
Soak time = 180 min
Dry sample weight = 965.1 g
Largest particle size < No. 4 Sieve
* (no specification provided)
LL = 28 PI = 2

COEFFICIENTS
D90 D85 D60
D50 D30

REMARKS

CLASSIFICATION
USCS = SM
D10 Cu Cc
2213 Plaza Drive | Rocklin, CA 95765 | T: (916) 786-8883 | F: (888) 279-2698 | www.engeo.com REPORT DATE: 8/1/2023
TESTED BY: R. Montalvo
REVIEWED BY: M. Gilbert
CLIENT: City of Roseville
PROJECT NAME: Johnson Pool Phase II
PROJECT NO: 15004.001.008 PH001
PROJECT LOCATION: Roseville, CA
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 90
100
100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001

PERCENT FINER
GRAIN SIZE - mm.
6 in.
3 in.
2 in.
1 ½ in.
1 in.
¾ in.
½ in.
⅜ in.
#4
#10
#20
#40
#60#100
#140
#200
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
15004.001.008 PH001
Roseville, CA
8/1/2023
PI: ASTM D4318, Wet Method
City of Roseville
DEPTH (ft) PI
2 SAMPLE ID MATERIAL DESCRIPTION LL PL
[email protected] 1.5-2.5 See exploration logs 28 26
2213 Plaza Drive | Rocklin, CA 95765 | T: (916) 786-8883 | F: (888) 279-2698 | www.engeo.com PROJECT LOCATION:

PROJECT NO:

PROJECT NAME:

CLIENT:

REPORT DATE:

L. Schmitz
M. Gilbert
TESTED BY:

REVIEWED BY:

Johnson Pool Phase II

LIQUID AND PLASTIC LIMITS TEST REPORT
ASTM D4318
[email protected]

SAMPLE ID TEST METHOD REMARKS
0 10
20 30
40 50
60 70
80 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140

PLASTICITY INDEX

LIQUID LIMIT
MH or OH
CH or OH
CL-ML ML or OL
CL or OL
Dashed Line indicates the approximate
upper limit boundary for natural soils
Not for Construction
For Council Approval

MOISTURE CONTENT REPORT
ASTM D2216
Johnson Pool Phase II
City of Roseville

METHOD A OR B
DEPTH (ft.) 1.5-2.5

17.1 SAMPLE ID 1-HA1 1-HA1 1-HA2 1-HA2 1-HA2 1-HA3 1-HA3 1-HA4

3.25-3.75 0.5-1 2-2.5 4-4.5 0.5-1
2213 Plaza Drive | Rocklin, CA 95765 | T: (916) 786-8883 | F: (888) 279-2698 | www.engeo.com TESTED BY:

REPORT DATE:

PROJECT LOCATION:

PROJECT NO:

PROJECT NAME:

CLIENT:

L. Schmitz
7/31/2023
Roseville, CA
15004.001.008 PH001
REVIEWED BY: M. Gilbert

2.5-3 0.5-1

B B B B B

22.5 SAMPLE ID 1-HA4
MOISTURE CONTENT (%) 16.1 17.3 18.2 15.0 17.5

METHOD A OR B B
DEPTH (ft.) 2.5-3

SAMPLE ID
MOISTURE CONTENT (%) 13.9

METHOD A OR B
DEPTH (ft.)

SAMPLE ID
MOISTURE CONTENT (%)
MOISTURE CONTENT (%)

METHOD A OR B
DEPTH (ft.)

SAMPLE ID
MOISTURE CONTENT (%)

METHOD A OR B
DEPTH (ft.)

SAMPLE ID
MOISTURE CONTENT (%)

METHOD A OR B
DEPTH (ft.)
B B B

17.1 Not for Construction
For Council Approval

EXPANSION INDEX TEST REPORT
ASTM D4829
1-HA2 at 0.5 to 1 feet

SAMPLE LOCATION
See exploration logs

SOIL DESCRIPTION

15.7 FINAL

MOISTURE

CONTENT
(%)

8.6 INITIAL

MOISTURE

CONTENT
(%)
113.7

INITIAL DRY

DENSITY
(pcf)

SAMPLE ID
[email protected] 3

EXPANSION
INDEX
ASTM D4829
51-90
Very Low
21-50

EXPANSION INDEX POTENTIAL EXPANSION
0-20
REVIEWED BY: M. Gilbert
Above 130
CLIENT: City of Roseville
PROJECT NAME: Johnson Pool Phase II
Very High
Medium
Low
91-130 High
TABLE 1: CLASSIFICATION OF EXPANSIVE SOIL
2213 Plaza Drive | Rocklin, CA 95765 | T: (916) 786-8883 | F: (888) 279-2698 | www.engeo.com PROJECT NO: 15004.001.008 PH001
PROJECT LOCATION: Roseville, CA
REPORT DATE: 8/3/2023
TESTED BY: M. Ryan
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
2213 Plaza Drive | Rocklin, CA 95765 | T: (916) 786-8883 | F: (888) 279-2698 | www.engeo.com TESTED BY: R. Montalvo
REVIEWED BY: M. Gilbert
15004.001.008 PH001
PROJECT LOCATION: Roseville, CA
REPORT DATE: 8/7/2023
CLIENT: City of Roseville, CA
PROJECT NAME: Johnson Pool Phase II
PROJECT NO:

C(psf)
PEAK:

SAMPLE TYPE: In-situ RESIDUAL: 31.7 46.1
DESCRIPTION: See exploration logs
ASTM D4318

LIQUID LIMIT
PLASTIC LIMIT:

SAMPLE ID: [email protected]

SPECIMEN INFORMATION STRENGTH
PARAMETERS ɸ°
REMARKS: Consolidation data inconclusive. Default minimum shear rates used per ASTM D3080
n/a
n/a
DEPTH (ft): 1.5-2.5 ft 36.1 117.0
RATE (IN/MIN) 0.00495 0.00181 0.00181
DIAMETER-TO-HEIGHT RATIO 2.437 2.409 2.409
RESIDUAL STRESS (ksf) 0.67 0.35 0.21
RESIDUAL STRAIN (%) 15.00 15.00 15.00
PEAK STRESS (ksf) 0.82 0.51 0.26
PEAK STRAIN (%) 1.04 1.04 0.83
HEIGHT (IN.) 0.990 1.001 1.001
NORMAL STRESS (ksf) 1.00 0.50 0.25
SATURATION (%) 100.00 100.00 100.00
DIAMETER (IN.) 2.412 2.412 2.412
DRY DENSITY (PCF) 116.85 115.50 115.51
VOID RATIO 0.441 0.458 0.458
FINAL PARAMETERS 1 ksf 0.5 ksf 0.25 ksf
MOISTURE (%) 16.36 16.98 16.98
DIAMETER-TO-HEIGHT RATIO 2.412 2.412 2.412
SPECIFIC GRAVITY (ASTM D854) 2.698 2.698 2.698
DIAMETER (IN.) 2.412 2.412 2.412
HEIGHT (IN.) 1.000 1.000 1.000
VOID RATIO 0.456 0.456 0.456
SATURATION (%) 59.71 59.70 59.71

CONSOLIDATED DRAINED DIRECT SHEAR
ASTM D3080

SPECIMEN
INITIAL PARAMETERS 1 ksf 0.5 ksf 0.25 ksf
MOISTURE (%) 10.10 10.10 10.10
DRY DENSITY (PCF) 115.65 115.65 115.65

0.0 0.1

0.2 0.3

0.4 0.5

0.6 0.7

0.8 0.9

1.0 0.00.10.20.30.40.50.60.70.80.91.01.11.21.31.41.51.61.71.81.92.02.12.22.32.42.52.62.72.82.93.0 SHEAR STRESS (ksf)
NORMAL STRESS (ksf)
Peak(s) Peak Linear Regression Residual(s) Residual Linear Regression

0.000

0.004

0.008

0.012

0.016
0% 5% 10% 15%
VERTICAL DISPLACEMENT (in.)
HORIZONTAL DISPLACEMENT (%)
1 ksf 0.5 ksf 0.25 ksf

0.0 0.1

0.2 0.3

0.4 0.5

0.6 0.7

0.8 0.9
0% 5% 10% 15%
SHEAR STRESS (ksf)
HORIZONTAL DISPLACEMENT (%)
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
REVIEWED BY: M. Gilbert
2213 Plaza Drive | Rocklin, CA 95765 | T: (916) 786-8883 | F: (888) 279-2698 | www.engeo.com Remarks
City of Roseville
PROJECT NAME:

REPORT DATE: 8/2/2023
TESTED BY: L. Schmitz
PROJECT LOCATION: Roseville, CA
CLIENT:

Johnson Pool Phase II
Test Specification:

Curve Number:

COMPACTION CURVE REPORT
ASTM D1557
ZAV for
Specific
Gravity

2.70 1
Method A
See exploration logs
MATERIAL DESCRIPTION - D2488
Sample Location:

PROJECT NO: 15004.001.008 PH001
1-HA1 at 1.5 to 2.5 feet

RESULTS
128.5
Optimum Moisture Content, % 9.1
Maximum Dry Density, pcf
90 100
110
120
130
140
150
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
DRY DENSITY (pcf)
WATER CONTENT (%)
Rock Corrected Uncorrected
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
www.engeo.com
Not for Construction
For Council Approval

APPENDIX D

CDBG SUPPLEMENT TO CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
1 CDBG Supplement to Contract for Construction (federal funds) Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) Program
This supplement amends and is made a part of the Contract for Construction made between the City of Roseville and CONTRACTOR dated DATE for work at ADDRESS. The following terms and conditions are required by the federal Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) program which is funding all or part of the work.

Access to Records
Contractor agrees that the City, the Federal Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), or their designees will have the right to review, obtain, and copy all records pertaining to performance of the Contract.

Contractor agrees to provide the City, HUD, or their designees with any relevant information requested and shall permit the City, HUD, or their designees access to its premises, upon reasonable notice, during normal business hours for the purpose of interviewing employees and inspecting and copying such books, records, accounts, and other material that may be relevant to determining compliance with the terms of the Contract.

Contractor further agrees to maintain such records for a period of not less than five (5) years after final payment under the Contract, or not less than five (5) years from the conclusion or resolution of any disputes related to the performance of the Contract and any amendments hereto, whichever is longer.

Anti-Lobbying
Contractor shall require that the following language be included in all subcontracts entered into in connection with this Contract and that all subcontractors shall certify and disclose accordingly. "This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
"The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge or belief, that:
"A. No Federally appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of it, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement; "B. If any funds other than Federally appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Not for Construction
For Council Approval
2 Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure of Lobbying Activities," in accordance with its instructions." Prohibition against discrimination in federal programs
Contractor will comply with the following prohibitions against discrimination in federally-assisted programs.

Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d et seq.), and implementing regulations in 24 CFR part 1, prohibiting discrimination upon the basis of race, color, religion, ancestry, sex, marital status, mental or physical disability, age, familial status, sexual orientation, or national origin.

Section 109 of the Housing and Community Development Act and HUD's implementing regulations at 24 CFR Part 6 requiring that no person in the United States shall on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, or sex be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance made available pursuant to the Act.

Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 794), as amended, and with implementing regulations at 24 CFR, Part 8, which prohibit discrimination based on handicap in Federally-assisted and conducted programs and activities.

The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 U.S.C. 6101-07) and implementing regulations at 24 CFR, Part 146, which prohibit discrimination because of age in programs and activities receiving Federal financial assistance.

Drug free workplace
Contractor will comply with The Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988 and HUD's implementing regulations at 2 CFR Part 2429, requiring provision of drug-free workplace.

Minority and Women-owned Businesses (MBE/WBE)
Contractor will comply with Executive Orders 11625, 12432, and 12138, which state that recipients of federal assistance shall take affirmative action to encourage participation by minority and women-owned business enterprises. Contractor will use its best efforts to afford small businesses, minority business enterprises, and women’s business enterprises the maximum practicable opportunity to participate in the performance of this Contract. As used in this Contract, the terms “small business” means a business that meets the criteria set forth in section 3(a) of the Small Business Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. 632), and “minority and women’s business enterprise” means a business at least fifty-one (51) percent owned and controlled by minority group members or women.

Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 Contractor will comply with the applicable requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u. Section 3 is implemented through HUD regulations at 24 CFR Part 75.

The goal of Section 3 is to ensure that to the greatest extent feasible, funds subject to the Act provide employment and contracting opportunities to low-income persons and business owners. Section 3 also requires that any new hiring by the Section 3-covered project include the recruitment of low-income persons living in the project area.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
3 Contractor will also ensure that provisions of 24 CFR Part 75 are included in all subcontracts.

Federal Labor Standards and Prevailing Wages (Davis-Bacon) Contractor and all subcontractors under this Contract are subject to the federal labor standards provisions, Davis Bacon and Related Acts as amended (40 U.S.C. 3141-5144 and 3146-3148) which govern the payment of wages and the ratio of apprentices and trainees to journey-workers. Under the terms of the Davis-Bacon Act, as supplemented by 29 CFR Part 5, amended, Contractor and all subcontractors are required to pay all laborers and mechanics employed on construction work wages at rates not less than those prevailing on similar construction in the locality as determined by the Secretary of Labor, and shall pay overtime compensation in accordance with and subject to the provision of the Federal Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708).

Contractor shall comply with all regulations issued pursuant to these Acts and with other applicable Federal laws and regulations pertaining to labor standards, including the Copeland "Anti-Kickback" Act (18 U.S.C. 874 and 40 U.S.C. 3145) as supplemented in Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3).

The applicable Federal Wage Determination is attached hereto as Exhibit "C" and incorporated herein by this reference as though set forth in full. Provided, that if wage rates higher than those required under the regulations are imposed by State or local laws, nothing hereunder is intended to relieve Contractor of its obligation, if any, to pay the higher rate(s).

The provisions of the Federal Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708; 29 CFR Part 5) are applicable to construction contracts exceeding $100,000.

Clean Water, Clean Air, E.O. 11738 and EPA Regulations
Construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $100,000 must comply with section 306 of the Clean Air Act, as amended, (42 U.S.C. 7606), section 508 of the Clean Water Act, as amended, (33 U.S.C. 1368), Executive Order 11738, and the Regulations (40 CFR Part 15) of the Environmental Protection Agency with respect thereto the Contractor agrees that:

1. Any facility to be utilized in the performance of this contract or any subcontract shall not be a facility listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities pursuant to 40 CFR 15.20.

2. Contractor will comply with all requirements of section 306 of the Clean Air Act, as amended, and section 508 of the Clean Water Act, as amended, and all regulations and guidelines issued there under.

3. Contractor will promptly notify City of any notification received from the EPA Office of Federal Activities, indicating that a facility utilized or to be utilized for the contract is under consideration to be listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities.

4. Contractor will include the provisions of paragraph 1 through 4 of this subpart in every nonexempt subcontract, and take such action as the City may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions.

Lead-Based Paint Hazards
Construction or rehabilitation work funded with CDBG is subject to the provisions of Title 24 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Section 35 "Lead-based Paint Poisoning Prevention in Certain Residential Structures." Contractor and all Subcontractors shall comply with all applicable requirements. These include Disclosure, Rehabilitation, and Methods and Standards for Lead-Paint Hazard Evaluation and Hazard Reduction Activities.

See the attached extracts from the CFR for thresholds of applicability.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
4 The following tasks shall be performed by an appropriately licensed and qualified third party using correctly calibrated equipment and methods as described in 24 CFR Part 35 or as generally accepted if not specified in the regulation.
• Sampling and testing.
• Analysis and reporting.
• Drafting a lead hazard reduction work plan.
• Monitoring compliance with lead hazard reduction work plans and safe work practices. • Clearance testing.

Contractor must comply with the requirements of the EPA's Lead Renovation, Repair and Painting Rule (RRP Rule) for firms performing renovation, repair, and painting projects that disturb lead-based paint in homes, child care facilities and pre-schools built before 1978. Construction firms must be certified by EPA (or an EPA authorized state), use certified renovators who are trained by EPA-approved training providers and follow leadsafe work practices.

Use of debarred, suspended or ineligible contractors
CDBG funds shall not be used directly or indirectly to employ, award contracts to, or otherwise engage the services of, or fund any Contractor or subcontractor during any period of debarment, suspension or placement in ineligibility status under the provisions of 24 CFR Part 24.

Contractor certifies by the signing of this contract that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency.

Contractor agrees that it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier transaction with a person or entity that is proposed for debarment under 48 CFR 9, 9.4, debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in such transaction.

Contractor agrees that it shall include the above certification in all lower tier transactions to which it is a party; and it shall require that each of its subcontractors include the certification in their subcontracts.

Conflict of interest
No member, officer, or employee of the City of Roseville, or its designees or agents; no member of the governing body of the locality in which the program is situated; and no other public official of such locality or localities who exercise any functions or responsibilities with respect to the CDBG program during his/her tenure or for one (1) year thereafter, shall have any interest, direct or indirect, in this Contract or any subcontract, or the proceeds thereof, for activities to be performed in connection with the work performed under this Contract.

No member of or delegate to the Congress of the United States, and no resident commissioner, shall be admitted to any share or part of this Contract or to any benefit to arise from the same.

Contractor shall incorporate or cause to be incorporated a provision prohibiting such interest into all subcontracts.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
5 Build America, Buy America (BABA) Act
Contractor and all subcontractors under this Contract shall comply with the provisions of the Build America, Buy America (BABA) Act (41 U.S.C. 8301). The Build America, Buy America Act, enacted as part of the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act on November 15, 2021, focuses on maximizing the federal government’s use of services, goods, products, and materials produced and offered in the United States. BABAA requires that all iron and steel used in this federally funded project must be produced in the United States.

Exhibits
The following exhibits are made part of this supplement. Exhibits shown in strike-through text are not applicable to this Contract.

A. Contractor/Subcontractor Prevailing Wage and Federal Labor Standards Certification B. HUD Form 4010 - Federal Labor Standards Provisions
C. Federal wage decision
D. 24 CFR 35 Lead-based Paint Poisoning Prevention (extracts) E. HUD Form 92010 Equal Employment Opportunity Certification F. Contractors Notice of Subcontracts Awarded
G. Contractor's List of Federal and Non-Federal Work in Covered Area H. MBE-WBE Business Enterprise Certification
I. Non-Collusion Certification
J. Anti-Lobbying Certification
K. Certification for a Drug-Free Workplace Form HUD-50070 L. Contractor/Subcontractor Certification Regarding Eligibility for Award M. Lead-Based Paint and Lead-Hazard Reduction Notice (residential only) N. Section 3 Fact Sheet and Acknowledgement
O. Section 3 Hiring Plan
P. Buy America Preference (BAP) Certification
Q. Certification of Understanding and Authorization
CDBG Additional Terms - City formatted rev 02/05/2024
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Bid Packet
The bid packet must include the bid notice language in the “Bidding and Contracting Requirements” document. It must also include the following information and forms.

Form/information Submit with bid? Submit with
contract?
Submit preconstruction?
Contractor/Subcontractor Prevailing Wage and
Federal Labor Standards Certification
Yes. Complete
form.

New subs must
submit.

New subs must
submit.

HUD Form 4010 - Federal Labor Standards Provisions No. Information only.

Yes
Federal wage decision No. Information
only.

Yes
HUD Form 92010 Equal Employment Opportunity
Certification
No. Information
only.

Yes
Contractors Notice of Subcontracts Awarded No. Information only.

Yes Update or state
no change.

Contractor's List of Federal and Non-Federal Work in
Covered Area
Yes. Update form or
state no change.

Update or state
no change.

Update or state
no change.

MBE-WBE Business Enterprise Certification Yes. Update or state no change.

Update or state
no change.

Non-Collusion Certification Yes
Anti-Lobbying Certification Yes
Certification for a Drug-Free Workplace form HUD50070No. Information only.

Yes
Contractor/Subcontractor Certification Regarding
Eligibility for Award
Yes. Also from
proposed subs.

New subs must
submit.

New subs must
submit.

Lead-Based Paint and Lead-Hazard Reduction Notice
(residential only)
N/A
Section 3 Fact Sheet and Acknowledgement Yes Update or state no change.

Update or state
no change.

Section 3 Hiring Plan Yes Update or state
no change.

Update or state
no change.

Buy America Preference (BAP) Certification Yes New subs must submit.

New subs must
submit.

Certification of Understanding and Authorization No No Yes, and all subs.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
City of Roseville Contractor/Subcontractor Prevailing Wage and Federal Labor Standards Certification and Agreement
Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) Program
Project
Prime Contractor
Firm/CSLB#
Firm Address
Having executed a contract with for
(Agency or prime contractor)

(Trade/nature of the work)
in the amount of $ on / /20
The undersigned certifies the following.
a) The Federal Labor Standards Provisions (HUD 4010) and the current federal wage decision are included in the contract.
b) The contractor/subcontractor above has not been designated as an ineligible contractor under the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts: Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276 a to a. 7) as supplemented by Department of Labor Regulations (29 CFR Part 5); nor has any person or entity with a substantial interest in the contracting/subcontracting firm.

The undersigned agrees to the following.
a) No part of the contract will be subcontracted to a firm that has been designated as an ineligible contractor under the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts: Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276 a to a.7) as supplemented by Department of Labor Regulations (29 CFR Part 5). b) Within 10 days of executing any lower tier contract, the undersigned will obtain and forward to contractor a copy of this certification signed by the lower tier subcontractor.

The undersigned is duly authorized to provide these certifications and make this agreement.

Signed Date
Name Title

01.ContractorSubWageLaborStdsCert rev 02/07/24
Not for Construction
For Council Approval

EXHIBIT A
Not for Construction
For Council Approval

EXHIBIT B
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
"General Decision Number: CA20240007 02/09/2024
Superseded General Decision Number: CA20230007
State: California
Construction Types: Building, Heavy (Heavy and Dredging) and Highway
Counties: Alpine, Amador, Butte, Colusa, El Dorado, Glenn, Lassen, Marin, Modoc, Napa, Nevada, Placer, Plumas, Sacramento, Shasta, Sierra, Siskiyou, Solano, Sonoma, Sutter, Tehama, Trinity, Yolo and Yuba Counties in California.

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (excluding Amador County only); DREDGING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include hopper dredge work); HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include water well drilling); AND HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
Note: Contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act are generally required to pay at least the applicable minimum wage rate required under Executive Order 14026 or Executive Order 13658.

Please note that these Executive Orders apply to covered contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but do not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(1).
______________________________________________________________ |If the contract is entered |. Executive Order 14026 |
|into on or after January 30, | generally applies to the | |2022, or the contract is | contract. |
|renewed or extended (e.g., an |. The contractor must pay | |option is exercised) on or | all covered workers at |
|after January 30, 2022: | least $17.20 per hour (or |
| | the applicable wage rate |
| | listed on this wage |
| | determination, if it is |
| | higher) for all hours |
| | spent performing on the |
| | contract in 2024. |
|______________________________|_____________________________| |If the contract was awarded on|. Executive Order 13658 | |or between January 1, 2015 and| generally applies to the | |January 29, 2022, and the | contract. |
|contract is not renewed or |. The contractor must pay all| |extended on or after January | covered workers at least | |30, 2022: | $12.90 per hour (or the |
Not for Construction
For Council Approval

EXHIBIT C
| | applicable wage rate listed|
| | on this wage determination,|
| | if it is higher) for all |
| | hours spent performing on |
| | that contract in 2024. |
|______________________________|_____________________________| The applicable Executive Order minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. If this contract is covered by one of the Executive Orders and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must still submit a
conformance request.

Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Executive Orders is available at
http://www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.

Modification Number Publication Date
0 01/05/2024
1 01/12/2024
2 01/19/2024
3 02/09/2024
ASBE0016-001 02/01/2023
AREA 1: MARIN, NAPA, SAN BENITO, SAN FRANCISCO, SOLANO, &

SONOMA COUNTIES
AREA 2: ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN,

MODOC, NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA,

SISKIYOU, SUTTER, TEHEMA, TRINITY, YOLO, & YUBA COUNTIES Rates Fringes
Asbestos Workers/Insulator
(Includes the application of
all insulating materials,
Protective Coverings,
Coatings, and Finishes to all
types of mechanical systems)
Area 1......................$ 80.91 23.82
Area 2......................$ 62.26 23.82
---------------------------------------------------------------- ASBE0016-007 01/01/2021
AREA 1 : ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN,

LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, Not for Construction
For Council Approval

SIERRA, SISKIYOU, SOLANO, SONOMA, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO & YUBA COUNTIES
AREA 2: MARIN & NAPA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Asbestos Removal
worker/hazardous material
handler (Includes
preparation, wetting,
stripping, removal,
scrapping, vacuuming, bagging
and disposing of all
insulation materials from
mechanical systems, whether
they contain asbestos or not)
AREA 1......................$ 30.45 10.60
AREA 2......................$ 36.53 9.27
---------------------------------------------------------------- BOIL0549-002 01/01/2021
Rates Fringes

BOILERMAKER
(1) Marin & Solano Counties.$ 49.62 41.27
(2) Remaining Counties......$ 45.60 38.99
---------------------------------------------------------------- BRCA0003-001 08/01/2022
Rates Fringes
MARBLE FINISHER..................$ 39.20 18.31
---------------------------------------------------------------- BRCA0003-004 05/01/2022
AREA 1: ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN,

LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA,

SIERRA, SUTTER, TEHAMA, YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
AREA 2: MARIN, NAPA, SISKIYOU, SOLANO, SONOMA AND TRINITY

COUNTIES
Rates Fringes

BRICKLAYER
AREA 1......................$ 49.32 22.65
AREA 2......................$ 53.69 26.03
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
SPECIALTY PAY:
(A) Underground work such as tunnel work, sewer work,
manholes, catch basins, sewer pipes and telephone conduit shall be paid $1.25 per hour above the regular rate. Work in direct contact with raw sewage shall receive $1.25 per hour in addition to the above.
(B) Operating a saw or grinder shall receive $1.25 per hour above the regular rate.
(C) Gunite nozzle person shall receive $1.25 per hour above the regular rate.
---------------------------------------------------------------- BRCA0003-008 07/01/2022
Rates Fringes
TERRAZZO FINISHER................$ 41.93 18.98
TERRAZZO WORKER/SETTER...........$ 56.84 27.53
---------------------------------------------------------------- BRCA0003-010 04/01/2022
Rates Fringes

TILE FINISHER
Area 1......................$ 31.12 16.11
Area 2......................$ 30.90 17.87
Area 3......................$ 33.86 17.74
Area 4......................$ 31.89 17.18
Tile Layer
Area 1......................$ 51.02 19.35
Area 2......................$ 50.66 20.77
Area 3......................$ 55.41 20.87
Area 4......................$ 52.28 20.79
AREA 1: Butte, Colusa, El Dorado, Glenn, Lassen, Modoc, Nevada, Placer, Plumas, Sacramento, Shasta, Sierra, Sutter, Tehema, Yolo, Yuba
AREA 2: Alpine, Amador
AREA 3: Marin, Napa, Solano, Siskiyou
AREA 4: Sonoma
---------------------------------------------------------------- BRCA0003-014 08/01/2022
Rates Fringes
MARBLE MASON.....................$ 56.98 28.54
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0034-001 07/01/2021
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Rates Fringes
Diver
Assistant Tender, ROV
Tender/Technician...........$ 54.10 34.69
Diver standby...............$ 60.51 34.69
Diver Tender................$ 59.51 34.69
Diver wet...................$ 103.62 34.69
Manifold Operator (mixed
gas)........................$ 64.51 34.69
Manifold Operator (Standby).$ 59.51 34.69
DEPTH PAY (Surface Diving):
050 to 100 ft $2.00 per foot
101 to 150 ft $3.00 per foot
151 to 220 ft $4.00 per foot
221 ft.-deeper $5.00 per foot
SATURATION DIVING:

The standby rate shall apply until saturation starts. The saturation diving rate applies when divers are under
pressure continuously until work task and decompression are complete. The diver rate shall be paid for all saturation hours.

DIVING IN ENCLOSURES:

Where it is necessary for Divers to enter pipes or tunnels, or other enclosures where there is no vertical ascent, the following premium shall be paid: Distance traveled from entrance 26 feet to 300 feet: $1.00 per foot. When it is necessary for a diver to enter any pipe, tunnel or other enclosure less than 48"" in height, the premium will be $1.00 per foot.

WORK IN COMBINATION OF CLASSIFICATIONS:

Employees working in any combination of classifications within the diving crew (except dive supervisor) in a shift are paid in the classification with the highest rate for that shift.
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0034-003 07/01/2021
Rates Fringes
Piledriver.......................$ 54.10 34.69
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0035-001 08/01/2020
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
AREA 1: MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO & SONOMA
AREA 3: SACRAMENTO, WESTERN EL DORADO (Territory west of an including highway 49 and the territory inside the city limits of Placerville), WESTERN PLACER (Territory west of and
including highway 49), & YOLO
AREA 4: ALPINE, BUTTE, COLUSA, EASTERN EL DORADO, GLENN,

LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA, EASTERN PLACER, PLUMAS, SHASTA, SIERRA,

SISKIYOU, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, & YUBA
Rates Fringes
Drywall Installers/Lathers:

Area 1......................$ 52.65 31.26
Area 3......................$ 47.27 31.26
Area 4......................$ 45.92 31.26
Drywall Stocker/Scrapper
Area 1......................$ 26.33 18.22
Area 3......................$ 23.64 18.22
Area 4......................$ 22.97 18.22
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0035-009 07/01/2020
Marin County
Rates Fringes

CARPENTER
Bridge Builder/Highway
Carpenter...................$ 52.65 30.82
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 52.80 30.82
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 52.65 30.82
Millwright..................$ 52.75 32.41
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0035-010 07/01/2020
AREA 1: Marin, Napa, Solano & Sonoma Counties
AREA 2: Monterey, San Benito and Santa Cruz
AREA 3: Alpine, Butte, Colusa, El Dorado, Glenn, Lassen, Modoc, Nevada, Placer, Plumas, Sacramento, Shasta, Sierra, Siskiyou, Sutter, Tehama, Trinity, Yolo & Yuba counties
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Rates Fringes
Modular Furniture Installer
Area 1
Installer..................$ 28.76 22.53
Lead Installer.............$ 32.21 23.03
Master Installer...........$ 36.43 23.03
Area 2
Installer..................$ 26.11 22.53
Lead Installer.............$ 29.08 23.03
Master Installer...........$ 32.71 23.03
Area 3
Installer..................$ 25.16 22.53
Lead Installer.............$ 27.96 23.03
Master Installer...........$ 31.38 23.03
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0046-001 07/01/2023
El Dorado (West), Placer (West), Sacramento and Yolo Counties Rates Fringes
Carpenters
Bridge Builder/Highway
Carpenter...................$ 60.39 33.52
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 54.66 33.52
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 54.51 33.52
Millwright..................$ 57.01 35.11
Footnote: Placer County (West) includes territory West of and including Highway 49 and El Dorado County (West) includes territory West of and including Highway 49 and territory inside the city limits of Placerville.
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0046-002 07/01/2023
Alpine, Colusa, El Dorado (East), Nevada, Placer (East), Sierra, Sutter and Yuba Counties
Rates Fringes
Carpenters
Bridge Builder/Highway
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Carpenter...................$ 60.39 33.52
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 53.31 33.52
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 53.16 33.52
Millwright..................$ 55.66 35.11
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0152-003 07/01/2020
Amador County
Rates Fringes
Carpenters
Bridge Builder/Highway
Carpenter...................$ 52.65 30.82
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 45.57 30.82
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 45.42 30.82
Millwright..................$ 47.92 32.41
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0180-001 07/01/2021
Solano County
Rates Fringes
Carpenters
Bridge Builder/Highway
Carpenter...................$ 54.85 31.49
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 55.00 31.49
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 54.85 31.49
Millwright..................$ 54.95 33.08
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP0751-001 07/01/2021
Napa and Sonoma Counties
Rates Fringes
Carpenters
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Bridge Builder/Highway
Carpenter...................$ 54.85 31.49
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 55.00 31.49
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 54.85 31.49
Millwright..................$ 54.95 33.08
---------------------------------------------------------------- CARP1599-001 07/01/2020
Butte, Glenn, Lassen, Modoc, Plumas, Shasta, Siskiyou, Tehama and Trinity Counties
Rates Fringes
Carpenters
Bridge Builder/Highway
Carpenter...................$ 52.65 30.82
Hardwood Floorlayer,
Shingler, Power Saw
Operator, Steel Scaffold &
Steel Shoring Erector, Saw
Filer.......................$ 45.57 30.82
Journeyman Carpenter........$ 45.42 30.82
Millwright..................$ 47.92 32.41
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0180-001 06/01/2023

NAPA AND SOLANO COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
CABLE SPLICER....................$ 63.07 3%+26.88
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 56.06 3%+26.88
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0180-003 12/01/2022

NAPA AND SOLANO COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Sound & Communications
Installer...................$ 46.64 25.30
Technician..................$ 53.64 25.51

SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES-
SOUND & VOICE TRANSMISSION (Music, Intercom, Nurse Call, Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Telephone); FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS [excluding fire alarm work when installed in raceways (including wire and cable
pulling) and when performed on new or major remodel
building projects or jobs],

TELEVISION & VIDEO SYSTEMS, SECURITY SYSTEMS, COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS that transmit or receive information and/or control systems that are intrinsic to the above.

EXCLUDES-
Excludes all other data systems or multiple systems which include control function or power supply; excludes
installation of raceway systems, line voltage work,
industrial work, life-safety systems (all buildings having floors located more than 75' above the lowest floor level having building access); excludes energy management
systems.
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0340-002 02/01/2018

ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN,

NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, TRINITY, YOLO, YUBA COUNTIES Rates Fringes
Communications System
Sound & Communications
Installer...................$ 29.35 3%+15.35
Sound & Communications
Technician..................$ 33.75 3%+15.35

SCOPE OF WORK
Includes the installation testing, service and maintenance, of the following systems which utilize the transmission and/or transference of voice, sound, vision and digital for commercial, education, security and entertainment purposes for the following TV monitoring and surveillance,
background-foreground music, intercom and telephone
interconnect, inventory control systems, microwave
transmission, multi-media, multiplex, nurse call system, radio page, school intercom and sound, burglar alarms, and low voltage master clock systems.

A. SOUND AND VOICE TRANSMISSION/TRANSFERENCE SYSTEMS
Background foreground music Intercom and telephone
interconnect systems, Telephone systems, Nurse call
systems, Radio page systems, School intercom and sound
systems, Burglar alarm systems, Low voltage master clock Not for Construction
For Council Approval
systems, Multi-media/multiplex systems, Sound and musical entertainment systems, RF systems, Antennas and Wave Guide.

B. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
Installation, wire pulling and testing
C. TELEVISION AND VIDEO SYSTEMS Television monitoring and surveillance systems, Video security systems, Video
entertainment systems, Video educational systems, Microwave transmission systems, CATV and CCTV
D. SECURITY SYSTEMS Perimeter security systems
Vibration sensor systems Card access systems Access
control systems Sonar/infrared monitoring equipment
E. COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS THAT TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE

INFORMATION AND/OR CONTROL SYSTEMS THAT ARE INTRINSIC TO THE ABOVE LISTED SYSTEMS SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) PCM (Pulse Code Modulation)
Inventory Control Systems Digital Data Systems
Broadband and Baseband and Carriers Point of Sale
Systems VSAT Data Systems Data Communication
Systems RF and Remote Control Systems Fiber Optic
Data Systems WORK EXCLUDED Raceway systems are not covered (excluding Ladder-Rack for the purpose of the above listed systems). Chases and/or nipples (not to exceed 10 feet) may be installed on open wiring systems. Energy management systems. SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) when not intrinsic to the above listed systems (in the
scope). Fire alarm systems when installed in raceways
(including wire and cable pulling) shall be performed at the electrician wage rate, when either of the following two (2) conditions apply:

1. The project involves new or major remodel building trades construction.

2. The conductors for the fire alarm system are installed in conduit.
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0340-003 08/01/2022
ALPINE (West of Sierra Mt. Watershed), AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO (West of Sierra Mt. Watershed), GLENN, LASSEN, NEVADA (West of Sierra Mt. Watershed), PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA (West of Sierra Mt. Watershed), SUTTER, TEHAMA,

TRINITY, YOLO & YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Not for Construction
For Council Approval

ELECTRICIAN
Remaining area..............$ 45.06 34.09
Sierra Army Depot, Herlong..$ 48.83 18.54
Tunnel work.................$ 41.01 18.54
CABLE SPLICER: Receives 110% of the Electrician basic hourly rate.
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0401-005 01/01/2022
ALPINE (east of the main watershed divide), EL DORADO (east of the main watershed divide), NEVADA (east of the main
watershed), PLACER (east of the main watershed divide) and SIERRA (east of the main watershed divide) COUNTIES:

Rates Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 42.50 20.95
ZONE RATE:
70-90 miles - $8.00 per hour
91+ miles - $10.00 per hour
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0551-004 06/01/2023

MARIN AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 56.92 30.16
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0551-005 11/01/2023

MARIN & SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Sound & Communications
Installer...................$ 46.64 25.55
Technician..................$ 53.64 25.76

SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES-
SOUND & VOICE TRANSMISSION (Music, Intercom, Nurse Call, Telephone); FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS [excluding fire alarm work when installed in raceways (including wire and cable
pulling) and when performed on new or major remodel
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
building projects or jobs],

TELEVISION & VIDEO SYSTEMS, SECURITY SYSTEMS, COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS that transmit or receive information and/or control systems that are intrinsic to the above.

EXCLUDES-
Excludes all other data systems or multiple systems which include control function or power supply; excludes
installation of raceway systems, line voltage work,
industrial work, life-safety systems (all buildings having floors located more than 75' above the lowest floor level having building access); excludes energy management
systems.
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0659-006 01/01/2023
DEL NORTE, MODOC and SISKIYOU COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
ELECTRICIAN......................$ 43.97 19.26
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC0659-008 02/01/2023

DEL NORTE, MODOC & SISKIYOU COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Line Construction
(1) Cable Splicer...........$ 67.80 4.5%+22.15
(2) Lineman, Pole Sprayer,
Heavy Line Equipment Man....$ 60.54 4.5%+22.15
(3) Tree Trimmer............$ 37.84 4.5%+14.30
(4) Line Equipment Man......$ 53.82 4.5%+19.40
(5) Powdermen,
Jackhammermen...............$ 40.37 4.5%+14.30
(6) Groundman...............$ 33.37 4.5%+14.30
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEC1245-004 06/01/2022

ALL COUNTIES EXCEPT DEL NORTE, MODOC & SISKIYOU
Rates Fringes

LINE CONSTRUCTION
(1) Lineman; Cable splicer..$ 64.40 22.58
(2) Equipment specialist
(operates crawler
tractors, commercial motor
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
vehicles, backhoes,
trenchers, cranes (50 tons
and below), overhead &
underground distribution
line equipment)...........$ 50.00 21.30
(3) Groundman...............$ 38.23 20.89
(4) Powderman...............$ 51.87 18.79
HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, M.L. King Day, Memorial Day,
Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and day after Thanksgiving, Christmas Day
---------------------------------------------------------------- ELEV0008-001 01/01/2024
Rates Fringes
ELEVATOR MECHANIC................$ 80.76 37.885+a+b
FOOTNOTE:
a. PAID VACATION: Employer contributes 8% of regular hourly rate as vacation pay credit for employees with more than 5 years of service, and 6% for 6 months to 5 years of service. b. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day.
---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0003-008 08/01/2023
Rates Fringes
Dredging: (DREDGING:

CLAMSHELL & DIPPER DREDGING;
HYDRAULIC SUCTION DREDGING:)
AREA 1:
(1) Leverman...............$ 57.95 37.55
(2) Dredge Dozer; Heavy
duty repairman.............$ 52.99 37.55
(3) Booster Pump
Operator; Deck
Engineer; Deck mate;
Dredge Tender; Winch
Operator...................$ 51.87 37.55
(4) Bargeman; Deckhand;
Fireman; Leveehand; Oiler..$ 48.57 37.55
AREA 2:
(1) Leverman...............$ 59.95 37.55
(2) Dredge Dozer; Heavy
duty repairman.............$ 54.99 37.55
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
(3) Booster Pump
Operator; Deck
Engineer; Deck mate;
Dredge Tender; Winch
Operator...................$ 53.87 37.55
(4) Bargeman; Deckhand;
Fireman; Leveehand; Oiler..$ 50.57 37.55

AREA DESCRIPTIONS
AREA 1: ALAMEDA,BUTTE, CONTRA COSTA, KINGS, MARIN, MERCED,

NAPA, SACRAMENTO, SAN BENITO, SAN FRANCISCO, SAN JOAQUIN,

SAN MATEO, SANTA CLARA, SANTA CRUZ, SOLANO, STANISLAUS,

SUTTER, YOLO, AND YUBA COUNTIES
AREA 2: MODOC COUNTY
THE REMAINGING COUNTIES ARE SPLIT BETWEEN AREA 1 AND AREA 2 AS NOTED BELOW:

ALPINE COUNTY:

Area 1: Northernmost part
Area 2: Remainder
CALAVERAS COUNTY:

Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Eastern part
COLUSA COUNTY:

Area 1: Eastern part
Area 2: Remainder
ELDORADO COUNTY:

Area 1: North Central part
Area 2: Remainder
FRESNO COUNTY:

Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Eastern part
GLENN COUNTY:

Area 1: Eastern part
Area 2: Remainder
LASSEN COUNTY:

Area 1: Western part along the Southern portion of border with Shasta County
Area 2: Remainder
MADERA COUNTY:

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Area 1: Except Eastern part
Area 2: Eastern part

MARIPOSA COUNTY
Area 1: Except Eastern part
Area 2: Eastern part

MONTERREY COUNTY
Area 1: Except Southwestern part
Area 2: Southwestern part
NEVADA COUNTY:

Area 1: All but the Northern portion along the border of Sierra County
Area 2: Remainder
PLACER COUNTY:

Area 1: Al but the Central portion
Area 2: Remainder
PLUMAS COUNTY:

Area 1: Western portion
Area 2: Remainder
SHASTA COUNTY:

Area 1: All but the Northeastern corner
Area 2: Remainder
SIERRA COUNTY:

Area 1: Western part
Area 2: Remainder
SISKIYOU COUNTY:

Area 1: Central part
Area 2: Remainder
SONOMA COUNTY:

Area 1: All but the Northwestern corner
Area 2: Remainder
TEHAMA COUNTY:

Area 1: All but the Western border with Mendocino & Trinity Counties
Area 2: Remainder
TRINITY COUNTY:

Area 1: East Central part and the Northeastern border with Shasta County
Area 2: Remainder
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
TUOLUMNE COUNTY:

Area 1: Except Eastern part
Area 2: Eastern part
---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0003-019 06/29/2020

SEE AREA DESCRIPTIONS BELOW
Rates Fringes
OPERATOR: Power Equipment
(LANDSCAPE WORK ONLY)
GROUP 1
AREA 1.....................$ 39.95 30.28
AREA 2.....................$ 41.95 30.28
GROUP 2
AREA 1.....................$ 36.35 30.28
AREA 2.....................$ 38.35 30.28
GROUP 3
AREA 1.....................$ 31.74 30.28
AREA 2.....................$ 33.74 30.28
GROUP DESCRIPTIONS:

GROUP 1: Landscape Finish Grade Operator: All finish grade work regardless of equipment used, and all equipment with a rating more than 65 HP.

GROUP 2: Landscape Operator up to 65 HP: All equipment with a manufacturer's rating of 65 HP or less except equipment covered by Group 1 or Group 3. The following equipment
shall be included except when used for finish work as long as manufacturer's rating is 65 HP or less: A-Frame and
Winch Truck, Backhoe, Forklift, Hydragraphic Seeder
Machine, Roller, Rubber-Tired and Track Earthmoving
Equipment, Skiploader, Straw Blowers, and Trencher 31 HP up to 65 HP.

GROUP 3: Landscae Utility Operator: Small Rubber-Tired
Tractor, Trencher Under 31 HP.

AREA DESCRIPTIONS:

AREA 1: ALAMEDA, BUTTE, CONTRA COSTA, KINGS, MARIN, MERCED,

NAPA, SACRAMENTO, SAN BENITO, SAN FRANCISCO, SAN JOAQUIN,

SAN MATEO, SANTA CLARA, SANTA CRUZ, SOLANO, STANISLAUS,

SUTTER, YOLO, AND YUBA COUNTIES
AREA 2 - MODOC COUNTY
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
THE REMAINING COUNTIES ARE SPLIT BETWEEN AREA 1 AND AREA 2 AS NOTED BELOW:

ALPINE COUNTY:

Area 1: Northernmost part
Area 2: Remainder
CALAVERAS COUNTY:

Area 1: Except Eastern part
Area 2: Eastern part
COLUSA COUNTY:

Area 1: Eastern part
Area 2: Remainder
DEL NORTE COUNTY:

Area 1: Extreme Southwestern corner
Area 2: Remainder
ELDORADO COUNTY:

Area 1: North Central part
Area 2: Remainder

FRESNO COUNTY
Area 1: Except Eastern part
Area 2: Eastern part
GLENN COUNTY:

Area 1: Eastern part
Area 2: Remainder
HUMBOLDT COUNTY:

Area 1: Except Eastern and Southwestern parts
Area 2: Remainder
LAKE COUNTY:

Area 1: Southern part
Area 2: Remainder
LASSEN COUNTY:

Area 1: Western part along the Southern portion of border with Shasta County
Area 2: Remainder

MADERA COUNTY
Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Eastern part

MARIPOSA COUNTY
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Eastern part
MENDOCINO COUNTY:

Area 1: Central and Southeastern parts
Area 2: Remainder

MONTEREY COUNTY
Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Southwestern part
NEVADA COUNTY:

Area 1: All but the Northern portion along the border of Sierra County
Area 2: Remainder
PLACER COUNTY:

Area 1: All but the Central portion
Area 2: Remainder
PLUMAS COUNTY:

Area 1: Western portion
Area 2: Remainder
SHASTA COUNTY:

Area 1: All but the Northeastern corner
Area 2: Remainder
SIERRA COUNTY:

Area 1: Western part
Area 2: Remainder
SISKIYOU COUNTY:

Area 1: Central part
Area 2: Remainder
SONOMA COUNTY:

Area 1: All but the Northwestern corner
Area 2: Reaminder
TEHAMA COUNTY:

Area 1: All but the Western border with mendocino & Trinity Counties
Area 2: Remainder
TRINITY COUNTY:

Area 1: East Central part and the Northeaster border with Shasta County
Area 2: Remainder
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
TULARE COUNTY;
Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Eastern part
TUOLUMNE COUNTY:

Area 1: Remainder
Area 2: Eastern Part
---------------------------------------------------------------- ENGI0003-038 06/28/2023
""AREA 1"" WAGE RATES ARE LISTED BELOW
""AREA 2"" RECEIVES AN ADDITIONAL $2.00 PER HOUR ABOVE AREA 1 RATES.

SEE AREA DEFINITIONS BELOW
Rates Fringes
OPERATOR: Power Equipment
(AREA 1:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 60.72 31.03
GROUP 2.....................$ 59.19 31.03
GROUP 3.....................$ 57.71 31.03
GROUP 4.....................$ 56.33 31.03
GROUP 5.....................$ 55.06 31.03
GROUP 6.....................$ 53.74 31.03
GROUP 7.....................$ 52.60 31.03
GROUP 8.....................$ 51.46 31.03
GROUP 8-A...................$ 49.25 31.03
OPERATOR: Power Equipment
(Cranes and Attachments -
AREA 1:)
GROUP 1
Cranes.....................$ 52.30 31.15
Oiler......................$ 43.79 31.15
Truck crane oiler..........$ 46.08 31.15
GROUP 2
Cranes.....................$ 50.54 31.15
Oiler......................$ 42.83 31.15
Truck crane oiler..........$ 45.07 31.15
GROUP 3
Cranes.....................$ 48.80 31.15
Hydraulic..................$ 44.44 31.15
Oiler......................$ 42.55 31.15
Truck crane oiler..........$ 44.83 31.15
GROUP 4
Cranes.....................$ 45.76 31.15
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
OPERATOR: Power Equipment
(Piledriving - AREA 1:)
GROUP 1
Lifting devices............$ 52.64 31.15
Oiler......................$ 43.38 31.15
Truck Crane Oiler..........$ 45.66 31.15
GROUP 2
Lifting devices............$ 50.82 31.15
Oiler......................$ 43.11 31.15
Truck Crane Oiler..........$ 45.41 31.15
GROUP 3
Lifting devices............$ 49.14 31.15
Oiler......................$ 42.89 31.15
Truck Crane Oiler..........$ 45.12 31.15
GROUP 4
Lifting devices............$ 47.37 31.15
GROUP 5
Lifting devices............$ 44.73 31.15
GROUP 6
Lifting devices............$ 42.50 31.15
OPERATOR: Power Equipment
(Steel Erection - AREA 1:)
GROUP 1
Cranes.....................$ 53.27 31.15
Oiler......................$ 43.72 31.15
Truck Crane Oiler..........$ 45.95 31.15
GROUP 2
Cranes.....................$ 51.50 31.15
Oiler......................$ 43.45 31.15
Truck Crane Oiler..........$ 45.73 31.15
GROUP 3
Cranes.....................$ 50.02 31.15
Hydraulic..................$ 45.07 31.15
Oiler......................$ 43.23 31.15
Truck Crane Oiler..........$ 45.46 31.15
GROUP 4
Cranes.....................$ 48.00 31.15
GROUP 5
Cranes.....................$ 46.70 31.15
OPERATOR: Power Equipment
(Tunnel and Underground Work
- AREA 1:)
SHAFTS, STOPES, RAISES:

GROUP 1....................$ 56.82 31.03
GROUP 1-A..................$ 49.99 31.15
GROUP 1A...................$ 59.29 31.03
GROUP 2....................$ 55.56 31.03
GROUP 3....................$ 54.23 31.03
GROUP 4....................$ 53.09 31.03
GROUP 5....................$ 51.95 31.03
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
UNDERGROUND:

GROUP 1....................$ 47.42 31.15
GROUP 1-A..................$ 49.89 31.15
GROUP 2....................$ 46.16 31.15
GROUP 3....................$ 44.83 31.15
GROUP 4....................$ 43.69 31.15
GROUP 5....................$ 42.55 31.15
FOOTNOTE: Work suspended by ropes or cables, or work on a Yo-Yo Cat: $.60 per hour additional.

POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Operator of helicopter (when used in erection work); Hydraulic excavator, 7 cu. yds. and over; Power shovels, over 7 cu. yds.

GROUP 2: Highline cableway; Hydraulic excavator, 3-1/2 cu. yds. up to 7 cu. yds.; Licensed construction work boat
operator, on site; Power blade operator (finish); Power shovels, over 1 cu. yd. up to and including 7 cu. yds.
m.r.c.

GROUP 3: Asphalt milling machine; Cable backhoe; Combination backhoe and loader over 3/4 cu. yds.; Continuous flight tie back machine assistant to engineer or mechanic; Crane
mounted continuous flight tie back machine, tonnage to
apply; Crane mounted drill attachment, tonnage to apply; Dozer, slope brd; Gradall; Hydraulic excavator, up to 3 1/2 cu. yds.; Loader 4 cu. yds. and over; Long reach excavator; Multiple engine scraper (when used as push pull); Power shovels, up to and including 1 cu. yd.; Pre-stress wire wrapping machine; Side boom cat, 572 or larger; Track
loader 4 cu. yds. and over; Wheel excavator (up to and
including 750 cu. yds. per hour)
GROUP 4: Asphalt plant engineer/box person; Chicago boom; Combination backhoe and loader up to and including 3/4 cu. yd.; Concrete batch plant (wet or dry); Dozer and/or push cat; Pull- type elevating loader; Gradesetter, grade
checker (GPS, mechanical or otherwise); Grooving and
grinding machine; Heading shield operator; Heavy-duty
drilling equipment, Hughes, LDH, Watson 3000 or similar; Heavy-duty repairperson and/or welder; Lime spreader;
Loader under 4 cu. yds.; Lubrication and service engineer (mobile and grease rack); Mechanical finishers or spreader machine (asphalt, Barber-Greene and similar); Miller
Formless M-9000 slope paver or similar; Portable crushing and screening plants; Power blade support; Roller operator, Not for Construction
For Council Approval
asphalt; Rubber-tired scraper, self-loading (paddle-wheels, etc.); Rubber- tired earthmoving equipment (scrapers); Slip form paver (concrete); Small tractor with drag; Soil
stabilizer (P & H or equal); Spider plow and spider puller; Tubex pile rig; Unlicensed constuction work boat operator, on site; Timber skidder; Track loader up to 4 yds.;
Tractor-drawn scraper; Tractor, compressor drill
combination; Welder; Woods-Mixer (and other similar Pugmill equipment)
GROUP 5: Cast-in-place pipe laying machine; Combination slusher and motor operator; Concrete conveyor or concrete pump, truck or equipment mounted; Concrete conveyor,
building site; Concrete pump or pumpcrete gun; Drilling equipment, Watson 2000, Texoma 700 or similar; Drilling and boring machinery, horizontal (not to apply to waterliners, wagon drills or jackhammers); Concrete mixer/all; Person and/or material hoist; Mechanical finishers (concrete)
(Clary, Johnson, Bidwell Bridge Deck or similar types); Mechanical burm, curb and/or curb and gutter machine,
concrete or asphalt); Mine or shaft hoist; Portable
crusher; Power jumbo operator (setting slip-forms, etc., in tunnels); Screed (automatic or manual); Self-propelled
compactor with dozer; Tractor with boom D6 or smaller;
Trenching machine, maximum digging capacity over 5 ft.
depth; Vermeer T-600B rock cutter or similar
GROUP 6: Armor-Coater (or similar); Ballast jack tamper; Boom- type backfilling machine; Assistant plant engineer; Bridge and/or gantry crane; Chemical grouting machine,
truck-mounted; Chip spreading machine operator; Concrete saw (self-propelled unit on streets, highways, airports and canals); Deck engineer; Drilling equipment Texoma 600,
Hughes 200 Series or similar up to and including 30 ft. m.r.c.; Drill doctor; Helicopter radio operator;
Hydro-hammer or similar; Line master; Skidsteer loader, Bobcat larger than 743 series or similar (with
attachments); Locomotive; Lull hi-lift or similar; Oiler, truck mounted equipment; Pavement breaker, truck-mounted, with compressor combination; Paving fabric installation and/or laying machine; Pipe bending machine (pipelines
only); Pipe wrapping machine (tractor propelled and
supported); Screed (except asphaltic concrete paving);
Self- propelled pipeline wrapping machine; Tractor;
Self-loading chipper; Concrete barrier moving machine
GROUP 7: Ballast regulator; Boom truck or dual-purpose
A-frame truck, non-rotating - under 15 tons; Cary lift or similar; Combination slurry mixer and/or cleaner; Drilling equipment, 20 ft. and under m.r.c.; Firetender (hot plant); Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Grouting machine operator; Highline cableway signalperson; Stationary belt loader (Kolman or similar); Lift slab
machine (Vagtborg and similar types); Maginnes internal full slab vibrator; Material hoist (1 drum); Mechanical trench shield; Pavement breaker with or without compressor combination); Pipe cleaning machine (tractor propelled and supported); Post driver; Roller (except asphalt); Chip
Seal; Self-propelled automatically applied concrete curing mahcine (on streets, highways, airports and canals);
Self-propelled compactor (without dozer); Signalperson; Slip-form pumps (lifting device for concrete forms); Tie spacer; Tower mobile; Trenching machine, maximum digging capacity up to and including 5 ft. depth; Truck- type loader GROUP 8: Bit sharpener; Boiler tender; Box operator;
Brakeperson; Combination mixer and compressor
(shotcrete/gunite); Compressor operator; Deckhand; Fire tender; Forklift (under 20 ft.); Generator;
Gunite/shotcrete equipment operator; Hydraulic monitor; Ken seal machine (or similar); Mixermobile; Oiler; Pump
operator; Refrigeration plant; Reservoir-debris tug (self- propelled floating); Ross Carrier (construction site);
Rotomist operator; Self-propelled tape machine; Shuttlecar; Self-propelled power sweeper operator (includes vacuum
sweeper); Slusher operator; Surface heater; Switchperson; Tar pot firetender; Tugger hoist, single drum; Vacuum
cooling plant; Welding machine (powered other than by
electricity)
GROUP 8-A: Elevator operator; Skidsteer loader-Bobcat 743 series or smaller, and similar (without attachments); Mini excavator under 25 H.P. (backhoe-trencher); Tub grinder wood chipper
----------------------------------------------------------

ALL CRANES AND ATTACHMENTS
GROUP 1: Clamshell and dragline over 7 cu. yds.; Crane, over 100 tons; Derrick, over 100 tons; Derrick barge
pedestal-mounted, over 100 tons; Self-propelled boom-type lifting device, over 100 tons
GROUP 2: Clamshell and dragline over 1 cu. yd. up to and including 7 cu. yds.; Crane, over 45 tons up to and
including 100 tons; Derrick barge, 100 tons and under;
Self-propelled boom-type lifting device, over 45 tons;
Tower crane
GROUP 3: Clamshell and dragline up to and including 1 cu.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
yd.; Cranes 45 tons and under; Self-propelled boom-type lifting device 45 tons and under;
GROUP 4: Boom Truck or dual purpose A-frame truck,
non-rotating over 15 tons; Truck-mounted rotating
telescopic boom type lifting device, Manitex or similar (boom truck) over 15 tons; Truck-mounted rotating
telescopic boom type lifting device, Manitex or similar (boom truck) - under 15 tons;
-----------------------------------------------------------

PILEDRIVERS
GROUP 1: Derrick barge pedestal mounted over 100 tons;
Clamshell over 7 cu. yds.; Self-propelled boom-type lifting device over 100 tons; Truck crane or crawler, land or barge mounted over 100 tons
GROUP 2: Derrick barge pedestal mounted 45 tons to and
including 100 tons; Clamshell up to and including 7 cu. yds.; Self-propelled boom-type lifting device over 45 tons; Truck crane or crawler, land or barge mounted, over 45 tons up to and including 100 tons; Fundex F-12 hydraulic pile rig GROUP 3: Derrick barge pedestal mounted under 45 tons; Self- propelled boom-type lifting device 45 tons and under;
Skid/scow piledriver, any tonnage; Truck crane or crawler, land or barge mounted 45 tons and under
GROUP 4: Assistant operator in lieu of assistant to engineer; Forklift, 10 tons and over; Heavy-duty repairperson/welder GROUP 5: Deck engineer
GROUP 6: Deckhand; Fire tender
-------------------------------------------------------------

STEEL ERECTORS
GROUP 1: Crane over 100 tons; Derrick over 100 tons; Self- propelled boom-type lifting device over 100 tons
GROUP 2: Crane over 45 tons to 100 tons; Derrick under 100 tons; Self-propelled boom-type lifting device over 45 tons to 100 tons; Tower crane
GROUP 3: Crane, 45 tons and under; Self-propelled boom-type lifting device, 45 tons and under
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
GROUP 4: Chicago boom; Forklift, 10 tons and over; Heavy-duty repair person/welder
GROUP 5: Boom cat
-------------------------------------------------------------- --

TUNNEL AND UNDERGROUND WORK
GROUP 1-A: Tunnel bore machine operator, 20' diameter or more

GROUP 1: Heading shield operator; Heavy-duty repairperson; Mucking machine (rubber tired, rail or track type); Raised bore operator (tunnels); Tunnel mole bore operator
GROUP 2: Combination slusher and motor operator; Concrete pump or pumpcrete gun; Power jumbo operator
GROUP 3: Drill doctor; Mine or shaft hoist
GROUP 4: Combination slurry mixer cleaner; Grouting Machine operator; Motorman
GROUP 5: Bit Sharpener; Brakeman; Combination mixer and compressor (gunite); Compressor operator; Oiler; Pump
operator; Slusher operator
----------------------------------------------------------- AREA DESCRIPTIONS:

POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS, CRANES AND ATTACHMENTS,TUNNEL AND UNDERGROUND [These areas do not apply to Piledrivers and Steel Erectors]
AREA 1: DEL NORTE, HUMBOLDT, LAKE, MENDOCINO
AREA 2 -NOTED BELOW
THE REMAINING COUNTIES ARE SPLIT BETWEEN AREA 1 AND AREA 2 AS NOTED BELOW:

DEL NORTE COUNTY:

Area 1: Extreme Southwest corner
Area 2: Remainder
HUMBOLDT COUNTY:

Area 1: Except Eastern and Southwestern parts
Area 2: Remainder
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
LAKE COUNTY:

Area 1: Southern part
Area 2: Remainder
MENDOCINO COUNTY:

Area 1: Central and Southeastern Parts
Area 2: Remainder
---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0118-012 01/01/2024
ALPINE, LASSEN, MODOC, SISKIYOU and TRINITY COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
IRONWORKER.......................$ 41.00 34.20
---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0118-013 01/01/2024

AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA,EL DORADO, GLENN,MARIN, NAPA, NEVADA,

PLACER,PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SOLANO, SONOMA, SUTTER, TEHAMA, YOLO and YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
IRONWORKER.......................$ 47.45 34.90
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0067-003 06/26/2023
AREA ""1"" - MARIN and NAPA COUNTIES
AREA ""2"" - ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE COLUSA EL DORADO, GLENN,

LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA,

SIERRA, SISKIYOU, SOLANO, SONOMA, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY,

YOLO, AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes

LABORER (ASBESTOS/MOLD/LEAD

LABORER)
Marin and Napa Counties.....$ 36.50 28.34
Remaining Counties..........$ 35.50 28.34
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0067-005 06/27/2022
AREA ""A"" - ALAMEDA, CONTRA COSTA, SAN FRANCISCO, SAN MATEO AND

SANTA CLARA COUNTIES
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
AREA ""B"" - ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, CALAVERAS, COLUSA, DEL

NORTE, EL DORADO, FRESNO, GLENN, HUMBOLDT, KINGS, LAKE, LASSEN,

MADERA, MARIPOSA, MENDOCINO, MERCED, MODOC, MONTEREY, NEVADA,

PLACER, PLUMAS, SANCREMENTO, SAN BENITO, SAN JOAQUIN, SANTA

CRUZ, SIERRA, SHASTA, SISKIYOU, STANISLAUS, TEHAMA, TRINITY,

TULARE, TUOLUMNE, YOLO AND YOUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes

LABORER (TRAFFIC CONTROL/LANE

CLOSURE)
Escort Driver, Flag Person
Area A.....................$ 36.01 26.10
Area B.....................$ 35.01 26.10
Traffic Control Person I
Area A.....................$ 36.31 26.10
Area B.....................$ 35.31 26.10
Traffic Control Person II
Area A.....................$ 33.81 26.10
Area B.....................$ 32.81 26.10
TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON I: Layout of traffic control, crash cushions, construction area and roadside signage.

TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON II: Installation and removal of
temporary/permanent signs, markers, delineators and crash cushions.
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0185-002 07/01/2023

ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC,

NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU,

SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes

LABORER
Mason Tender-Brick..........$ 36.29 25.55
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0185-005 06/26/2023

ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC,

NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU,

SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Rates Fringes
Tunnel and Shaft Laborers:

GROUP 1.....................$ 45.89 27.72
GROUP 2.....................$ 45.66 27.72
GROUP 3.....................$ 45.41 27.72
GROUP 4.....................$ 44.96 27.72
GROUP 5.....................$ 44.42 27.72
Shotcrete Specialist........$ 46.41 27.72

TUNNEL AND SHAFT CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Diamond driller; Groundmen; Gunite and shotcrete nozzlemen
GROUP 2: Rodmen; Shaft work & raise (below actual or
excavated ground level)
GROUP 3: Bit grinder; Blaster, driller, powdermen, heading; Cherry pickermen - where car is lifted; Concrete finisher in tunnel; Concrete screedman; Grout pumpman and potman; Gunite & shotcrete gunman & potman; Headermen; High
pressure nozzleman; Miner - tunnel, including top and
bottom man on shaft and raise work; Nipper; Nozzleman on slick line; Sandblaster - potman, Robotic Shotcrete Placer, Segment Erector, Tunnel Muck Hauler, Steel Form raiser and setter; Timberman, retimberman (wood or steel or substitute materials therefore); Tugger (for tunnel laborer work); Cable tender; Chuck tender; Powderman - primer house
GROUP 4: Vibrator operator, pavement breaker; Bull gang - muckers, trackmen; Concrete crew - includes rodding and spreading, Dumpmen (any method)
GROUP 5: Grout crew; Reboundman; Swamper/ Brakeman
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0185-006 06/26/2023

ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC,

NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHIASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU,

SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO, YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes

LABORER (CONSTRUCTION CRAFT
LABORERS - AREA B:)
Construction Specialist
Group.......................$ 36.20 27.30
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
GROUP 1.....................$ 35.50 27.30
GROUP 1-a...................$ 35.72 27.30
GROUP 1-c...................$ 35.55 27.30
GROUP 1-e...................$ 36.05 27.30
GROUP 1-f...................$ 30.37 23.20
GROUP 2.....................$ 35.35 27.30
GROUP 3.....................$ 35.25 27.30
GROUP 4.....................$ 28.94 27.30
See groups 1-b and 1-d under laborer classifications.

LABORER (GARDENERS,

HORTICULTURAL & LANDSCAPE
LABORERS - AREA B:)
(1) New Construction........$ 35.25 27.30
(2) Establishment Warranty
Period......................$ 28.94 27.30
LABORER (GUNITE - AREA B:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 36.46 27.30
GROUP 2.....................$ 35.96 27.30
GROUP 3.....................$ 35.37 27.30
GROUP 4.....................$ 35.25 27.30
LABORER (WRECKING - AREA B:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 35.50 27.30
GROUP 2.....................$ 35.35 27.30
FOOTNOTES:

Laborers working off or with or from bos'n chairs, swinging scaffolds, belts shall receive $0.25 per hour above the applicable wage rate. This shall not apply to workers
entitled to receive the wage rate set forth in Group 1-a below.
---------------------------------------------------------

LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALIST GROUP: Asphalt ironer and raker; Chainsaw; Laser beam in connection with laborers' work; Cast-in- place manhole form setter; Pressure pipelayer; Davis trencher - 300 or similar type (and all small
trenchers); Blaster; Diamond driller; Multiple unit drill; Hydraulic drill
GROUP 1: Asphalt spreader boxes (all types); Barko, Wacker and similar type tampers; Buggymobile; Caulker, bander, pipewrapper, conduit layer, plastic pipelayer; Certified hazardous waste worker including Leade Abatement;
Compactors of all types; Concrete and magnesite mixer, 1/2 yd. and under; Concrete pan work; Concrete sander; Concrete saw; Cribber and/or shoring; Cut granite curb setter;
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Dri-pak-it machine; Faller, logloader and bucker; Form
raiser, slip forms; Green cutter; Headerboard, Hubsetter, aligner, by any method; High pressure blow pipe (1-1/2"" or over, 100 lbs. pressure/over); Hydro seeder and similar type; Jackhammer operator; Jacking of pipe over 12 inches; Jackson and similar type compactor; Kettle tender, pot and worker applying asphalt, lay-kold, creosote, lime, caustic and similar type materials (applying means applying,
dipping or handling of such materials); Lagging, sheeting, whaling, bracing, trenchjacking, lagging hammer; Magnesite, epoxyresin, fiberglass, mastic worker (wet or dry); No
joint pipe and stripping of same, including repair of
voids; Pavement breaker and spader, including tool grinder; Perma curb; Pipelayer (including grade checking in
connection with pipelaying); Precast-manhole setter;
Pressure pipe tester; Post hole digger, air, gas and
electric; Power broom sweeper; Power tampers of all types (except as shown in Group 2); Ram set gun and stud gun; Riprap stonepaver and rock-slinger, including placing of sacked concrete and/or sand (wet or dry) and gabions and similar type; Rotary scarifier or multiple head concrete chipping scarifier; Roto and Ditch Witch; Rototiller;
Sandblaster, pot, gun, nozzle operators; Signalling and rigging; Tank cleaner; Tree climber; Turbo blaster;
Vibrascreed, bull float in connection with laborers' work; Vibrator; Hazardous waste worker (lead removal); Asbestos and mold removal worker
GROUP 1-a: Joy drill model TWM-2A; Gardner-Denver model DH143 and similar type drills; Track driller; Jack leg driller; Wagon driller; Mechanical drillers, all types regardless of type or method of power; Mechanical pipe layers, all types regardless of type or method of power; Blaster and powder; All work of loading, placing and blasting of all powder and explosives of whatever type regardless of method used for such loading and placing; High scalers (including drilling of same); Tree topper; Bit grinder
GROUP 1-b: Sewer cleaners shall receive $4.00 per day above Group 1 wage rates. ""Sewer cleaner"" means any worker who handles or comes in contact with raw sewage in small
diameter sewers. Those who work inside recently active, large diameter sewers, and all recently active sewer
manholes shal receive $5.00 per day above Group 1 wage
rates.

GROUP 1-c: Burning and welding in connection with laborers' work; Synthetic thermoplastics and similar type welding GROUP 1-d: Maintenance and repair track and road beds. All Not for Construction
For Council Approval
employees performing work covered herein shall receive $ .25 per hour above their regular rate for all work
performed on underground structures not specifically
covered herein. This paragraph shall not be construed to apply to work below ground level in open cut. It shall
apply to cut and cover work of subway construction after the temporary cover has been placed.

GROUP 1-e: Work on and/or in bell hole footings and shafts thereof, and work on and in deep footings. (A deep footing is a hole 15 feet or more in depth.) In the event the
depth of the footing is unknown at the commencement of
excavation, and the final depth exceeds 15 feet, the deep footing wage rate would apply to all employees for each and every day worked on or in the excavation of the footing from the date of inception.

GROUP 1-f: Wire winding machine in connection with guniting or shot crete
GROUP 2: Asphalt shoveler; Cement dumper and handling dry cement or gypsum; Choke-setter and rigger (clearing work); Concrete bucket dumper and chute; Concrete chipping and grinding; Concrete laborer (wet or dry); Driller tender, chuck tender, nipper; Guinea chaser (stake), grout crew; High pressure nozzle, adductor; Hydraulic monitor (over 100 lbs. pressure); Loading and unloading, carrying and hauling of all rods and materials for use in reinforcing concrete construction; Pittsburgh chipper and similar type brush shredders; Sloper; Single foot, hand-held, pneumatic
tamper; All pneumatic, air, gas and electric tools not
listed in Groups 1 through 1-f; Jacking of pipe - under 12 inches
GROUP 3: Construction laborers, including bridge and general laborer; Dump, load spotter; Flag person; Fire watcher; Fence erector; Guardrail erector; Gardener, horticultural and landscape laborer; Jetting; Limber, brush loader and piler; Pavement marker (button setter); Maintenance, repair track and road beds; Streetcar and railroad construction track laborer; Temporary air and water lines, Victaulic or similar; Tool room attendant (jobsite only)
GROUP 4: Final clean-up work of debris, grounds and building including but not limited to: street cleaner; cleaning and washing windows; brick cleaner (jobsite only); material cleaner (jobsite only). The classification ""material
cleaner"" is to be utilized under the following conditions:

A: at demolition site for the salvage of the material.

B: at the conclusion of a job where the material is to be Not for Construction
For Council Approval
salvaged and stocked to be reused on another job.

C: for the cleaning of salvage material at the jobsite or temporary jobsite yard.

The material cleaner classification should not be used in the performance of ""form stripping, cleaning and oiling and moving to the next point of erection"".
--------------------------------------------------------

GUNITE LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Structural Nozzleman
GROUP 2: Nozzleman, Gunman, Potman, Groundman
GROUP 3: Reboundman
GROUP 4: Gunite laborer
----------------------------------------------------------

WRECKING WORK LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Skilled wrecker (removing and salvaging of sash, windows and materials)
GROUP 2: Semi-skilled wrecker (salvaging of other building materials)
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0185-008 07/01/2023
Rates Fringes
Plasterer tender.................$ 39.77 28.54
Work on a swing stage scaffold: $1.00 per hour additional. ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0261-002 07/01/2023

MARIN COUNTY
Rates Fringes

LABORER (TRAFFIC CONTROL/LANE

CLOSURE)
Escort Driver, Flag Person..$ 37.26 27.30
Traffic Control Person I....$ 37.56 27.30
Traffic Control Person II...$ 35.06 27.30
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON I: Layout of traffic control, crash cushions, construction area and roadside signage.

TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON II: Installation and removal of
temporary/permanent signs, markers, delineators and crash cushions.
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0261-004 06/26/2023

MARIN COUNTY
Rates Fringes
Tunnel and Shaft Laborers:

GROUP 1.....................$ 45.89 27.72
GROUP 2.....................$ 45.66 27.72
GROUP 3.....................$ 45.41 27.72
GROUP 4.....................$ 44.96 27.72
GROUP 5.....................$ 44.42 27.72
Shotcrete Specialist........$ 46.41 27.72

TUNNEL AND SHAFT CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Diamond driller; Groundmen; Gunite and shotcrete nozzlemen
GROUP 2: Rodmen; Shaft work & raise (below actual or
excavated ground level)
GROUP 3: Bit grinder; Blaster, driller, powdermen, heading; Cherry pickermen - where car is lifted; Concrete finisher in tunnel; Concrete screedman; Grout pumpman and potman; Gunite & shotcrete gunman & potman; Headermen; High
pressure nozzleman; Miner - tunnel, including top and
bottom man on shaft and raise work; Nipper; Nozzleman on slick line; Sandblaster - potman, Robotic Shotcrete Placer, Segment Erector, Tunnel Muck Hauler, Steel Form raiser and setter; Timberman, retimberman (wood or steel or substitute materials therefore); Tugger (for tunnel laborer work); Cable tender; Chuck tender; Powderman - primer house
GROUP 4: Vibrator operator, pavement breaker; Bull gang - muckers, trackmen; Concrete crew - includes rodding and spreading, Dumpmen (any method)
GROUP 5: Grout crew; Reboundman; Swamper/ Brakeman
---------------------------------------------------------------- Not for Construction
For Council Approval
LABO0261-007 07/01/2023

MARIN COUNTY
Rates Fringes

LABORER
Mason Tender-Brick..........$ 37.54 25.55
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0261-010 06/26/2023

MARIN COUNTY
Rates Fringes

LABORER (CONSTRUCTION CRAFT
LABORERS - AREA A:)
Construction Specialist
Group.......................$ 37.20 27.30
GROUP 1.....................$ 36.50 27.30
GROUP 1-a...................$ 36.72 27.30
GROUP 1-c...................$ 36.55 27.30
GROUP 1-e...................$ 37.05 27.30
GROUP 1-f...................$ 31.37 23.20
GROUP 2.....................$ 36.35 27.30
GROUP 3.....................$ 36.25 27.30
GROUP 4.....................$ 29.94 27.30
See groups 1-b and 1-d under laborer classifications.

LABORER (GARDENERS,

HORTICULTURAL & LANDSCAPE
LABORERS - AREA A:)
(1) New Construction........$ 36.25 27.30
(2) Establishment Warranty
Period......................$ 29.94 27.30
LABORER (GUNITE - AREA A:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 37.46 27.30
GROUP 2.....................$ 36.96 27.30
GROUP 3.....................$ 36.37 27.30
GROUP 4.....................$ 36.25 27.30
LABORER (WRECKING - AREA A:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 36.50 27.30
GROUP 2.....................$ 36.35 27.30
FOOTNOTES:

Laborers working off or with or from bos'n chairs, swinging scaffolds, belts shall receive $0.25 per hour above the applicable wage rate. This shall not apply to workers
entitled to receive the wage rate set forth in Group 1-a below.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
---------------------------------------------------------

LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALIST GROUP: Asphalt ironer and raker; Chainsaw; Laser beam in connection with laborers' work; Cast-in- place manhole form setter; Pressure pipelayer; Davis trencher - 300 or similar type (and all small
trenchers); Blaster; Diamond driller; Multiple unit drill; Hydraulic drill
GROUP 1: Asphalt spreader boxes (all types); Barko, Wacker and similar type tampers; Buggymobile; Caulker, bander, pipewrapper, conduit layer, plastic pipelayer; Certified hazardous waste worker including Leade Abatement;
Compactors of all types; Concrete and magnesite mixer, 1/2 yd. and under; Concrete pan work; Concrete sander; Concrete saw; Cribber and/or shoring; Cut granite curb setter;
Dri-pak-it machine; Faller, logloader and bucker; Form
raiser, slip forms; Green cutter; Headerboard, Hubsetter, aligner, by any method; High pressure blow pipe (1-1/2"" or over, 100 lbs. pressure/over); Hydro seeder and similar type; Jackhammer operator; Jacking of pipe over 12 inches; Jackson and similar type compactor; Kettle tender, pot and worker applying asphalt, lay-kold, creosote, lime, caustic and similar type materials (applying means applying,
dipping or handling of such materials); Lagging, sheeting, whaling, bracing, trenchjacking, lagging hammer; Magnesite, epoxyresin, fiberglass, mastic worker (wet or dry); No
joint pipe and stripping of same, including repair of
voids; Pavement breaker and spader, including tool grinder; Perma curb; Pipelayer (including grade checking in
connection with pipelaying); Precast-manhole setter;
Pressure pipe tester; Post hole digger, air, gas and
electric; Power broom sweeper; Power tampers of all types (except as shown in Group 2); Ram set gun and stud gun; Riprap stonepaver and rock-slinger, including placing of sacked concrete and/or sand (wet or dry) and gabions and similar type; Rotary scarifier or multiple head concrete chipping scarifier; Roto and Ditch Witch; Rototiller;
Sandblaster, pot, gun, nozzle operators; Signalling and rigging; Tank cleaner; Tree climber; Turbo blaster;
Vibrascreed, bull float in connection with laborers' work; Vibrator; Hazardous waste worker (lead removal); Asbestos and mold removal worker
GROUP 1-a: Joy drill model TWM-2A; Gardner-Denver model DH143 and similar type drills; Track driller; Jack leg driller; Wagon driller; Mechanical drillers, all types regardless of Not for Construction
For Council Approval
type or method of power; Mechanical pipe layers, all types regardless of type or method of power; Blaster and powder; All work of loading, placing and blasting of all powder and explosives of whatever type regardless of method used for such loading and placing; High scalers (including drilling of same); Tree topper; Bit grinder
GROUP 1-b: Sewer cleaners shall receive $4.00 per day above Group 1 wage rates. ""Sewer cleaner"" means any worker who handles or comes in contact with raw sewage in small
diameter sewers. Those who work inside recently active, large diameter sewers, and all recently active sewer
manholes shal receive $5.00 per day above Group 1 wage
rates.

GROUP 1-c: Burning and welding in connection with laborers' work; Synthetic thermoplastics and similar type welding GROUP 1-d: Maintenance and repair track and road beds. All employees performing work covered herein shall receive $ .25 per hour above their regular rate for all work
performed on underground structures not specifically
covered herein. This paragraph shall not be construed to apply to work below ground level in open cut. It shall
apply to cut and cover work of subway construction after the temporary cover has been placed.

GROUP 1-e: Work on and/or in bell hole footings and shafts thereof, and work on and in deep footings. (A deep footing is a hole 15 feet or more in depth.) In the event the
depth of the footing is unknown at the commencement of
excavation, and the final depth exceeds 15 feet, the deep footing wage rate would apply to all employees for each and every day worked on or in the excavation of the footing from the date of inception.

GROUP 1-f: Wire winding machine in connection with guniting or shot crete
GROUP 2: Asphalt shoveler; Cement dumper and handling dry cement or gypsum; Choke-setter and rigger (clearing work); Concrete bucket dumper and chute; Concrete chipping and grinding; Concrete laborer (wet or dry); Driller tender, chuck tender, nipper; Guinea chaser (stake), grout crew; High pressure nozzle, adductor; Hydraulic monitor (over 100 lbs. pressure); Loading and unloading, carrying and hauling of all rods and materials for use in reinforcing concrete construction; Pittsburgh chipper and similar type brush shredders; Sloper; Single foot, hand-held, pneumatic
tamper; All pneumatic, air, gas and electric tools not
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
listed in Groups 1 through 1-f; Jacking of pipe - under 12 inches
GROUP 3: Construction laborers, including bridge and general laborer; Dump, load spotter; Flag person; Fire watcher; Fence erector; Guardrail erector; Gardener, horticultural and landscape laborer; Jetting; Limber, brush loader and piler; Pavement marker (button setter); Maintenance, repair track and road beds; Streetcar and railroad construction track laborer; Temporary air and water lines, Victaulic or similar; Tool room attendant (jobsite only)
GROUP 4: Final clean-up work of debris, grounds and building including but not limited to: street cleaner; cleaning and washing windows; brick cleaner (jobsite only); material cleaner (jobsite only). The classification ""material
cleaner"" is to be utilized under the following conditions:

A: at demolition site for the salvage of the material.

B: at the conclusion of a job where the material is to be salvaged and stocked to be reused on another job.

C: for the cleaning of salvage material at the jobsite or temporary jobsite yard.

The material cleaner classification should not be used in the performance of ""form stripping, cleaning and oiling and moving to the next point of erection"".
--------------------------------------------------------

GUNITE LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Structural Nozzleman
GROUP 2: Nozzleman, Gunman, Potman, Groundman
GROUP 3: Reboundman
GROUP 4: Gunite laborer
----------------------------------------------------------

WRECKING WORK LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Skilled wrecker (removing and salvaging of sash, windows and materials)
GROUP 2: Semi-skilled wrecker (salvaging of other building materials)
---------------------------------------------------------------- Not for Construction
For Council Approval
LABO0261-015 07/01/2023
Rates Fringes
Plasterer tender.................$ 39.77 28.54
Work on a swing stage scaffold: $1.00 per hour additional. ---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0324-004 07/01/2023

NAPA, SOLANO, AND SONOMA, COUNTIES
Rates Fringes

LABORER (TRAFFIC CONTROL/LANE

CLOSURE)
Escort Driver, Flag Person..$ 36.26 27.30
Traffic Control Person I....$ 36.56 27.30
Traffic Control Person II...$ 34.06 27.30
TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON I: Layout of traffic control, crash cushions, construction area and roadside signage.

TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON II: Installation and removal of
temporary/permanent signs, markers, delineators and crash cushions.
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0324-008 06/26/2023

NAPA, SOLANO, AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Tunnel and Shaft Laborers:

GROUP 1.....................$ 45.89 27.72
GROUP 2.....................$ 45.66 27.72
GROUP 3.....................$ 45.41 27.72
GROUP 4.....................$ 44.96 27.72
GROUP 5.....................$ 44.42 27.72
Shotcrete Specialist........$ 46.41 27.72

TUNNEL AND SHAFT CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Diamond driller; Groundmen; Gunite and shotcrete nozzlemen
GROUP 2: Rodmen; Shaft work & raise (below actual or
excavated ground level)
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
GROUP 3: Bit grinder; Blaster, driller, powdermen, heading; Cherry pickermen - where car is lifted; Concrete finisher in tunnel; Concrete screedman; Grout pumpman and potman; Gunite & shotcrete gunman & potman; Headermen; High
pressure nozzleman; Miner - tunnel, including top and
bottom man on shaft and raise work; Nipper; Nozzleman on slick line; Sandblaster - potman, Robotic Shotcrete Placer, Segment Erector, Tunnel Muck Hauler, Steel Form raiser and setter; Timberman, retimberman (wood or steel or substitute materials therefore); Tugger (for tunnel laborer work); Cable tender; Chuck tender; Powderman - primer house
GROUP 4: Vibrator operator, pavement breaker; Bull gang - muckers, trackmen; Concrete crew - includes rodding and spreading, Dumpmen (any method)
GROUP 5: Grout crew; Reboundman; Swamper/ Brakeman
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0324-010 07/01/2023

SOLANO AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes

LABORER
Mason Tender-Brick..........$ 36.84 26.24
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0324-013 06/26/2023

NAPA, SOLANO, AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes

LABORER (CONSTRUCTION CRAFT
LABORERS - AREA B:)
Construction Specialist
Group.......................$ 36.20 27.30
GROUP 1.....................$ 35.50 27.30
GROUP 1-a...................$ 35.72 27.30
GROUP 1-c...................$ 35.55 27.30
GROUP 1-e...................$ 36.05 27.30
GROUP 1-f...................$ 36.08 27.30
GROUP 2.....................$ 35.35 27.30
GROUP 3.....................$ 35.25 27.30
GROUP 4.....................$ 28.94 27.30
See groups 1-b and 1-d under laborer classifications.

LABORER (GARDENERS,

HORTICULTURAL & LANDSCAPE
LABORERS - AREA B:)
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
(1) New Construction........$ 35.25 27.30
(2) Establishment Warranty
Period......................$ 28.94 27.30
LABORER (GUNITE - AREA B:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 36.46 27.30
GROUP 2.....................$ 35.96 27.30
GROUP 3.....................$ 35.37 27.30
GROUP 4.....................$ 35.25 27.30
LABORER (WRECKING - AREA B:)
GROUP 1.....................$ 35.50 27.30
GROUP 2.....................$ 35.35 27.30
FOOTNOTES:

Laborers working off or with or from bos'n chairs, swinging scaffolds, belts shall receive $0.25 per hour above the applicable wage rate. This shall not apply to workers
entitled to receive the wage rate set forth in Group 1-a below.
---------------------------------------------------------

LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
CONSTRUCTION SPECIALIST GROUP: Asphalt ironer and raker; Chainsaw; Laser beam in connection with laborers' work; Cast-in- place manhole form setter; Pressure pipelayer; Davis trencher - 300 or similar type (and all small
trenchers); Blaster; Diamond driller; Multiple unit drill; Hydraulic drill
GROUP 1: Asphalt spreader boxes (all types); Barko, Wacker and similar type tampers; Buggymobile; Caulker, bander, pipewrapper, conduit layer, plastic pipelayer; Certified hazardous waste worker including Leade Abatement;
Compactors of all types; Concrete and magnesite mixer, 1/2 yd. and under; Concrete pan work; Concrete sander; Concrete saw; Cribber and/or shoring; Cut granite curb setter;
Dri-pak-it machine; Faller, logloader and bucker; Form
raiser, slip forms; Green cutter; Headerboard, Hubsetter, aligner, by any method; High pressure blow pipe (1-1/2"" or over, 100 lbs. pressure/over); Hydro seeder and similar type; Jackhammer operator; Jacking of pipe over 12 inches; Jackson and similar type compactor; Kettle tender, pot and worker applying asphalt, lay-kold, creosote, lime, caustic and similar type materials (applying means applying,
dipping or handling of such materials); Lagging, sheeting, whaling, bracing, trenchjacking, lagging hammer; Magnesite, epoxyresin, fiberglass, mastic worker (wet or dry); No
joint pipe and stripping of same, including repair of
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
voids; Pavement breaker and spader, including tool grinder; Perma curb; Pipelayer (including grade checking in
connection with pipelaying); Precast-manhole setter;
Pressure pipe tester; Post hole digger, air, gas and
electric; Power broom sweeper; Power tampers of all types (except as shown in Group 2); Ram set gun and stud gun; Riprap stonepaver and rock-slinger, including placing of sacked concrete and/or sand (wet or dry) and gabions and similar type; Rotary scarifier or multiple head concrete chipping scarifier; Roto and Ditch Witch; Rototiller;
Sandblaster, pot, gun, nozzle operators; Signalling and rigging; Tank cleaner; Tree climber; Turbo blaster;
Vibrascreed, bull float in connection with laborers' work; Vibrator; Hazardous waste worker (lead removal); Asbestos and mold removal worker
GROUP 1-a: Joy drill model TWM-2A; Gardner-Denver model DH143 and similar type drills; Track driller; Jack leg driller; Wagon driller; Mechanical drillers, all types regardless of type or method of power; Mechanical pipe layers, all types regardless of type or method of power; Blaster and powder; All work of loading, placing and blasting of all powder and explosives of whatever type regardless of method used for such loading and placing; High scalers (including drilling of same); Tree topper; Bit grinder
GROUP 1-b: Sewer cleaners shall receive $4.00 per day above Group 1 wage rates. ""Sewer cleaner"" means any worker who handles or comes in contact with raw sewage in small
diameter sewers. Those who work inside recently active, large diameter sewers, and all recently active sewer
manholes shal receive $5.00 per day above Group 1 wage
rates.

GROUP 1-c: Burning and welding in connection with laborers' work; Synthetic thermoplastics and similar type welding GROUP 1-d: Maintenance and repair track and road beds. All employees performing work covered herein shall receive $ .25 per hour above their regular rate for all work
performed on underground structures not specifically
covered herein. This paragraph shall not be construed to apply to work below ground level in open cut. It shall
apply to cut and cover work of subway construction after the temporary cover has been placed.

GROUP 1-e: Work on and/or in bell hole footings and shafts thereof, and work on and in deep footings. (A deep footing is a hole 15 feet or more in depth.) In the event the
depth of the footing is unknown at the commencement of
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
excavation, and the final depth exceeds 15 feet, the deep footing wage rate would apply to all employees for each and every day worked on or in the excavation of the footing from the date of inception.

GROUP 1-f: Wire winding machine in connection with guniting or shot crete
GROUP 2: Asphalt shoveler; Cement dumper and handling dry cement or gypsum; Choke-setter and rigger (clearing work); Concrete bucket dumper and chute; Concrete chipping and grinding; Concrete laborer (wet or dry); Driller tender, chuck tender, nipper; Guinea chaser (stake), grout crew; High pressure nozzle, adductor; Hydraulic monitor (over 100 lbs. pressure); Loading and unloading, carrying and hauling of all rods and materials for use in reinforcing concrete construction; Pittsburgh chipper and similar type brush shredders; Sloper; Single foot, hand-held, pneumatic
tamper; All pneumatic, air, gas and electric tools not
listed in Groups 1 through 1-f; Jacking of pipe - under 12 inches
GROUP 3: Construction laborers, including bridge and general laborer; Dump, load spotter; Flag person; Fire watcher; Fence erector; Guardrail erector; Gardener, horticultural and landscape laborer; Jetting; Limber, brush loader and piler; Pavement marker (button setter); Maintenance, repair track and road beds; Streetcar and railroad construction track laborer; Temporary air and water lines, Victaulic or similar; Tool room attendant (jobsite only)
GROUP 4: Final clean-up work of debris, grounds and building including but not limited to: street cleaner; cleaning and washing windows; brick cleaner (jobsite only); material cleaner (jobsite only). The classification ""material
cleaner"" is to be utilized under the following conditions:

A: at demolition site for the salvage of the material.

B: at the conclusion of a job where the material is to be salvaged and stocked to be reused on another job.

C: for the cleaning of salvage material at the jobsite or temporary jobsite yard.

The material cleaner classification should not be used in the performance of ""form stripping, cleaning and oiling and moving to the next point of erection"".
--------------------------------------------------------

GUNITE LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
GROUP 1: Structural Nozzleman
GROUP 2: Nozzleman, Gunman, Potman, Groundman
GROUP 3: Reboundman
GROUP 4: Gunite laborer
----------------------------------------------------------

WRECKING WORK LABORER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Skilled wrecker (removing and salvaging of sash, windows and materials)
GROUP 2: Semi-skilled wrecker (salvaging of other building materials)
---------------------------------------------------------------- LABO0324-019 07/01/2023
Rates Fringes
Plasterer tender.................$ 39.77 28.54
Work on a swing stage scaffold: $1.00 per hour additional. ---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0016-004 01/01/2023

MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO & SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Painters:........................$ 47.42 27.28
PREMIUMS:

EXOTIC MATERIALS - $1.25 additional per hour.

SPRAY WORK: - $0.50 additional per hour.

INDUSTRIAL PAINTING - $0.25 additional per hour
[Work on industrial buildings used for the manufacture and processing of goods for sale or service; steel construction (bridges), stacks, towers, tanks, and similar structures] HIGH WORK:
over 50 feet - $2.00 per hour additional
100 to 180 feet - $4.00 per hour additional
Over 180 feet - $6.00 per houir additional
---------------------------------------------------------------- * PAIN0016-005 01/01/2024
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
ALPINE, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), GLENN, LASSEN (west of Hwy. 395, excluding Honey Lake); MARIN, MODOC, NAPA, NEVADA (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), PLACER (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), SISKIYOU, SOLANO, SONOMA, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY,

YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER...........$ 56.28 29.94
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0016-007 01/01/2023
ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA. EL DORADO (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), GLENN, LASSEN (west of Highway 395,
excluding Honey Lake), MODOC, NEVADA (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), PLACER (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains), SISKIYOU, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO & YUBA

COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Painters:........................$ 38.23 22.05
SPRAY/SANDBLAST: $0.50 additional per hour.

EXOTIC MATERIALS: $1.25 additional per hour.

HIGH TIME: Over 50 ft above ground or water level $2.00 additional per hour. 100 to 180 ft above ground or water level $4.00 additional per hour. Over 180 ft above ground or water level $6.00 additional per hour.
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0016-008 01/01/2023

MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
SOFT FLOOR LAYER.................$ 55.25 32.63
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0169-004 01/01/2023
MARIN , NAPA & SONOMA COUNTIES; SOLANO COUNTY (west of a line defined as follows: Hwy. 80 corridor beginning at the City of Fairfield, including Travis Air Force Base and Suisun City; Not for Construction
For Council Approval
going north of Manakas Corner Rd., continue north on Suisun Valley Rd. to the Napa County line; Hwy. 80 corridor south on Grizzly Island Rd. to the Grizzly Island Management area) Rates Fringes
GLAZIER..........................$ 55.77 32.45
---------------------------------------------------------------- * PAIN0567-001 07/01/2022
EL DORADO COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains); LASSEN COUNTY (east of Highway 395, beginning at Stacey and including Honey Lake); NEVADA COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains); PLACER COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains); AND SIERRA COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains)
Rates Fringes
Painters:

Brush and Roller............$ 33.15 14.29
Spray Painter & Paperhanger.$ 34.81 14.29
PREMIUMS:

Special Coatings (Brush), and Sandblasting = $0.50/hr
Special Coatings (Spray), and Steeplejack = $1.00/hr
Special Coating Spray Steel = $1.25/hr
Swing Stage = $2.00/hr
*A special coating is a coating that requires the mixing of 2 or more products.
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0567-007 07/01/2022
EL DORADO COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains); LASSEN COUNTY (east of Highway 395, beginning at Stacey and including Honey Lake); NEVADA COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains); PLACER COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains) AND SIERRA COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains) Rates Fringes
SOFT FLOOR LAYER.................$ 34.27 16.47
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0567-010 07/01/2022
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
EL DORADO COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains); LASSEN COUNTY (east of Highway 395, beginning at Stacey and including Honey Lake); NEVADA COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains); PLACER COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains); AND SIERRA COUNTY (east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains)
Rates Fringes
Drywall
(1) Taper...................$ 38.92 14.99
(2) Steeplejack - Taper,
over 40 ft with open space
below.......................$ 40.42 14.99
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN0767-004 01/01/2023

ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC,

NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU, SOLANO (Remainder), SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO, YUBA Rates Fringes
GLAZIER..........................$ 43.15 33.72
PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day.

Employee required to wear a body harness shall receive $1.50 per hour above the basic hourly rate at any elevation.
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN1176-001 07/01/2022
HIGHWAY IMPR0VEMENT
Rates Fringes
Parking Lot Striping/Highway
Marking:

GROUP 1.....................$ 40.83 17.62
GROUP 2.....................$ 34.71 17.62
GROUP 3.....................$ 35.11 17.62

CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Striper: Layout and application of painted traffic Not for Construction
For Council Approval
stripes and marking; hot thermo plastic; tape, traffic
stripes and markings
GROUP 2: Gamecourt & Playground Installer
GROUP 3: Protective Coating, Pavement Sealing
---------------------------------------------------------------- PAIN1237-001 01/01/2023
ALPINE; COLUSA; EL DORADO (west of the Sierra Nevada
Mountains); GLENN; LASSEN (west of Highway 395, beginning at Stacey and including Honey Lake); MODOC; NEVADA (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains); PLACER (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains); PLUMAS; SACRAMENTO; SHASTA; SIERRA (west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains); SISKIYOU; SUTTER; TEHAMA; TRINITY;

YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
SOFT FLOOR LAYER.................$ 46.24 25.96
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0300-003 07/01/2018
Rates Fringes

PLASTERER
AREA 295: Alpine, Amador,
Butte, Colusa, El Dorado,
Glenn, Lassen, Modoc,
Nevada, Placer, Plumas,
Sacramento, Shasta,
Sierra, Siskiyou, Solano,
Sutter, Tehema, Trinity,
Yolo & Yuba Counties........$ 32.70 31.68
AREA 355: Marin.............$ 36.73 31.68
AREA 355: Napa & Sonoma
Counties....................$ 32.70 31.68
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLAS0300-005 07/01/2016
Rates Fringes
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 32.15 23.27
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0038-002 07/01/2022

MARIN AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Rates Fringes
PLUMBER (Plumber,
Steamfitter, Refrigeration
Fitter)
(1) Work on wooden frame
structures 5 stories or
less excluding high-rise
buildings and commercial
work such as hospitals,
prisons, hotels, schools,
casinos, wastewater
treatment plants, and
resarch facilities as well
as refrigeration
pipefitting, service and
repair work - MARKET
RECOVERY RATE...............$ 69.70 46.38
(2) All other work - NEW
CONSTRUCTION RATE...........$ 82.00 48.18
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0038-006 07/01/2022

MARIN & SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Landscape/Irrigation Fitter
(Underground/Utility Fitter).....$ 69.70 33.15
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0228-001 01/01/2024

BUTTE, COLUSA, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC, PLUMAS, SHASTA, SIERRA,

SISKIYOU, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY & YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
PLUMBER..........................$ 46.75 39.29
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0343-001 07/01/2022

NAPA AND SOLANO COUNTIES
Rates Fringes

PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER
Light Commercial............$ 30.85 20.40
All Other Work..............$ 58.00 40.48
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
DEFINITION OF LIGHT COMMERICIAL:

Work shall include strip shopping centers, office buildings, schools and other commercial structures which the total plumbing bid does not exceed Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand ($250,000) and the total heating and cooling does not
exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand ($250,000); or Any
projects bid in phases shall not qualify unless the total project is less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand ($250,000) for the plumbing bid; and Two Hundred Fifty Thousand
($250,000) for the heating and cooling bid. Excluded are hospitals, jails, institutions and industrial projects, regardless size of the project
FOOTNOTES: While fitting galvanized material: $.75 per hour additional. Work from trusses, temporary staging,
unguarded structures 35' from the ground or water: $.75 per hour additional. Work from swinging scaffolds, boatswains chairs or similar devices: $.75 per hour additional.
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0350-001 08/01/2023
EL DORADO COUNTY (Lake Tahoe area only); NEVADA COUNTY (Lake Tahoe area only); AND PLACER COUNTY (Lake Tahoe area only) Rates Fringes
PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER...............$ 52.14 18.71
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0355-001 07/01/2022

ALPINE, AMADOR, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC,

NAPA, NEVADA, PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA,

SISKIYOU, SOLANO, SUTTER, TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO, AND YUBA

COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Underground Utility Worker
/Landscape Fitter...........$ 32.22 17.55
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0442-003 01/01/2024
AMADOR (South of San Joaquin River) and ALPINE COUNTIES Rates Fringes
PLUMBER..........................$ 52.90 36.39
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0447-001 07/01/2023
AMADOR (north of San Joaquin River), EL DORADO (excluding Lake Tahoe area), NEVADA (excluding Lake Tahoe area); PLACER (excluding Lake Tahoe area), SACRAMENTO AND YOLO COUNTIES Rates Fringes

PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER
Journeyman..................$ 61.12 28.75
Light Commercial Work.......$ 36.23 17.72
---------------------------------------------------------------- ROOF0081-006 08/01/2023

MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Roofer...........................$ 52.47 22.31
---------------------------------------------------------------- ROOF0081-007 08/01/2023

ALPINE, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN,LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA,

PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU, SUTTER,

TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO, AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Roofer...........................$ 46.73 21.36
---------------------------------------------------------------- SFCA0483-003 01/01/2024

MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO AND SONOMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire
Sprinklers)......................$ 74.63 38.51
---------------------------------------------------------------- SFCA0669-003 01/01/2024

ALPINE, BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA,

PLACER, PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU, SUTTER,

TEHAMA, TRINITY, YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
SPRINKLER FITTER.................$ 46.46 27.97
---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0104-006 06/29/2020

MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO SONOMA & TRINITY COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Sheet Metal Worker
Mechanical Contracts
$200,000 or less............$ 55.92 45.29
All other work..............$ 64.06 46.83
---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0104-009 07/01/2021

AMADOR, COLUSA, EL DORADO, NEVADA, PLACER, SACRAMENTO, SUTTER,

YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
SHEET METAL WORKER...............$ 47.85 41.90
---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0104-010 07/01/2020
AlPINE COUNTY
Rates Fringes
SHEET METAL WORKER...............$ 43.50 37.42
---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0104-011 07/01/2020

BUTTE, COLUSA, EL DORADO, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC, NEVADA, PLACER,

PLUMAS, SACRAMENTO, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU, SUTTER, TEHAMA,

YOLO AND YUBA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Sheet Metal Worker (Metal
decking and siding only).........$ 44.45 35.55
---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0104-014 07/01/2020

MARIN, NAPA, SOLANO, SONOMA AND TRINITY COUNTIES
Rates Fringes
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
SHEET METAL WORKER (Metal
Decking and Siding only).........$ 44.45 35.55
---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0104-019 07/01/2020

BUTTE, GLENN, LASSEN, MODOC, PLUMAS, SHASTA, SIERRA, SISKIYOU

AND TEHAMA COUNTIES
Rates Fringes

SHEET METAL WORKER
Mechanical Jobs $200,000 &
under.......................$ 35.16 35.88
Mechanical Jobs over
$200,000....................$ 46.60 40.21
---------------------------------------------------------------- TEAM0094-001 07/01/2022
Rates Fringes
Truck drivers:

GROUP 1.....................$ 36.95 31.14
GROUP 2.....................$ 37.25 31.14
GROUP 3.....................$ 37.55 31.14
GROUP 4.....................$ 37.90 31.14
GROUP 5.....................$ 38.25 31.14
FOOTNOTES:

Articulated dump truck; Bulk cement spreader (with or without auger); Dumpcrete truck; Skid truck (debris box); Dry
pre-batch concrete mix trucks; Dumpster or similar type; Slurry truck: Use dump truck yardage rate.

Heater planer; Asphalt burner; Scarifier burner; Industrial lift truck (mechanical tailgate); Utility and clean-up
truck: Use appropriate rate for the power unit or the
equipment utilized.

TRUCK DRIVER CLASSIFICATIONS
GROUP 1: Dump trucks, under 6 yds.; Single unit flat rack (2- axle unit); Nipper truck (when flat rack truck is used
appropriate flat rack shall apply); Concrete pump truck (when flat rack truck is used appropriate flat rack shall apply); Concrete pump machine; Fork lift and lift jitneys; Fuel and/or grease truck driver or fuel person; Snow buggy; Steam cleaning; Bus or personhaul driver; Escort or pilot car driver; Pickup truck; Teamster oiler/greaser and/or serviceperson; Hook tender (including loading and
Not for Construction
For Council Approval
unloading); Team driver; Tool room attendant (refineries) GROUP 2: Dump trucks, 6 yds. and under 8 yds.; Transit
mixers, through 10 yds.; Water trucks, under 7,000 gals.; Jetting trucks, under 7,000 gals.; Single-unit flat rack (3-axle unit); Highbed heavy duty transport; Scissor truck; Rubber-tired muck car (not self-loaded); Rubber-tired truck jumbo; Winch truck and ""A"" frame drivers; Combination winch truck with hoist; Road oil truck or bootperson;
Buggymobile; Ross, Hyster and similar straddle carriers; Small rubber-tired tractor
GROUP 3: Dump trucks, 8 yds. and including 24 yds.; Transit mixers, over 10 yds.; Water trucks, 7,000 gals. and over; Jetting trucks, 7,000 gals. and over; Vacuum trucks under 7500 gals. Trucks towing tilt bed or flat bed pull
trailers; Lowbed heavy duty transport; Heavy duty transport tiller person; Self- propelled street sweeper with
self-contained refuse bin; Boom truck - hydro-lift or
Swedish type extension or retracting crane; P.B. or similar type self-loading truck; Tire repairperson; Combination bootperson and road oiler; Dry distribution truck (A
bootperson when employed on such equipment, shall receive the rate specified for the classification of road oil
trucks or bootperson); Ammonia nitrate distributor, driver and mixer; Snow Go and/or plow
GROUP 4: Dump trucks, over 25 yds. and under 65 yds.; Water pulls - DW 10's, 20's, 21's and other similar equipment when pulling Aqua/pak or water tank trailers; Helicopter pilots (when transporting men and materials); Lowbedk Heavy Duty Transport up to including 7 axles; DW10's, 20's, 21's and other similar Cat type, Terra Cobra, LeTourneau Pulls, Tournorocker, Euclid and similar type equipment when
pulling fuel and/or grease tank trailers or other
miscellaneous trailers; Vacuum Trucks 7500 gals and over and truck repairman
GROUP 5: Dump trucks, 65 yds. and over; Holland hauler; Low bed Heavy Duty Transport over 7 axles
---------------------------------------------------------------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing
operation to which welding is incidental.
================================================================ Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year.

Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at
https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/government-contracts.

Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (iii)).
---------------------------------------------------------------- The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of ""identifiers"" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate).

Union Rate Identifiers
A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than ""SU"" or ""UAVG"" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example:

PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this
classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014.

Not for Construction
For Council Approval
Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate.

Survey Rate Identifiers
Classifications listed under the ""SU"" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average
calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier.